SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES INC
S-3, 1997-12-10
Previous: GBCI CAPITAL TRUST, 424B1, 1997-12-10
Next: ESG RE LTD, F-1/A, 1997-12-10




  As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 1997.

                                              Registration No. (            )

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           Washington , D.C. 20549
                                   FORM S-3
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                         ----------------------------

                  SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES INC. 
                   (Sponsor of the Trusts described herein)
            (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                     <C>
            Delaware                                                              Not Yet Available
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)          (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                           Seven World Trade Center
                           New York, New York 10048
                                (212) 783-7000
(Address, Including ZIP Code,  and Telephone Number,  Including Area Code, of
                   Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

                                 Zachary Snow
                                  Secretary
                   Salomon Brothers Vehicle Securities Inc.
                           Seven World Trade Center
                           New York, New York 10048
                                (212) 783-7000
(Name, Address, Including ZIP Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
                             of Agent for Service)

                                  Copies to:
                         Jack M. Costello, Jr., Esq.
                               Brown & Wood LLP
                            One World Trade Center
                           New York, New York 10048
                                (212) 839-5816

                       ------------------------------

    Approximate date  of commencement  of proposed sale  to the public:  From
time to  time after  the  effective date  of this  Registration Statement  as
determined by market conditions.
    If the only  securities being registered on  this form are  being offered
pursuant  to  dividend or  interest  reinvestment  plans,  please  check  the
following box. / /
    If any of the securities being registered on  this form are to be offered
on a delayed  or continuous basis pursuant  to Rule 415 under  the Securities
Act of 1933, other than  securities offered only in connection  with dividend
or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box.  /x/
    If this form  is filed to register additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,  please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of  the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / / ____________
    If this form is a post-effective amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  / / ___________
    If delivery of  the prospectus is  expected to be  made pursuant to  Rule
434, please check the following box.  / /

                       CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 Title of Securities          Amount to Be        Proposed Maximum Offering     Proposed Maximum Aggregate     Amount of
 to Be Registered             Registered          Price Per Unit (1)            Offering Price(1)              Registration Fee
<S>                          <C>                 <C>                           <C>                            <C>
 Asset Backed Securities       $1,000,000                100%                         $1,000,000                    $304

</TABLE>

(1)  Estimated pursuant to Rule 457 solely for the purpose of calculating the
registration fee.

    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY  BE NECESSARY TO DELAY  ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL  THE REGISTRANT
SHALL  FILE  A   FURTHER  AMENDMENT  THAT   SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT   THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(A)  OF  THE SECURITIES  ACT  OF 1933,  AS  AMENDED, OR  UNTIL  THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,
ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

                              INTRODUCTORY NOTE

    This Registration Statement  contains a  form of  Prospectus relating  to
the offering of series of Asset Backed Notes and/or Asset Backed Certificates
by  various Trusts  created from  time to  time by  Salomon Brothers  Vehicle
Securities  Inc. and  two  forms  of Prospectus  Supplement  relating to  the
offering  by a Trust of the particular series of Asset Backed Notes and Asset
Backed Certificates or of Asset Backed Certificates, as applicable, described
therein.  Each form of Prospectus  Supplement relates only to the  securities
described  therein and  is a  form that  may be  used,  among others,  by the
Registrant to offer Asset Backed Notes and/or Asset Backed Certificates under
this Registration Statement.

   
Information contained  herein is  subject to completion  or amendment.   A
registration statement relating  to these securities has been  filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to  buy  be accepted  prior  to the  time the  registration  statement
becomes effective.  This prospectus supplement and the prospectus to which it
relates shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer
to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities in  any state in which
such offer, solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior  to registration or
qualification under the securities laws of any such State.
    

Subject to completion, dated (                )
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED            , 199__)

$(                   )

(________________________) TRUST 199 -(  )

(FLOATING RATE) ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS (  )
(FLOATING RATE) ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS (  )
(  %) ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES

SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES INC.
DEPOSITOR

(________________________________)
SERVICER

                              ____________________

(________________) Trust 199 (  ) (the  "TRUST") will be governed pursuant to
a Trust Agreement to be dated  as of                 , 199 ,  between Salomon
Brothers Vehicle Securities Inc. (the "DEPOSITOR") and (                     
           ), as (Owner) Trustee.   The Trust will issue $                   
aggregate principal amount  of (Floating Rate) Asset Backed Notes, Class (  )
(the "CLASS (  ) NOTES") and $                  aggregate principal amount of
(Floating  Rate) Asset Backed Notes, Class (   ) (the "CLASS (  ) NOTES" and,
together with the Class (  ) Notes, the "NOTES")  pursuant to an Indenture to
be dated as of              , 199  , between the Trust and                   
   , as Indenture Trustee.  (No principal payments shall be made on the Class
(  )  Notes until the Class  (  ) Notes have  been paid in full  and, to that
extent, the  rights of  the  holders of  the  Class (    ) Notes  to  receive
distributions with respect to the  Receivables are subordinated to the rights
of the holders of the Class (   ) Notes, as more fully described herein.

                                          (Cover continued on following page)

THE NOTES REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF, AND THE CERTIFICATES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL
INTERESTS IN, THE TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF OR INTERESTS
IN SALOMON  BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES  INC., THE SERVICER  OR ANY OF  THEIR
RESPECTIVE  AFFILIATES.    NONE  OF   THE  NOTES,  THE  CERTIFICATES  OR  THE
RECEIVABLES IS INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF  THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR  THE PROSPECTUS.   ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         ORIGINAL
                                         PRINCIPAL          PRICE TO          UNDERWRITING         PROCEEDS TO THE
                                          AMOUNT            PUBLIC(1)           DISCOUNT           DEPOSITOR(1)(2)
<S>                                   <C>                  <C>               <C>                  <C>
Per Class (  ) Note . . . . . .        $                            %                    %                      %
Per Class (  ) Note . . . . . .                                     %                    %                      %
Per Certificate . . . . . . . .                                     %                    %                      %
    Total                              $                    $                  $                    $                

</TABLE>

(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from          , 199 .
(2) Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $              .

The  Notes  and the  Certificates are  offered by  Salomon Brothers  Inc (the
"UNDERWRITER") subject to prior  sale when, as and if issued  and accepted by
the Underwriter, and  subject to the Underwriter's right  to reject any order
in whole  or in  part.  It  is expected  that delivery of  the Notes  and the
Certificates  will be made in book-entry form  only through the facilities of
The Depository  Trust Company  and, in  the case  of the  Notes, Cedel  Bank,
soci t  anonyme,  and  the  Euroclear  System  against  payment  therefor  in
immediately available funds, on or about              , 199  .

                         Salomon Smith Barney




                 , 199

  


(Continued from previous page)

The Trust will also issue $                     aggregate principal amount of
(  %) Asset  Backed Certificates (the  "Certificates" and, together with  the
Notes, the  "Securities").  The assets  of the Trust  will include a  pool of
retail installment sale  contracts, retail installment loans,  purchase money
notes or  other notes (the  "Receivables"), secured by security  interests in
new  or  used   automobiles,  light   duty  trucks,  recreational   vehicles,
motorcycles and recreational power and  sail boats (including any boat motors
and accompanying trailers) (the "Financed  Assets") and certain monies due or
received thereunder on or after           , 199 , transferred to the Trust by
the Seller on the  Closing Date.  The Notes will be secured  by the assets of
the Trust pursuant to the Indenture.

Interest on  the Class  (     ) and  Class  (   ) Notes  will accrue  at  the
respective (floating) interest rates specified  above.  Interest on the Notes
will generally be payable on  the          day of each month or,  if any such
day  is not  a Business  Day, on  the next  succeeding Business Day  (each, a
"Distribution Date"), commencing          , 199 . Principal of the Notes will
be payable on each Distribution Date to the extent described herein; however,
no  principal payments  will be made on the Class (   ) Notes until the Class
(   ) Notes have been paid in full.

The Certificates will represent fractional  undivided interests in the Trust.
Interest, to the  extent of the  Pass Through Rate  specified above, will  be
distributed   to   the   Certificateholders   on   each  Distribution   Date.
Distributions  of interest  on, and  principal of,  the Certificates  will be
subordinated in priority of payment to interest due and payable on the Notes.
No distributions of  principal on the Certificates will be made until all the
Notes have been paid in full.

Each class  of the Notes and the Certificates will  be payable in full on the
applicable final scheduled  Distribution Date as set forth  herein.  However,
payment  in full  of a  class of  Notes or  of the  Certificates could  occur
earlier than such dates as described herein.  In addition, the  Notes will be
subject to redemption in whole, but not in part, and the Certificates will be
subject to prepayment in whole, but not in  part, on any Distribution Date on
which  the Servicer  exercises its option  to purchase the  Receivables.  The
Servicer may purchase the Receivables when the aggregate principal balance of
the Receivables shall have declined to    % or less of the  initial aggregate
principal balance of the Receivables purchased by the Trust.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER  THE INFORMATION SET FORTH  UNDER "RISK
FACTORS" ON  PAGE S-11 HEREOF  AND BEGINNING ON  PAGE 12 OF  THE ACCOMPANYING
PROSPECTUS.

THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT DOES NOT  CONTAIN COMPLETE INFORMATION  ABOUT THE
OFFERING  OF THE  NOTES  AND  THE CERTIFICATES.    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION  IS
CONTAINED IN  THE PROSPECTUS AND PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO READ BOTH
THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS IN FULL.  SALES OF THE NOTES OR
THE CERTIFICATES  MAY NOT  BE CONSUMMATED UNLESS  THE PURCHASER  HAS RECEIVED
BOTH  THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT  AND THE  PROSPECTUS.   TO  THE EXTENT  ANY
STATEMENTS IN  THIS  PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT  CONFLICT WITH  STATEMENTS IN  THE
PROSPECTUS, THE STATEMENTS IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SHALL CONTROL.

Certain persons  participating in  this offering  may engage  in transactions
that stabilize,  maintain or  otherwise affect the  price of  the Securities.
Such transactions  may include stabilizing  and the  purchase of  Securities.
Such transactions may  include stabilizing and the purchase  of Securities to
cover syndicate short positions.  For a description of these  activities, see
"Underwriting" herein.

                          REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

Unless  and  until Definitive  Notes or  Definitive Certificates  are issued,
monthly  and annual unaudited  reports containing information  concerning the
Receivables will be prepared by the Servicer and sent on behalf of  the Trust
only  to Cede &  Co. ("CEDE"),  as nominee  of The  Depository Trust  Company
("DTC") and  registered  holder of  the  Notes  and the  Certificates.    See
"Description of  the Notes --  General", "Description of the  Certificates --
General"  and "Certain  Information  Regarding  the Securities --  Book-Entry
Registration"  and  "-- Reports  to  Securityholders"  in  the   accompanying
Prospectus (the  "PROSPECTUS").  Such  reports will not  constitute financial
statements  prepared  in   accordance  with  generally   accepted  accounting
principles.  The  Depositor, as originator of  the Trust, will file  with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "COMMISSION") such  periodic reports
as are required  under the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934, as  amended (the
"EXCHANGE ACT"), and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

                               SUMMARY OF TERMS

    The  following summary is qualified  in its entirety  by reference to the
detailed  information appearing  elsewhere  herein  and  in  the  Prospectus.
Certain  capitalized  terms  used  herein  are  defined  elsewhere   in  this
Prospectus Supplement  on the pages indicated in the  "Index of Terms" or, to
the extent not  defined herein, have the  meanings assigned to such  terms in
the Prospectus.

Issuer                           (___________________) Trust  199  -(  ) (the
                                 "Trust" or the "Issuer"),  a   (___________)
                                 business trust to be governed pursuant  to a
                                 Trust Agreement dated as of           , 199
                                 (as  amended and  supplemented from  time to
                                 time,  the  "Trust  Agreement"), between the
                                 Depositor and the Owner Trustee.

Depositor                        Salomon  Brothers  Vehicle  Securities  Inc.
                                 (the "Depositor").

Servicer                         (_______________________________)  (in  such
                                 capacity, the "Servicer").

Indenture Trustee                                        ,  as trustee  under
                                 the Indenture (the "Indenture Trustee").

Owner Trustee                                            ,  as trustee  under
                                 the Trust Agreement (the "Owner Trustee").

The Notes                        The  Trust  will issue  Asset  Backed  Notes
                                 pursuant to an Indenture to be dated as  of 
                                             ,   199       (as   amended  and
                                 supplemented   from  time   to   time,   the
                                 "Indenture"),  between  the  Trust  and  the
                                 Indenture      Trustee,     as      follows:
                                 (i) (Floating  Rate)  Asset  Backed   Notes,
                                 Class (   ) (the "Class (  )  Notes") in the
                                 aggregate initial principal amount of $     
                                           ;  and (ii) (Floating  Rate) Asset
                                 Backed Notes,  Class (   )  (the "Class (  )
                                 NoteS") in  the aggregate initial  principal
                                 amount of $                  .  The  Class (
                                 )  Notes  and  the  Class (    )  Notes  are
                                 collectively  referred  to  herein   as  the
                                 "Notes".

                                 The Notes will  be secured by the assets  of
                                 the Trust pursuant to the Indenture.

The Certificates                 The Trust  will  issue (    %) Asset  Backed
                                 Certificates   (the   "CERTIFICATES"    and,
                                 together with  the Notes, the  "SECURITIES")
                                 with   an   aggregate  initial   Certificate
                                 Balance of $                          .  The
                                 Certificates   will   represent   fractional
                                 undivided  interests in  the Trust  and will
                                 be issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

The Receivables                  On                             (the "Closing
                                 Date"), the Trust  will purchase Receivables
                                 having  an  aggregate  principal  balance of
                                 approximately             $                
                                 (the "Initial Pool  Balance") as of        ,
                                 199  (the "Cut-off Date") from the Depositor
                                 pursuant  to a  Sale and Servicing Agreement
                                 to be dated as of       ,  199   (as amended
                                 and  supplemented  from time  to  time,  the
                                 "Sale  and  Servicing Agreement"), among the
                                 Trust, the Depositor and the Servicer.   See
                                 "Description  of the Transfer  and Servicing
                                 Agreements   --   Sale   and   Assignment of
                                 Receivables" herein and  in the  Prospectus.
                                 The Receivables will   consist   of   retail
                                 installment    sale    contracts,     retail
                                 installment loans, purchase  money notes  or
                                 other  notes  between  Obligors and  Dealers
                                 secured  by new or used  automobiles, light-
                                 duty    trucks,    recreational    vehicles,
                                 motorcycles and recreational power  and sail
                                 boats  (including   any  boat   motors   and
                                 accompanying    trailers)   (the   "Financed
                                 Assets").  The Receivables were purchased by
                                 __________ (the  "Seller").  The Receivables
                                 will be  transferred by the Depositor to the
                                 Trust, based  on the  criteria specified  in
                                 the  Sale   and  Servicing   Agreement   and
                                 described  herein and in the Prospectus.  As
                                 of the Cut-off  Date, the  weighted  average
                                 annual percentage interest   rate   of   the
                                 Receivables was approximately         %, the
                                 weighted average remaining maturity  of  the
                                 Receivables was approximately    months, and
                                 the  weighted  average  original maturity of
                                 the Receivables was approximately    months.
                                 No Receivable has a scheduled maturity later
                                 than            , 20__ (the "Final Scheduled
                                 Maturity Date").  See "The Receivables Pool"
                                 herein.

                                 The "Pool Balance" at any time will represent
                                 the  aggregate  principal  balance   of   the
                                 Receivables  at  the  end  of  the  preceding
                                 Collection Period, after giving effect to all
                                 payments (other than Payaheads) received from
                                 Obligors, Advances and Purchase Amounts to be
                                 remitted by the Servicer or the Depositor, as
                                 the case  may be,  all  for  such  Collection
                                 Period,   and    all   losses   realized   on
                                 Receivables liquidated during such Collection
                                 Period.

Terms of the Notes               The principal terms  of the Notes will be as
                                 described below:

    A. Distribution Dates        Payments of  interest  on  and principal  of
                                 the Notes will be made on the         day of
                                 each month  or, if  any  such day  is not  a
                                 Business   Day,  on   the  next   succeeding
                                 Business Day (each, a  "Distribution Date"),
                                 commencing in                  199 .    Each
                                 reference  to  a   "PAYMENT  DATE"   in  the
                                 Prospectus  shall refer  to  a  Distribution
                                 Date  herein.    Payments will  be  made  to
                                 holders   of  record   of  the   Notes  (the
                                 "Noteholders")  as of  the  day  immediately
                                 preceding  such  Distribution  Date  or,  if
                                 Definitive Notes are  issued, as of the     
                                 day of the preceding month (each,  a "Record
                                 Date").   A  "Business Day"  is a  day other
                                 than  a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which
                                 banking institutions  or trust companies  in
                                 the States of (_________) are authorized  by
                                 law, regulation  or  executive  order to  be
                                 closed.

    B.  Interest Rates           The Class (   ) Notes will  bear interest at
                                 a  (Floating  Rate) of  interest  per  annum
                                 (the  "Class (  ) Rate") and  the Class (  )
                                 Notes  will  bear  interest  at  a (Floating
                                 Rate) of  interest per  annum (the "Class  (
                                 ) Rate").  (The rate  of interest per  annum
                                 with respect  to the Class (    ) Notes  for
                                 each Interest Reset  Period (the "Class (  )
                                 Rate")  will equal LIBOR  (as defined in the
                                 Prospectus) for  such Interest Reset  Period
                                 plus    %;  provided  that the  Class  (   )
                                 Rate shall not exceed   % per annum.)

                                 The interest  rates for  the various classes
                                 of   Notes    are   referred    to    herein
                                 collectively as "Interest Rates".

    C.  Interest                 Interest   on   the  outstanding   principal
                                 amount of the  Notes (other than the Class (
                                 )  Notes)  will  accrue  at  the  applicable
                                 Interest Rate from the Closing Date  (in the
                                 case  of  the  first  Distribution  Date) or
                                 from the         day of the month  preceding
                                 the  month  of a  Distribution  Date  to and
                                 including the           day of the month  of
                                 such  Distribution Date  (each an  "Interest
                                 Accrual   Period").     (Interest   on   the
                                 outstanding principal  amount of the Class (
                                 ) Notes will  accrue at the Class (   ) Rate
                                 from the  Closing Date (in  the case  of the
                                 first  Distribution Date)  or from  the most
                                 recent Distribution  Date on which  interest
                                 has   been   paid  to   but  excluding   the
                                 following   Distribution   Date   (each,   a
                                 "Floating  Rate Interest  Accrual Period").)
                                 Interest on  the  Class (  )  Notes will  be
                                 calculated on the  basis of  a 360-day  year
                                 consisting   of   twelve   30-day    months.
                                 Interest on  the Class  (   ) Notes  will be
                                 calculated  on   the  basis  of  the  actual
                                 number  of   days  in  each  Floating   Rate
                                 Interest  Accrual  Period  divided  by  360.
                                 See  "Description of  the Notes --  Payments
                                 of Interest" herein.

    D.  Principal                Principal  of the Notes  will be  payable on
                                 each Distribution  Date in  an amount  equal
                                 to the Noteholders' Principal  Distributable
                                 Amount   for   the   calendar   month   (the
                                 "Collection    Period")    preceding    such
                                 Distribution Date  (in the case of the first
                                 Distribution  Date,  the  period   from  and
                                 including            , 199  to and including
                                       ,  199   (exclusive  of the  scheduled
                                 payments   of    principal   due   on    the
                                 Precomputed    Receivables    during    that
                                 period))  to the  extent of  funds available
                                 therefor.     The   "Noteholders'  Principal
                                 Distributable Amount" will equal the  sum of
                                 (i) the   Regular   Principal   Distribution
                                 Amount  plus (ii) the  Accelerated Principal
                                 Distribution    Amount.       The   "Regular
                                 Principal Distribution Amount" with  respect
                                 to  any  Distribution  Date  will  equal the
                                 amount  of  principal paid  or,  in  certain
                                 circumstances,  scheduled to  be  paid  with
                                 respect  to the  Receivables  (exclusive  of
                                 Payaheads allocable  to principal that  have
                                 not  been  applied  as  payments  under  the
                                 related    Receivables   in    the   related
                                 Collection    Period   and    inclusive   of
                                 Payaheads allocable  to principal that  have
                                 been applied as  payments under  the related
                                 Receivables   in  such   Collection  Period)
                                 plus,   in   certain   circumstances,    the
                                 principal balance of defaulted  Receivables,
                                 as calculated  by the Servicer as  described
                                 under  "Description  of  the   Transfer  and
                                 Servicing    Agreements --    Distributions"
                                 herein.      The   "Accelerated    Principal
                                 Distribution  Amount"  with  respect   to  a
                                 Distribution  Date will  equal the  portion,
                                 if  any, of  the Total  Distribution  Amount
                                 for  the  related  Collection   Period  that
                                 remains after  payment of (a) the  Servicing
                                 Fee  (together  with  any  portion   of  the
                                 Servicing  Fee  that  remains   unpaid  from
                                 prior Distribution Dates), (b) the  interest
                                 due on the Notes, (c) the  Regular Principal
                                 Distribution  Amount,  (d) the interest  due
                                 on the Certificates  and (e) the  amount, if
                                 any,  required   to  be  deposited  in   the
                                 Reserve Account on such Distribution Date.

                                 On the Business Day immediately preceding each
                                 Distribution Date (each, a "Determination
                                 Date"), the Indenture Trustee shall determine
                                 the amount in the Collection Account available
                                 for distribution on the related Distribution
                                 Date.  Payments to  Securityholders  will  be
                                 made on each Distribution Date in accordance
                                 with such  determination.  The Servicing Fee
                                 in respect of a Collection Period  (together
                                 with any portion  of the  Servicing Fee that
                                 remains unpaid from prior Distribution Dates)
                                 will  be  paid  at  the  beginning  of  such
                                 Collection Period out of collections for such
                                 Collection Period.

                                 No  principal  payments will be made on  the
                                 Class (   ) Notes until the Class (  ) Notes
                                 have been paid in full.

                                 The  outstanding  principal  amount  of  the
                                 Class (    )  Notes,  to  the   extent   not
                                 previously paid,  will  be  payable  on  the
                                                  (199 )(20   )  Distribution
                                 Date  (the  "Class  (    )  Final  Scheduled
                                 Distribution  Date");  and  the  outstanding
                                 principal amount of  the Class (   )  Notes,
                                 to the  extent not previously  paid, will be
                                 payable  on the               (199  )(20   )
                                 Distribution Date (the "Class  (    )  Final
                                 Scheduled Distribution Date").

    E.  Optional Redemption      The  Notes will  be  redeemed in  whole, but
                                 not  in part,  on any  Distribution Date  on
                                 which  the Servicer  exercises its option to
                                 purchase  the  Receivables.    The  Servicer
                                 will have  the option to  purchase all,  but
                                 not less  then  all, of  the Receivables  on
                                 any  Distribution   Date  on  or  after  the
                                 Distribution Date on which the  Pool Balance
                                 has  declined to  (   )  %  or less  of  the
                                 Initial  Pool Balance.   The price  at which
                                 the Servicer  will be  required to  purchase
                                 the  Receivables in  order to  exercise such
                                 option will  be  equal to  the aggregate  of
                                 the Purchase  Amounts of the Receivables  as
                                 of   the  end   of  the  related  Collection
                                 Period.   The Servicer  will be required  to
                                 give not less than (  ) days'  notice to the
                                 Trustee  of its  intention to  exercise such
                                 option.  In addition,  the Servicer will not
                                 be permitted to exercise such  option unless
                                 the   resulting   distribution   would    be
                                 sufficient   to  retire   the  Notes   at  a
                                 redemption   price  equal   to  the   unpaid
                                 principal  amount of  the Notes plus accrued
                                 and    unpaid    interest    thereon.    See
                                 "Description   of   the  Notes --   Optional
                                 Redemption" herein.

Terms of the Certificates        The  principal  terms  of  the  Certificates
                                 will be as described below:

    A.  Distribution Dates       Distributions    with    respect   to    the
                                 Certificates   will   be   made    on   each
                                 Distribution Date, commencing               
                                 ,  199  .   Distributions  will  be made  to
                                 holders  of record  of the Certificates (the
                                 "Certificateholders" and, together with  the
                                 Noteholders,  the  "Securityholders") as  of
                                 the related Record  Date (which will be the 
                                     day   of   the   preceding    month   if
                                 Definitive Certificates are issued).

    B.  Pass Through Rate        (   )% per annum (the "Pass Through Rate").

    C.  Interest                 On   each  Distribution   Date,  the   Owner
                                 Trustee   will  distribute   pro   rata   to
                                 Certificateholders   30   days  of   accrued
                                 interest  at the  Pass Through  Rate on  the
                                 outstanding  Certificate  Balance  generally
                                 to the extent  of funds  available following
                                 payment   of    the   Servicing   Fee    and
                                 distributions  in respect  of the Notes from
                                 the  Total   Distribution  Amount  and   the
                                 Reserve   Account.      Interest   will   be
                                 calculated on  the basis  of a 360-day  year
                                 consisting   of   twelve   30-day    months.
                                 Interest in  respect of a Distribution  Date
                                 will accrue  from the Closing  Date (in  the
                                 case  of  the  first  Distribution  Date) or
                                 from  the                 day of  the  month
                                 preceding  the  month  of  the  Distribution
                                 Date to and including  the       day  of the
                                 month of such Distribution Date.

    D.  Principal                No   distributions  of   principal  on   the
                                 Certificates will  be made until  all of the
                                 Notes  have  been paid  in  full.   On  each
                                 Distribution   Date   commencing   on    the
                                 Distribution Date on  which the Class (    )
                                 Notes are  paid in  full,  principal of  the
                                 Certificates  will be  payable in  an amount
                                 generally  equal to  the Certificateholders'
                                 Principal   Distributable  Amount   for  the
                                 Collection     Period     preceding     such
                                 Distribution Date,  to the  extent of  funds
                                 available therefor following payment  of the
                                 Servicing  Fee,  payments  of  interest  and
                                 principal,  if  any, due  in respect  of the
                                 Notes  and the  distribution of  interest in
                                 respect   of   the   Certificates.       The
                                 Certificateholders' Principal  Distributable
                                 Amount   will  be   the  Regular   Principal
                                 Distribution    Amount    (less,   on    the
                                 Distribution  Date on  which the  Notes  are
                                 paid  in full,  the portion  thereof payable
                                 on the Notes)  and will be calculated by the
                                 Servicer  in  the  manner   described  under
                                 "Description of  the Transfer and  Servicing
                                 Agreements -- Distributions".

    E.  Optional Prepayment      If  the  Servicer  exercises its  option  to
                                 purchase  the  Receivables  (the   terms  of
                                 which option are summarized above  under "--
                                 Terms   of   the   Notes  --   E.   Optional
                                 Redemption"),   the  Certificates   will  be
                                 retired. The Servicer will not  be permitted
                                 to   exercise   such   option   unless   the
                                 resulting          distribution           to
                                 Certificateholders    would    equal     the
                                 outstanding   Certificate  Balance  together
                                 with  accrued interest  thereon at  the Pass
                                 Through  Rate.     See "Description  of  the
                                 Certificates --     Optional     Prepayment"
                                 herein.

Reserve Account                  (DESCRIBE RESERVE ACCOUNT FORMULA)

Collection Account; Priority of
Payments                         Except  under  certain conditions  described
                                 herein  or as  otherwise acceptable  to each
                                 Rating   Agency,  the   Servicer   will   be
                                 required to remit collections  received with
                                 respect to  the  Receivables  within        
                                 Business Days  after receipt thereof to  one
                                 or  more  accounts  in   the  name  of   the
                                 Indenture     Trustee     (together,     the
                                 "Collection Account").  At the  beginning of
                                 each   Collection   Period,  the   Indenture
                                 Trustee  will   apply  collections  in   the
                                 Collection Account  to pay  to the  Servicer
                                 the  Servicing   Fee  for  such   Collection
                                 Period  and  any  overdue   Servicing  Fees.
                                 Pursuant   to   the   Sale   and   Servicing
                                 Agreement,  the   Servicer  will  have   the
                                 revocable  power to  instruct the  Indenture
                                 Trustee to withdraw funds on deposit  in the
                                 Collection  Account and  to apply such funds
                                 on each Distribution  Date to  the following
                                 (in  the   priority  indicated):     (i) the
                                 Servicing  Fee,  together  with  any  unpaid
                                 Servicing   Fees  from   prior  Distribution
                                 Dates (if  for  any reason  such amount  was
                                 not paid at the beginning of  the Collection
                                 Period   as   described   above),   to   the
                                 Servicer,  (ii) the  Noteholders'   Interest
                                 Distributable  Amount  and the  Noteholders'
                                 Principal  Distributable  Amount  into   the
                                 Note    Distribution   Account,    (iii) the
                                 Certificateholders'  Interest  Distributable
                                 Amount and, after  the Notes have been  paid
                                 in  full, the  Certificateholders' Principal
                                 Distributable  Amount  into the  Certificate
                                 Distribution Account and (iv) the  remaining
                                 balance, if any, to the Reserve Account.

Tax Status                       In the opinion of Brown & Wood LLP,  counsel
                                 to the Trust  ("Tax Counsel"),  for  federal
                                 income  tax  purposes,  the  Notes  will  be
                                 characterized  as  debt,  and the Trust will
                                 not be characterized as an association (or a
                                 publicly  traded  partnership) taxable  as a
                                 corporation.   Each    Noteholder,  by   the
                                 acceptance  of a  Note, will  agree to treat
                                 the   Notes   as   indebtedness,   and  each
                                 Certificateholder,  by the  acceptance  of a
                                 Certificate, will  agree to  treat the Trust
                                 as  a    partnership    in     which     the
                                 Certificateholders are partners for  federal
                                 income  and  state  income   tax   purposes.
                                 Alternative  characterizations  of the Trust
                                 and the Certificates are possible, but would
                                 not  result   in   materially   adverse  tax
                                 consequences  to   Certificateholders.   See
                                 "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax Consequences"
                                 and  "State  Tax Consequences" herein and in
                                 the  Prospectus  for  additional information
                                 concerning the application of federal income
                                 and  state  tax  laws  to  the Trust and the
                                 Securities.

ERISA Considerations             Subject  to  the  considerations   discussed
                                 under "ERISA  Considerations" herein and  in
                                 the Prospectus,  the Notes are eligible  for
                                 purchase  by  employee benefit  plans.   The
                                 Certificates  may  not  be  acquired  by any
                                 employee   benefit  plan   subject  to   the
                                 Employee Retirement  Income Security Act  of
                                 1974, as  amended ("ERISA"), or Section 4975
                                 of the  Internal  Revenue Code  of 1986,  as
                                 amended  (the "Code"),  or by  an individual
                                 retirement    account.        See     "ERISA
                                 Considerations"    herein    and   in    the
                                 Prospectus.

Rating of the Notes              It  is a  condition to  the issuance  of the
                                 Notes that  they be rated "    " by at least
                                 one nationally  recognized rating agency  (a
                                 "Rating Agency").   The rating of  the Notes
                                 by  at  Rating Agency  reflects such  Rating
                                 Agency's assessment  of the likelihood  that
                                 the  Noteholders will  receive  payments  of
                                 principal  and  interest  but  it  does  not
                                 address  the  timing  of   distributions  of
                                 principal of  the Notes  prior to the  Final
                                 Scheduled  Distribution Date.   A  rating is
                                 not a  recommendation to  buy, sell or  hold
                                 securities and  may be  subject to  revision
                                 or  withdrawal at any  time by the assigning
                                 Rating  Agency.     Each  rating  should  be
                                 evaluated   independently   of   any   other
                                 rating.   See  "Risk Factors  -- Ratings  of
                                 the  Securities"  herein.  There  can  be no
                                 assurance that a rating will not  be lowered
                                 or   withdrawn   by  a   Rating  Agency   if
                                 circumstances so warrant.

Rating of the
Certificates                     It  is a  condition to  the issuance  of the
                                 Certificates that  they be rated at least in
                                 the "    " category or its equivalent  by at
                                 least one Rating  Agency.  The rating of the
                                 Certificates  by a  Rating  Agency  reflects
                                 such  Rating  Agency's  assessment   of  the
                                 likelihood that the Certificateholders  will
                                 receive payments  of principal and  interest
                                 but  it  does  not  address  the  timing  of
                                 distributions    of    principal   of    the
                                 Certificates  prior to  the Final  Scheduled
                                 Distribution  Date.    A  rating  is  not  a
                                 recommendation   to  buy,   sell   or   hold
                                 securities and  may be  subject to  revision
                                 or withdrawal at  any time by the  assigning
                                 Rating  Agency.     Each  rating  should  be
                                 evaluated   independently   of   any   other
                                 rating.   See "Risk  Factors  -- Ratings  of
                                 the Securities" herein.


                                 RISK FACTORS

    Investors should  consider,  among other  things,  the matters  discussed
under  "Risk Factors" in  the Prospectus  and the  following risk  factors in
connection with purchases of the Notes and/or Certificates.

    Limited Liquidity; Absence of  a Secondary Market.  There is currently no
secondary market for  the Securities.  Each Underwriter  currently intends to
make a  market in the  Securities, but it  is under  no obligation to  do so.
There  can be no  assurance that  a secondary  market will  develop or,  if a
secondary market does develop, that  it will provide the Securityholders with
liquidity  of  investment  or that  it  will  continue for  the  life  of the
Securities offered hereby.

    (Geographic Concentration.   Economic conditions in states where Obligors
reside may affect  the delinquency, loan loss and  repossession experience of
the  Trust  with  respect  to  the  Receivables.    Obligors  on  Receivables
representing approximately  _____% by  principal balance  of the  Receivables
were  located in  (__________________) at  the Cut-off  Date.   As a  result,
economic  conditions in  such states  may have  a disproportionate  effect on
prepayments and/or defaults in respect of the Receivables and thus on amounts
available for  distribution to Securityholders.   In particular,  an economic
downturn in one or more of such states could adversely affect the performance
of the  Trust  as  a  whole  (even if  national  economic  conditions  remain
unchanged or  improve) as  Obligors in  such state  or states  experience the
effects of such a downturn and face greater difficulty in making  payments on
their Financed Assets.  See "The Receivables Pool" herein.)

    Subordination  of  the  Certificates  to  the Notes.    Distributions  of
interest and principal  on the Certificates will be  subordinated in priority
of payment  to interest and  principal due on  the Notes.   Consequently, the
Certificateholders  will not  receive  any distributions  with  respect to  a
Collection Period until the  full amount of interest on and  principal of the
Notes  due  on  such  Distribution  Date  has  been  deposited  in  the  Note
Distribution   Account.    The   Certificateholders  will  not   receive  any
distributions of  principal until the Distribution  Date on which all  of the
Notes have been paid in full.

    Limited  Assets of  the  Trust.   The  Trust will  not  have, nor  is  it
permitted or  expected to  have, any significant  assets or sources  of funds
other than the Receivables and the Reserve Account.  Holders of the Notes and
the Certificates  must rely  for repayment upon  payments on  the Receivables
and, if  and  to the  extent available,  amounts on  deposit  in the  Reserve
Account.   Although funds  in the Reserve  Account will be  available on each
Distribution Date  to cover  shortfalls in distributions  of interest  on and
principal of the Notes and the  Certificates, amounts to be deposited in  the
Reserve Account are limited in amount.  If the Reserve Account  is exhausted,
the Trust will depend solely  on current distributions on the Receivables  to
make payments on the Notes and the Certificates.

    Ratings  of the Securities.   It is  a condition  to the issuance  of the
Securities that each  class of the Notes  be rated in the  highest investment
rating category,  and that the  Certificates be  rated at least  in the "   "
category  or its  equivalent, by  at least  one nationally  recognized rating
agency (the "Rating Agency").  A rating is  not a recommendation to buy, sell
or  hold  securities  inasmuch  as  it  does  not  address  market  price  or
suitability for a particular investor.  The ratings of the Securities address
the  likelihood  of  the  payment  of principal  of,  and  interest  on,  the
Securities pursuant to their terms but not the timing of the distributions of
principal prior to  the Final Scheduled Distribution Date  of the Securities.
There can be no assurance that a  rating will remain for any given period  of
time or that a  rating will not be lowered or withdrawn  entirely by a Rating
Agency if it judges future circumstances to so warrant.


                                  THE TRUST

GENERAL

    The Issuer, (____________________________________) Trust  199 -( ), is  a
business trust  formed under the laws of the  State of (________) pursuant to
the  Trust  Agreement for  the  transactions  described  in  this  Prospectus
Supplement.  After its formation, the  Trust will not engage in any  activity
other than (i) acquiring, holding and  managing the Receivables and the other
assets of the  Trust and proceeds therefrom,  (ii) issuing the Notes and  the
Certificates,  (iii) making payments  on the  Notes and the  Certificates and
(iv) engaging in other activities that  are necessary, suitable or convenient
to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith.

    The Trust  will initially be capitalized  with equity in an  amount equal
to the  Certificate Balance of $                          , excluding amounts
deposited in the Reserve Account.  The equity of the Trust, together with the
net proceeds  from  the sale  of the  Notes, will  be  used by  the Trust  to
purchase  the  Receivables  from  the  Depositor pursuant  to  the  Sale  and
Servicing Agreement.

    If the  protection provided to the  investment of the  Securityholders by
the Reserve Account is insufficient, the Trust will look only to the Obligors
on  the Receivables  and  the  proceeds from  the  repossession and  sale  of
Financed Assets which  secure defaulted Receivables.  In  such event, certain
factors, such  as the  Trust's not having  first priority  perfected security
interests in  some of the Financed Assets, may  affect the Trust's ability to
realize on  the collateral securing the Receivables,  and thus may reduce the
proceeds to be distributed to Securityholders with respect to the Securities.
See "Description of  the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Distributions"
and  "-- Reserve  Account"   herein  and  "Certain   Legal  Aspects  of   the
Receivables" in the Prospectus.

    The Trust's  principal offices are in                    ,              ,
in care of  (                             ), as Owner Trustee, at the address
listed below under "-- The Owner Trustee".


                         CAPITALIZATION OF THE TRUST

    The following  table illustrates  the capitalization of  the Trust as  of
the  Closing  Date,  as  if  the issuance  and  sale  of  the  Notes  and the
Certificates had taken place on such date:

             Class (  ) Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
             Class (  ) Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
             Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    _______________

                  Total    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $_______________
                                                    	      _______________
							      ---------------

                              THE OWNER TRUSTEE

                                is   the  Owner   Trustee  under   the  Trust
Agreement.                                        is a        (state) banking
corporation and its principal offices are located at                    ,    
     ,                              .   The Depositor and its  affiliates may
maintain normal commercial  banking relations with the Owner  Trustee and its
affiliates.


                             THE RECEIVABLES POOL

    The pool  of Receivables (the "Receivables  Pool") will include  only the
Receivables purchased  on the Closing  Date.  The Receivables  (will be)(have
been)  purchased  by  the  Depositor  from the  Seller  which  purchased  the
Receivables, directly or  indirectly, from Dealers in the  ordinary course of
business.

    The  Receivables   were  selected  from  the  Depositor's  portfolio  for
inclusion in  the Receivables Pool by several  criteria, certain of which are
set forth in  the Prospectus  under "The  Receivables Pools", as  well as  in
accordance with the requirement that, as of the Cut-off Date, each Receivable
(i) had an outstanding gross balance  of at least $         and (ii) was  not
more  than  60 days  past  due (an  account  not being  considered  past due,
however, if the  amount past due is less  than    %  of the scheduled monthly
payment).  As of the Cut-off Date, no Obligor on any Receivable  was noted in
the  related  records of  the Seller  as  being the  subject of  a bankruptcy
proceeding.  No selection  procedures believed by the Depositor to be adverse
to Securityholders were used in selecting the Receivables.

    Set  forth  in   the  following  tables  is  information  concerning  the
composition,  distribution  by   annual  percentage  rate  ("APR")   and  the
geographic distribution of the Receivables Pool as of the Cut-off Date.

                (                            ) TRUST 199 -( )

                     COMPOSITION OF THE RECEIVABLES POOL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

      Weighted                                                              Weighted             Weighted
       Average                Aggregate                                     Average              Average              Average
       APR of                 Principal               Number of            Remaining             Original            Principal
     Receivables               Balance               Receivables             Term                  Term               Balance 
     -----------              ---------              -----------           ---------             --------            ---------
    <S>                  <C>                        <C>                  <C>                   <C>                 <C>
        _____%            $________________          ___________          ____ months           ____ months         $__________

</TABLE>

                   (______________________) TRUST 199 - ( )
                 DISTRIBUTION BY APR OF THE RECEIVABLES POOL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           Percent of
                                                                                                           Aggregate
                                                        Number of                 Aggregate                Principal
APR Range                                              Receivables            Principal Balance            Balance(1)
- ---------                                              -----------            -----------------            ----------
<S>                                                   <C>                    <C>                          <C>
 0.00% -  5.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                             $                                     %
 5.01% -  6.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 6.01% -  7.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 7.01% -  8.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 8.01% -  9.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 9.01% - 10.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.01% - 11.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.01% - 12.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.01% - 13.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.01% - 14.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.01% - 15.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.01% - 16.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16.01% - 17.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.01% - 18.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Greater than 18.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      ___________                                         __________

</TABLE>
_______________
(1) Percentages may not add to 100.0% because of rounding.


                   (______________________) TRUST 199 -( )
               GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE RECEIVABLES POOL

                                         PERCENTAGE AGGREGATE
               STATE(2)                  PRINCIPAL BALANCE(1)




                                              ___________
                                                       %
_______________
(1) Percentages may not add to 100.0% because of rounding.
(2) Based on physical addresses of the Obligors at the Cut-off Date.

    Approximately          %  of  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of  the
Receivables, constituting      % of the number of  the Receivables, represent
previously titled vehicles.

    By aggregate  principal balance,  approximately     % of  the receivables
are Precomputed Receivables and     % of the Receivables are Simple  Interest
Receivables.   See "The Receivables  Pools" in the  Prospectus for a  further
description  of the  characteristics of  Precomputed  Receivables and  Simple
Interest Receivables.


                 DELINQUENCIES, REPOSSESSIONS AND NET LOSSES

    Set forth below  is certain information concerning the experience  of the
Seller  pertaining  to (i) retail  new  and used  (automobile  and light-duty
truck)  (recreational vehicle) (motorcycle) (recreational power and sail boat
(including boat motor and accompanying trailer)) receivables, including those
previously sold which  the Servicer continues  to service.   There can be  no
assurance that the  delinquency, repossession and net loss  experience on the
Receivables will be comparable to that set forth below.

                          DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           AT DECEMBER 31,                                   AT ____________________,
                                   199                        199                        199                        199
                                   ---                        ---                        ---                        ---
                           NUMBER OF                 NUMBER OF                  NUMBER OF                  NUMBER OF
                           CONTRACTS      AMOUNT     CONTRACTS      AMOUNT      CONTRACTS      AMOUNT      CONTRACTS       AMOUNT
                           ---------      ------     ---------      ------      ---------      ------      ---------       ------
<S>                       <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>             <C>
Portfolio . . . . . . .                    $                         $                          $                           $
Period of Delinquency
  31-60 Days  . . . . .
  61 Days or More . . .    _________       ______    _________       ______     _________       ______     __________       ______
Total Delinquencies . .                    $                         $                          $                           $
Total Delinquencies
  as a Percent of the
  Portfolio . . . . . .             %           %             %           %             %            %              %            %

</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          AT DECEMBER 31,
                                             199                               199                               199
                                             ---                               ---                               ---

                                    NUMBER OF                        NUMBER OF                         NUMBER OF
                                    CONTRACTS         AMOUNT         CONTRACTS         AMOUNT          CONTRACTS         AMOUNT
                                    ---------         ------         ---------         ------          ---------         ------
                                                                       (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                <C>               <C>            <C>               <C>             <C>               <C>
Portfolio . . . . . . . . . .                         $                                $                                 $
Period of Delinquency
  31-60 Days  . . . . . . . .
  61 Days or More . . . . . .       _________         ______         _________         ______          _________         ______
Total Delinquencies . . . . .                         $                                $                                 $

Total Delinquencies
  as a Percent of the
  Portfolio . . . . . . . . .               %              %                 %              %                  %               %

</TABLE>
    _______________
    (1) All amounts and  percentages are based on the gross  amount scheduled
        to be  paid on each  contract, including  unearned finance and  other
        charges.  The information in the table includes  an immaterial amount
        of  retail  installment  sale  contracts   on  vehicles  other   than
        automobiles and  light  duty  trucks  and  includes  previously  sold
        contracts which the Servicer continues to service.


                    CREDIT LOSS/REPOSSESSION EXPERIENCE(1)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  _____________ ENDED
                                                 March     ,                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                 --------------------      ----------------------------------------------------
                                                 199         199           199           199         199        199         199 
                                                 ---         ---           ---           ---         ---        ---         ---
                                                                              (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                             <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
Average Amount Outstanding
  During the Period . . . . . . . . . . . .      $           $             $             $           $          $           $
Average Number of Contracts
  Outstanding During the Period . . . . . .
Percent of Contracts Acquired During the
  Period with Recourse to the Dealer  . . .           %         %             %             %           %           %           %
Repossessions as a Percent of Average
  Number of Contracts Outstanding . . . . .           %         %             %             %           %           %           %
Net Losses as a Percent of
  Liquidations(3)(4)  . . . . . . . . . . .           %         %             %             %           %           %           %
Net Losses as a Percent of Average
  Amount Outstanding(2)(3)  . . . . . . . .           %         %             %             %           %           %           %

</TABLE>
   ____________________
   (1)  (Except as  indicated, all amounts and  percentages are based on  the
        gross  amount  scheduled  to be  paid  on  each  contract,  including
        unearned finance  and other charges.   The  information in the  table
        includes  previously sold  contracts that  the Servicer  continues to
        service.)

   (2)  Percentages  have  been  annualized  for   the  _____  months   ended
        ____________, 199   and 199    and are not  necessarily indicative of
        the experience for the year.

   (3)  (Net  losses  are  equal to  the  aggregate  of the  balances  of all
        contracts which  are determined  to be  uncollectible in the  period,
        less any  recoveries on contracts  charged off in  the period or  any
        prior  periods,  including  any  losses  resulting  from  disposition
        expenses  and  any  losses resulting  from  the  failure  to  recover
        commissions to dealers with respect to contracts that  are prepaid or
        charged off.)

   (4)  Liquidations  represent a  reduction in  the outstanding  balances of
        the contracts as a result of monthly cash payments and charge-offs.


    (The net loss figures above  reflect the fact that Seller had recourse to
Dealers on a portion of its retail installment sale contracts.   By aggregate
principal  balance,  approximately          %  of  the  Receivables represent
contracts  with  recourse  to  Dealers.    The  Seller  applies  underwriting
standards to the purchase of contracts without regard to whether recourse  to
Dealers is provided.  However,  the net loss experience of  contracts without
recourse to Dealers is higher than that of contracts with recourse to Dealers
because,  under its  recourse obligation,  the Dealer  is responsible  to the
Seller for payment of  the unpaid balance of the contract,  provided that the
Seller repossesses the vehicle or boat  from the retail buyer and returns  it
to  the  Dealer  within  a  specified time.    In  the  event  of a  Dealer's
bankruptcy, a bankruptcy trustee might attempt to characterize recourse sales
of  contracts as  loans to  the Dealer  secured by  the contracts.   Such  an
attempt,  if  successful, could  result in  payment delays  or losses  on the
affected Receivables.)

                                  THE SELLER

     (DESCRIPTION OF SELLER AND ITS UNDERWRITING AND SERVICING STANDARDS)

                                THE DEPOSITOR

                          (DESCRIPTION OF DEPOSITOR)

                                 THE SERVICER

            (DESCRIPTION OF SERVICER AND ITS SERVICING STANDARDS)


                   WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE SECURITIES

    Information  regarding  certain  maturity and  prepayment  considerations
with respect to the Securities is  set forth under "Weighted Average Life  of
the Securities" in the Prospectus.  No principal payments will be made on the
Class (   ) Notes until  all Class (   ) Notes  have been paid  in full.   In
addition, no principal payments on the Certificates will be made until all of
the  Notes have been paid in full.  See "Description of the Notes -- Payments
of  Principal" and  "Description  of  the  Certificates --  Distributions  of
Principal Payments" herein. As the rate of payment of principal of each class
of  Notes and  the  Certificates depends  primarily on  the  rate of  payment
(including  prepayments) of the principal  balances of the Receivables, final
payment of any class  of the Notes and the  final distribution in respect  of
the  Certificates could  occur significantly  earlier  than their  respective
Final  Scheduled Distribution  Dates. In  addition,  the rate  of payment  of
principal  of  each class  of  Notes  will  be  affected by  the  Accelerated
Principal Distribution Amounts applied to the payment of the principal of the
Notes.   Securityholders  will  bear  the risk  of  being  able  to  reinvest
principal payments of the Securities at  yields at least equal to the  yields
on their respective Securities.


                           DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

GENERAL

    The Notes will be  issued pursuant to the terms of  the Indenture, a form
of which  has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.  A copy
of the Indenture will be filed with the Commission following the  issuance of
the Securities.   The following summary describes certain  terms of the Notes
and  the Indenture.   The  summary does  not purport  to be  complete and  is
subject to,  and  is qualified  in  its entirety  by  reference to,  all  the
provisions of the Notes and the Indenture.  The following summary supplements
and, to  the extent inconsistent  therewith, replaces the description  of the
general terms and provisions of the Notes of any given series and the related
Indenture  set forth  in the  Prospectus, to  which description  reference is
hereby made.                     , a                  , will be the Indenture
Trustee under the Indenture.

PAYMENTS OF INTEREST

    The  Notes will  constitute Floating  Rate  Securities, as  such term  is
defined  under "Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- Floating Rate
Securities" in the Prospectus.  The Base Rate with respect to the  Notes will
be (       ).  Interest on the principal balances of the classes of the Notes
will accrue at their respective Interest Rates per annum and will  be payable
to the Noteholders monthly on each Distribution Date, commencing             
, 199 . Interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (other than
the Class (   ) Notes) will  accrue at the applicable Interest  Rate from the
Closing Date (in the case of the first Distribution Date) or from the        
  day  of  the  month preceding  the  month  of a  Distribution  Date  to and
including the            day of the month of  the Distribution Date (each, an
"Interest Accrual Period").  Interest  on the outstanding principal amount of
the Class (  ) Notes will accrue at the Class (  ) Rate from the Closing Date
(in  the  case  of the  first  Distribution  Date) or  from  the  most recent
Distribution  Date  on which  interest  has been  paid  to but  excluding the
following   Distribution  Date  (each,  a  "Floating  Rate  Interest  Accrual
Period").  Interest  on the Notes (other than  the Class (  )  Notes) will be
calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
Interest  on the  Class (   ) Notes  will be calculated  on the  basis of the
actual  number of  days in  each  applicable Floating  Rate Interest  Accrual
Period divided by  360.   Interest payments  on the Notes  will generally  be
derived from the Total Distribution Amount remaining after the payment of the
Servicing Fee and from the Reserve Account.  See "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements -- Distributions" and "-- Reserve Account" herein.

    Interest  payments to  all  classes of  Noteholders  will have  the  same
priority.   Under certain  circumstances, the  amount available for  interest
payments could be  less than the amount  of interest payable on  the Notes on
any Distribution Date,  in which case each class of  Noteholders will receive
their ratable share (based upon the aggregate  amount of interest due to such
class of Noteholders) of the aggregate amount available to  be distributed in
respect of interest on the Notes.

PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

    Principal payments will  be made to the Noteholders on  each Distribution
Date  in an amount  generally equal to  the sum of  (i) the Regular Principal
Distribution  Amount plus (ii) the Accelerated Principal Distribution Amount.
The "Regular  Principal Distribution Amount" with respect to any Distribution
Date will equal  the sum of principal  payments received with respect  to the
Receivables  during  the preceding  Collection Period  or, in  certain cases,
scheduled to  be paid during  such Collection Period (exclusive  of Payaheads
allocable to  principal  that have  not been  applied as  payments under  the
related  Receivables in  such Collection  Period and  inclusive  of Payaheads
allocable to principal that  have been applied as payments  under the related
Receivables  in  such  Collection  Period)  plus  the principal  balances  of
defaulted  Receivables  written off  in  respect of  such  Collection Period,
subject  to certain  limitations.   The  "Accelerated Principal  Distribution
Amount" with respect to any Distribution Date will equal the portion, if any,
of  the Total  Distribution Amount  for  the related  Collection Period  that
remains after payment of (a) the Servicing Fee, (b) the Noteholders' Interest
Distributable  Amount, (c) the Regular Principal Distribution Amount, (d) the
Certificateholders'  Interest  Distributable Amount,  and (e) the  amount, if
any,  required to be  deposited in the  Reserve Account  on such Distribution
Date.   Principal payments  on the Notes  will generally be  derived from the
Total Distribution Amount and  the amount, if any, in the  Reserve Account up
to the Available  Amount remaining after the payment of the Servicing Fee and
the  Noteholders' Interest  Distributable  Amount  and, in  the  case of  any
Accelerated Principal Distribution  Amount, the Certificateholders'  Interest
Distributable Amount  and the amount,  if any, required to  be deposited into
the  Reserve  Account.    See  "Description of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreements -- Distributions" and "-- Reserve Account" herein.

    On the  Business  Day immediately  preceding  each Distribution  Date  (a
"DETERMINATION DATE"), the  Indenture Trustee shall  determine the amount  in
the  Collection Account  for  the  related  Collection  Period  allocable  to
interest  and the  amount  allocable to  principal  on an  actual  basis, and
payments to Securityholders on the  following Distribution Date will be based
on such allocation.

    On  each Distribution  Date,  principal payments  on  the Notes  will  be
applied in the  following order of priority:  (i) to the principal balance of
the Class  (   ) Notes until the principal balance of the Class (  ) Notes is
reduced  to zero; and (ii) to the principal balance  of the Class (   ) Notes
until the principal balance of  the Class (  ) Notes is reduced to zero.  The
principal balance of the Class (  ) Notes, to the extent not previously paid,
will be due  on the Class  (   )  Final Scheduled Distribution Date;  and the
principal balance of the Class (  ) Notes, to the extent not previously paid,
will be due on the Class (   ) Final Scheduled Distribution Date.  The actual
date on  which the  aggregate outstanding  principal amount  of any  class of
Notes is paid may be earlier than the respective Final Scheduled Distribution
Dates set  forth  above  based  on a  variety  of  factors,  including  those
described under "Weighted  Average Life of the Securities"  herein and in the
Prospectus.

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

    The Class (   ) Notes will be redeemed in  whole, but not in part, on any
Distribution Date after all the other classes of Notes have been paid in full
on which the  Servicer exercises its option to purchase the Receivables.  The
Servicer will have the  option to purchase all, but not less  than all of the
Receivables on or after any Distribution Date on which the Pool Balance shall
have  declined to (   )%  or less of the Initial Pool  Balance.  The price at
which the  Servicer will be required to purchase  the Receivables in order to
exercise such option will  be equal to the aggregate of  the Purchase Amounts
of the  Receivables  as of  the end  of the  related  Collection Period.  The
Servicer will be  required to give not  less than (    ) days' notice  to the
Trustee of its intention to  exercise such option. In addition, the  Servicer
will  not  be  permitted  to   exercise  such  option  unless  the  resulting
distribution  would be sufficient to  retire the Notes  at a redemption price
equal to the  unpaid principal amount of  such Notes plus accrued  and unpaid
interest thereon (the "REDEMPTION PRICE").   See "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements--Termination" in the Prospectus.


                       DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

GENERAL

    The  Certificates  will be  issued  pursuant to  the terms  of  the Trust
Agreement, a form of which has  been filed as an exhibit to the  Registration
Statement.  A copy of  the Trust Agreement will be filed  with the Commission
following the  issuance of the  Securities.  The following  summary describes
certain terms of  the Certificates and the Trust Agreement.  The summary does
not purport to be complete and is  subject to, and qualified in its  entirety
by  reference  to,  all the  provisions  of the  Certificates  and  the Trust
Agreement. The following summary supplements and, to the  extent inconsistent
therewith, replaces  the description of  the general terms and  provisions of
the Certificates  of any  given series  and the  related Trust  Agreement set
forth in the Prospectus, to which description reference is hereby made.

DISTRIBUTIONS OF INTEREST INCOME

    On each Distribution Date, commencing                , (199 )(20  ) , the
Certificateholders will  be entitled to  distributions in an amount  equal to
the amount of  interest that would accrue  on the Certificate Balance  at the
Pass Through Rate.   The Certificates will constitute  Fixed Rate Securities,
as  such   term  is   defined  under   "Certain  Information  Regarding   the
Securities -- Fixed Rate Securities" in  the Prospectus.  Interest in respect
of a Distribution Date will accrue from the Closing Date  (in the case of the
first Distribution Date) or from the               day of the month preceding
the month of the Distribution Date  to and including the          day  of the
month of  such Distribution Date.   Interest in  respect of the  Certificates
will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day
months.    Interest distributions  due  for  any  Distribution Date  but  not
distributed on such  Distribution Date will be  due on the next  Distribution
Date increased by  an amount equal  to interest  on such amount  at the  Pass
Through Rate (to the extent lawful).  Interest distributions with respect  to
the  Certificates will  generally be  funded from  the  portion of  the Total
Distribution Amount and the  funds in the Reserve Account remaining after the
distribution of  the Servicing Fee and the Noteholders' Distributable Amount.
See "Description of  the Transfer and Servicing  Agreements -- Distributions"
and "-- Reserve Account" herein.

DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS

    Certificateholders will  be  entitled to  distributions  of principal  on
each Distribution  Date, commencing with  the Distribution Date on  which the
Notes are paid in full, in an amount generally equal to the Regular Principal
Distribution Amount  (less, on the Distribution  Date on which  the Notes are
paid in full, the portion thereof payable on the Notes).   Distributions with
respect to  principal payments will generally  be funded from the  portion of
the  Total Distribution  Amount and  funds in  the Reserve  Account remaining
after the distribution  of the Servicing Fee, the  Noteholders' Distributable
Amount (on the Distribution Date on which the Notes are paid in full) and the
Certificateholders' Interest Distributable  Amount.  See "Description  of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Distributions" and "-- Reserve Account".

OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT

    If the  Servicer exercises  its option to  purchase the Receivables  (the
terms of  which option  are described  under   "Description of  the Notes  --
Optional Redemption" herein), the Certificates will be retired.  The Servicer
shall  not  be  permitted  to  exercise  such  option  unless  the  resulting
distribution  to the  Certificateholders would  be equal  to the  outstanding
Certificate Balance together with accrued  interest at the Pass Through Rate.
See "Description of  the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Termination" in
the Prospectus.


             DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS

    The following summary  describes certain terms of the Sale  and Servicing
Agreement,   the   Administration   Agreement   and   the   Trust   Agreement
(collectively,  the  "TRANSFER AND  SERVICING  AGREEMENTS").    Forms of  the
Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements  have  been filed  as  exhibits  to  the
Registration Statement.  A copy of  the Sale and Servicing Agreement will  be
filed  with the  Commission following  the issuance  of the Securities.   The
summary does not  purport to be complete and is subject  to, and qualified in
its  entirety  by  reference to,  all  the  provisions  of  the Transfer  and
Servicing Agreements.   The following summary supplements and,  to the extent
inconsistent therewith replaces,  the description  of the  general terms  and
provisions  of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing Agreements  set  forth  in  the
Prospectus, to which description reference is hereby made.

SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES

    Certain information regarding  the conveyance of  the Receivables by  the
Depositor to the Trust on the Closing Date pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement is set  forth in the Prospectus under "Description  of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables".

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

    The Servicing  Fee  Rate  with  respect to  the  Servicing  Fee  for  the
Servicer will be   % per annum of the Pool Balance as of the first day of the
related  Collection Period.   The Servicing  Fee in  respect of  a Collection
Period (together with  any portion of  the Servicing Fee that  remains unpaid
from  prior  Distribution  Dates) will  be  paid  at  the beginning  of  such
Collection  Period  out of  collections  for  such  Collection Period.    See
"Description  of   the   Transfer  and   Servicing  Agreements --   Servicing
Compensation and Payment of Expenses" in the Prospectus.

DISTRIBUTIONS

    Deposits to  Collection Account.   On or  before each Distribution  Date,
the Servicer  will cause all  collections and other amounts  constituting the
Total Distribution Amount to be  deposited into the Collection Account.   The
"TOTAL DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT" for  a Distribution Date shall be the  sum of the
Interest  Distribution Amount and  the Regular Principal  Distribution Amount
(other than the portion thereof  attributable to Realized Losses).  "Realized
Losses"  means  the  excess  of  the  principal  balance  of  any  Liquidated
Receivable over Liquidation Proceeds to the extent allocable to principal.

    The  "Interest   Distribution  Amount"  on  any  Distribution  Date  will
generally be the sum of the  following amounts with respect to the  preceding
Collection Period:   (i) that portion  of all collections on  the Receivables
(including Payaheads) allocable  to interest plus  that portion of  Payaheads
allocable to principal  (less an amount equal to Payaheads, if any, that have
been returned  to  the  related  Obligors  during  such  Collection  Period);
(ii) all  proceeds of the  liquidation of defaulted  Receivables ("Liquidated
Receivables"), net  of expenses incurred  by the Servicer in  connection with
such  liquidation and  any amounts  required  by law  to be  remitted  to the
Obligor  on  such  Liquidated Receivables  ("Liquidation  Proceeds"),  to the
extent attributable to interest due thereon in accordance with the Servicer's
customary servicing procedures,  and all recoveries in  respect of Liquidated
Receivables which were  written off  in prior  Collection Periods;  (iii) all
Advances made by the  Servicer of interest due  on the Receivables;  (iv) the
Purchase Amount of each Receivable that  was repurchased by the Depositor and
simultaneously repurchased by  the Seller or purchased by  the Servicer under
an obligation which arose during the related Collection Period, to the extent
attributable to  accrued interest  thereon; and  (v) Investment Earnings  for
such Distribution Date.  The Interest Distribution Amount shall be determined
on the related Determination Date on an actual basis.

    The "Regular  Principal  Distribution Amount"  on  any Distribution  Date
will generally  be  the sum  of the  following amounts  with  respect to  the
preceding  Collection Period:   (i) that  portion of  all collections  on the
Receivables (exclusive of Payaheads allocable to principal that have not been
applied as payments  under the related Receivables in  such Collection Period
and inclusive of Payaheads allocable  to principal that have been applied  as
payments  under the related Receivables  in such Collection Period) allocable
to principal;  (ii) all Liquidation  Proceeds attributable  to the  principal
amount  of  Receivables  which  became  Liquidated  Receivables  during  such
Collection  Period  in  accordance with  the  Servicer's  customary servicing
procedures,  plus  the  amount  of  Realized  Losses  with  respect  to  such
Liquidated Receivables; (iii) all  Precomputed Advances made by  the Servicer
of  principal  due  on  the  Precomputed   Receivables;  (iv) to  the  extent
attributable to principal, the Purchase  Amount received with respect to each
Receivable repurchased by the  Seller or purchased by  the Servicer under  an
obligation  which arose  during the  related  Collection Period;  (v) partial
prepayments relating to refunds of extended warranty protection plan costs or
of physical damage, credit life  or disability insurance policy premiums, but
only if such costs or premiums were  financed by the respective Obligor as of
the  date  of  the  original  contract; and  (vi) on  the  Distribution  Date
immediately following the Final Scheduled Maturity Date (the "Final Scheduled
Distribution Date"),  any amounts  advanced by the  Servicer with  respect to
principal  on the  Receivables.   The  Regular Principal  Distribution Amount
shall be determined on the related Determination Date on an actual basis.

    The Interest Distribution Amount  and the Regular Principal  Distribution
Amount on any Distribution Date shall exclude the following:

        (i)  amounts received  on Precomputed Receivables  to the  extent that
    the Servicer has previously made an unreimbursed Precomputed Advance;

        (ii)     Liquidation   Proceeds  with   respect   to   a   particular
    Precomputed Receivable  to  the extent  of  any unreimbursed  Precomputed
    Advances thereon;

        (iii)    all payments  and proceeds  (including Liquidation Proceeds)
    of any Receivables,  the Purchase Amount  of which has  been included  in
    the Total Distribution Amount in a prior Collection Period;

        (iv)     amounts received in  respect of interest on  Simple Interest
    Receivables  during the  preceding  Collection Period  in  excess of  the
    amount of interest that  would have been due during the Collection Period
    on Simple Interest Receivables at their  respective APRs (assuming that a
    payment is received  on each Simple Interest  Receivable on the due  date
    thereof); and

        (v)  Liquidation   Proceeds  with   respect  to   a  Simple   Interest
    Receivable attributable to  accrued and unpaid interest thereon  (but not
    including interest  for the then current  Collection Period) but  only to
    the extent of any unreimbursed Simple Interest Advances.

    Deposits  to  the  Distribution  Accounts.   At  the  beginning  of  each
Collection Period,  the Indenture Trustee  will apply funds available  in the
Collection  Account  to pay  to  the  Servicer  the  Servicing Fee  for  such
Collection Period and any overdue Servicing Fees.  On each Distribution Date,
the  Servicer will  instruct  the  Indenture Trustee  to  make the  following
deposits and distributions,  to the extent of  the amount then on  deposit in
the Collection Account, in the following order of priority:

        (i)  to the Servicer,  from the  Interest Distribution  Amount (as  so
    allocated) the  Servicing Fee  and all unpaid  Servicing Fees from  prior
    Collection  Periods, to the extent,  if any, such  amounts shall not have
    been paid at the beginning of the related Collection Period;

        (ii)     to   the   Note  Distribution   Account,   from   the  Total
    Distribution Amount remaining after the payment  of the Servicing Fee for
    such  Collection  Period   and  all  unpaid  Servicing  Fees  from  prior
    Collection Periods, the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount;

        (iii)    to   the   Note  Distribution   Account,   from   the  Total
    Distribution  Amount remaining after  the application of  clauses (i) and
    (ii), the Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount;

        (iv)     to the  Certificate  Distribution Account,  from  the  Total
    Distribution Amount  remaining  after  the  application  of  clauses  (i)
    through (iii), the Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount;

        (v)  after  all  of  the  Notes   have  been  paid  in  full,  to  the
    Certificate  Distribution Account,  from  the Total  Distribution  Amount
    remaining  after  the  application  of  clauses  (i)  through  (iv),  the
    Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount; and

        (vi)     the remaining balance, if any, to the Reserve Account.

    For purposes  hereof,  the  following  terms  shall  have  the  following
meanings:

        "Noteholders'  Distributable  Amount"  means,  with  respect  to  any
    Distribution Date,  the sum of  the Noteholders'  Principal Distributable
    Amount and the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount.

        "Noteholders' Interest Distributable  Amount" means, with  respect to
    any  Distribution  Date, the  sum  of the  Noteholders'  Monthly Interest
    Distributable Amount  for  such Distribution  Date  and the  Noteholders'
    Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Distribution Date.

        "Noteholders'  Monthly  Interest  Distributable  Amount"  means, with
    respect  to  any Distribution  Date,  interest  accrued  for the  related
    Interest  Accrual Period  or Floating  Rate Interest  Accrual  Period, as
    applicable, on each class  of Notes at  the respective Interest Rate  for
    such class  on the  outstanding principal balance  of the  Notes of  such
    class on the immediately preceding  Distribution Date (or, in the case of
    the first  Distribution Date, on the  Closing Date), after  giving effect
    to  all payments  of principal  to the  Noteholders of  such class  on or
    prior to such Distribution Date.

        "Noteholders' Interest  Carryover Shortfall"  means, with respect  to
    any Distribution Date,  the excess of  the Noteholders' Monthly  Interest
    Distributable  Amount   for  the  preceding  Distribution  Date  and  any
    outstanding Noteholders' Interest Carryover  Shortfall on such  preceding
    Distribution  Date,  over the  amount  in  respect of  interest  that  is
    actually  deposited in  the Note Distribution  Account on  such preceding
    Distribution Date, plus interest  on the amount of  interest due but  not
    paid to  Noteholders on  the preceding Distribution  Date, to the  extent
    permitted  by law, at  the respective Interest Rates  borne by each class
    of  the Notes for  the related  Interest Accrual Period  or Floating Rate
    Interest Accrual Period, as applicable.

        "Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount" means, with  respect to
    any Distribution  Date, the  sum  of the  Noteholders' Monthly  Principal
    Distributable Amount  for  such Distribution  Date  and the  Noteholders'
    Principal  Carryover  Shortfall   as  of  the  close  of   the  preceding
    Distribution  Date;  provided, however,  that the  Noteholders' Principal
    Distributable Amount shall not  exceed the outstanding principal  balance
    of the  Notes; and provided, further, that (i) the Noteholders' Principal
    Distributable Amount on the Class (  ) Final  Scheduled Distribution Date
    shall not be less than  the amount that is necessary (after giving effect
    to  other amounts  to be deposited  in the  Note Distribution  Account on
    such  Distribution  Date  and  allocable  to  principal)  to  reduce  the
    outstanding principal  balance of  the  Class (   )  Notes  to zero;  and
    (ii) the Noteholders'  Principal Distributable Amount on  the Class (   )
    Final Scheduled Distribution Date shall not be less than the  amount that
    is necessary  (after giving effect  to other  amounts to be  deposited in
    the Note Distribution Account on such  Distribution Date and allocable to
    principal) to reduce the outstanding principal balance of the  Class (  )
    Notes to zero.

        "Noteholders'  Monthly  Principal Distributable  Amount" means,  with
    respect to each  Distribution Date, the sum of (i) the  Regular Principal
    Distribution  Amount  and  (ii) the  Accelerated  Principal  Distribution
    Amount.

        "Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall" means,  as of the  close
    of  any  Distribution  Date,  the  excess  of  the  Noteholders'  Monthly
    Principal   Distributable  Amount   and   any  outstanding   Noteholders'
    Principal Carryover Shortfall from  the preceding Distribution Date  over
    the amount  in respect  of principal  that is  actually deposited in  the
    Note Distribution Account.

        "Certificateholders'  Distributable  Amount" means,  with respect  to
    any  Distribution  Date, the  sum  of  the Certificateholders'  Principal
    Distributable Amount  and the Certificateholders'  Interest Distributable
    Amount.

        "Certificateholders'  Interest  Distributable  Amount"   means,  with
    respect  to any  Distribution Date,  the sum  of  the Certificateholders'
    Monthly Interest Distributable Amount for such  Distribution Date and the
    Certificateholders' Interest  Carryover Shortfall  for such  Distribution
    Date.

        "Certificateholders'  Monthly Interest  Distributable Amount"  means,
    with respect to any  Distribution Date, 30 days  of interest (or, in  the
    case of the first Distribution Date,  interest accrued from and including
    the Closing Date  to but excluding such Distribution Date,  calculated on
    the basis of a  360-day year consisting of  twelve 30-day months) at  the
    Pass  Through  Rate  on  the  Certificate   Balance  on  the  immediately
    preceding  Distribution   Date,  after  giving  effect  to  all  payments
    allocable to the reduction  of the Certificate Balance  made on or  prior
    to such  Distribution Date  (or, in  the case  of the first  Distribution
    Date, on the Closing Date).

        "Certificateholders'  Interest   Carryover  Shortfall"  means,   with
    respect to any Distribution  Date, the excess of  the Certificateholders'
    Monthly  Interest Distributable  Amount  for  the preceding  Distribution
    Date   and  any   outstanding   Certificateholders'  Interest   Carryover
    Shortfall  on  such  preceding  Distribution  Date, over  the  amount  in
    respect  of  interest  that  is  actually  deposited  in the  Certificate
    Distribution Account on such  preceding Distribution Date, plus  interest
    on such excess, to the extent permitted by law,  at the Pass Through Rate
    for the related Interest Accrual Period.

        "Certificateholders'  Principal  Distributable  Amount"  means,  with
    respect  to any  Distribution Date,  the sum  of  the Certificateholders'
    Monthly  Principal Distributable  Amount for  such Distribution  Date and
    the Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall as of the  close of
    the   preceding   Distribution   Date;   provided,   however,   that  the
    Certificateholders' Principal  Distributable Amount shall not  exceed the
    Certificate Balance.   In addition,  on the Final  Scheduled Distribution
    Date,  the  principal  required  to be  deposited  into  the  Certificate
    Distribution  Account will  include the  lesser of  (a) (i) any scheduled
    payments  of  principal due  and  remaining  unpaid  on each  Precomputed
    Receivable and  (ii) any  principal  due and  remaining  unpaid  on  each
    Simple Interest Receivable, in  each case, in the  Trust as of the  Final
    Scheduled Distribution Date and  (b) the amount that is  necessary (after
    giving effect  to the other  amounts to be  deposited in  the Certificate
    Distribution  Account  on  such   Distribution  Date  and  allocable   to
    principal) to reduce the Certificate Balance to zero.

        "Certificateholders' Monthly  Principal Distributable Amount"  means,
    with respect to any Distribution  Date prior to the Distribution  Date on
    which  the  Notes  are paid  in  full,  zero;  and  with respect  to  any
    Distribution Date commencing on the Distribution  Date on which the Notes
    are paid  in full,  the Regular Principal  Distribution Amount (less,  on
    the Distribution Date on  which the Notes are  paid in full, the  portion
    thereof payable on the Notes).

        "Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall"  means, as of the
    close  of any  Distribution Date, the  excess of  the Certificateholders'
    Monthly   Principal    Distributable   Amount    and   any    outstanding
    Certificateholders'  Principal  Carryover  Shortfall from  the  preceding
    Distribution  Date, over  the  amount in  respect  of principal  that  is
    actually deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account.

        "Certificate Balance"  equals, initially, $                      and,
    thereafter, equals  the  initial  Certificate  Balance,  reduced  by  all
    amounts    allocable    to    principal   previously    distributed    to
    Certificateholders.

    On  each  Distribution   Date,  all  amounts  on  deposit  in   the  Note
Distribution Account (other than Investment Earnings) will generally  be paid
in the following order of priority:

        (i)  to  the applicable  Noteholders, accrued  and unpaid  interest on
    the outstanding  principal balance  of the applicable  class of Notes  at
    the applicable Interest Rate;

        (ii)     the  Noteholders'  Principal  Distributable  Amount  in  the
    following order of priority:

             (a) to  the Class  (   ) Noteholders  in reduction  of principal
        until the  principal balance of  the Class (   ) Notes  is reduced to
        zero; and

             (b) to  the Class  (   ) Noteholders  in reduction  of principal
        until the principal  balance of  the Class (   ) Notes is  reduced to
        zero.

    On each  Distribution Date,  all amounts  on deposit  in the  Certificate
Distribution Account will be distributed to the Certificateholders.

RESERVE ACCOUNT

    The rights  of  the  Certificateholders  to  receive  distributions  with
respect to  the Receivables will generally  be subordinated to  the rights of
the Noteholders in the event of defaults and delinquencies on the Receivables
as provided in the Sale and Servicing  Agreement.  The protection afforded to
the   Noteholders  through  subordination  will  be   effected  both  by  the
preferential right of  the Noteholders to receive current  distributions with
respect to the Receivables  and by the establishment of  the Reserve Account.
The Reserve Account will be created with an initial deposit by the (________)
on the Closing Date of cash or Eligible Investments in the amount of $      .

    (DESCRIBE RESERVE ACCOUNT FORMULA)

    If the amount on deposit  in the Reserve Account on any Distribution Date
(after giving effect  to all deposits therein or  other withdrawals therefrom
on  such Distribution  Date) is  greater than  the Specified  Reserve Account
Balance for such Distribution Date, except as described below and  subject to
certain limitations,  the Servicer  shall instruct the  Indenture Trustee  to
distribute  such excess  to the  Depositor.   Upon  any  distribution to  the
Depositor of  amounts from the  Reserve Account, neither the  Noteholders nor
the Certificateholders will have  any rights in, or claims to,  such amounts.
Subsequent to any reduction or withdrawal by  any Rating Agency of its rating
of any class of Notes, unless such rating shall have been restored,  any such
excess  released from  the Reserve  Account on  a  Distribution Date  will be
deposited  in the Note Distribution Account for  payment to Noteholders as an
accelerated payment of principal on such Distribution Date.

    Amounts held from time  to time in the  Reserve Account will continue  to
be held  for the  benefit of  Noteholders  and Certificateholders.   On  each
Distribution Date, funds will be withdrawn from the Reserve Account up to the
Available Amount to the extent that  the Total Distribution Amount (after the
payment of the Servicing Fee) with  respect to any Collection Period is  less
than the Noteholders' Distributable Amount and will be deposited  in the Note
Distribution Account.   In addition, after giving effect  to such withdrawal,
funds will be withdrawn from the  Reserve Account up to the Available  Amount
(as reduced  by any  withdrawal pursuant  to the  preceding sentence) to  the
extent that the portion of the  Total Distribution Amount remaining after the
payment  of   the  Servicing  Fee   and  the  deposit  of   the  Noteholders'
Distributable  Amount in  the  Note  Distribution Account  is  less than  the
Certificateholders'  Distributable  Amount  and  will  be  deposited  in  the
Certificate Distribution  Account.  If  funds applied in accordance  with the
preceding  sentence  are  insufficient  to distribute  interest  due  on  the
Certificates, subject to  certain limitations, funds  will be withdrawn  from
the  Reserve  Account   and  applied  to  distribute  interest   due  on  the
Certificates to the extent  of the Certificate  Interest Reserve Amount.   On
each Distribution  Date, the  Reserve Account  will be reinstated  up to  the
Specified Reserve Account  Balance to the extent  of the portion, if  any, of
the Total Distribution  Amount remaining after payment of  the Servicing Fee,
the  deposit   of  the  Noteholders'  Distributable  Amount   into  the  Note
Distribution Account and the deposit of the Certificateholders' Distributable
Amount into the Certificate Distribution Account.

    "Available  Amount" means,  with  respect to  any Distribution  Date, the
amount of  funds on deposit in the Reserve  Account on such Distribution Date
(other than Investment Earnings) less the Certificate Interest Reserve Amount
with respect to such Distribution Date, in each case, before giving effect to
any reduction thereto on such Distribution Date.

    "Certificate Interest Reserve Amount" means the lesser of (i) $          
       less the amount of any application of the Certificate Interest Reserve
Amount to pay interest on the Certificates on any prior Distribution Date and
(ii)       % of the  Certificate Balance  on such  Distribution Date  (before
giving effect to any reduction  thereof on such Distribution Date); provided,
however,  that  the   Certificate  Interest  Reserve  Amount  shall  be  zero
subsequent to any reduction by  any Rating Agency to less than  "   " or  its
equivalent, or withdrawal by any Rating Agency, of its rating of any class of
Notes, unless such rating shall have been restored.

    If on any Distribution Date the  entire Noteholders' Distributable Amount
for such Distribution Date (after giving effect to any amounts withdrawn from
the Reserve Account) is not  deposited in the Note Distribution Account,  the
Certificateholders  generally will not  receive any distributions  other than
those,  if any,  in respect  of interest made  from the  Certificate Interest
Reserve Amount.

    After the payment in full, or the provision for  such payment, of (i) all
accrued  and  unpaid  interest on  the  Securities  and  (ii) the outstanding
principal balance of the  Securities, any funds  remaining on deposit in  the
Reserve  Account,  subject  to  certain  limitations, will  be  paid  to  the
Depositor.

    The  subordination of  the  Certificates  and  the  Reserve  Account  are
intended  to enhance  the likelihood of  receipt by  Noteholders of  the full
amount of principal and interest due them and to decrease the likelihood that
the Noteholders will  experience losses.  In addition, the Reserve Account is
intended to  enhance the likelihood  of receipt by Certificateholders  of the
full amount of principal and interest due them and to decrease the likelihood
that the  Certificateholders will  experience  losses.   However, in  certain
circumstances, the Reserve Account could be depleted.  If the amount required
to be withdrawn from the  Reserve Account to cover shortfalls  in collections
on  the  Receivables exceeds  the amount  of  available cash  in  the Reserve
Account, Noteholders or Certificateholders could incur losses or  a temporary
shortfall  in   the   amounts  distributed   to   the  Noteholders   or   the
Certificateholders  could result, which could,  in turn, increase the average
life of the Notes or the Certificates.


                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

    In the  opinion of Brown & Wood  LLP, counsel for the  Trust, for federal
income tax purposes, the Notes will  be characterized as debt, and the  Trust
will  not  be   characterized  as  an  association  (or   a  publicly  traded
partnership)  taxable as a corporation.  The  Notes, including the Class (  )
Notes, will not be issued with original issue discount ("OID").  (The Class (
) Notes  provide for stated interest at a  floating rate based on __________,
subject  to a  cap of     % per  year.)   Under Treasury  regulations, stated
interest payable  at a  variable rate  is not  treated as  OID or  contingent
interest if the  variable rate is a  qualified floating rate or  a qualifying
objective rate.   The stated  interest on  the Class  (   ) Notes  represents
interest payable  at a qualified  floating rate and  thus will be  taxable to
holders of  Class  (   )  Notes as  interest  and not  as  OID or  contingent
interest.     For  additional   information  regarding  federal   income  tax
consequences,   see  "Certain  Federal   Income  Tax  Consequences"   in  the
Prospectus.


                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

THE NOTES

    The Notes may be purchased  by an employee benefit plan or  an individual
retirement account (a "PLAN") subject to  ERISA or Section 4975 of the  Code.
A  fiduciary of  a  Plan must  determine  that the  purchase  of an  Note  is
consistent with its  fiduciary duties under  ERISA and does  not result in  a
nonexempt  prohibited transaction  as  defined  in Section  406  of ERISA  or
Section 4975 of the Code.  For additional  information regarding treatment of
the Notes under ERISA, see "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.

    The Notes may not be  purchased with the assets of a  Plan if the Seller,
the Indenture Trustee,  the Owner Trustee or any of  their affiliates (a) has
investment or  administrative discretion  with respect  to such  Plan assets;
(b) has authority or responsibility to  give, or regularly gives,  investment
advice  with  respect to  such  Plan assets  for  a fee  and  pursuant  to an
agreement or understanding that such advice (i) will serve as a primary basis
for investment decisions with  respect to such Plan  assets and (ii) will  be
based on the particular investment needs for such Plan; or (c) is an employer
maintaining or contributing to such Plan.

THE CERTIFICATES

    The Certificates may not be acquired by  (a) an employee benefit plan (as
defined in Section 3(3)  of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions of Title
I of ERISA, (b) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code or (c) any
entity whose  underlying assets  include plan assets  by reason  of a  plan's
investment in the entity or  which uses plan assets to  acquire Certificates.
By its acceptance of  a Certificate, each Certificateholder will be deemed to
have  represented and  warranted  that it  is not  subject  to the  foregoing
limitation.  In  this regard, purchasers that are  insurance companies should
consult with their  counsel with respect  to the United States  Supreme Court
case interpreting the  fiduciary responsibility rules of ERISA,  John Hancock
                                                                 ------------
Life Ins. Co. v. Harris Trust and Sav. Bank, 114 S. Ct. 517
- -------------------------------------------
(1993).   In John Hancock,  the Supreme  Court ruled that  assets held  in an
             ------------
insurance company's  general  account may  be deemed to be  "plan assets" for
ERISA  purposes under  certain circumstances.   Prospective purchasers should
determine  whether the decision affects  their ability to  make purchases  of
the Certificates.  In particular,  such an insurance  company should consider
the exemptive relief granted  by  the Department  of  Labor for  transactions
involving  insurance  company  general  accounts  in Prohibited  Transactions
Exemption  95-60,  60  Fed.  Reg.  35925  (July  12, 1995).   For  additional
information  regarding  treatment  of  the   Certificates  under  ERISA,  see
"ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.


                                 UNDERWRITING

    Subject  to  the terms  and  conditions  set forth  in  the  Underwriting
Agreement (the "UNDERWRITING  AGREEMENT"), the Depositor has  agreed to cause
the Trust  to sell  to the  Underwriter, and  the Underwriter  has agreed  to
purchase, the entire principal amount of the Notes and the Certificates.

    The  Depositor has  been  advised by  the  Underwriter that  it  proposes
initially to offer the  Notes to the public  at the prices set  forth herein,
and  to certain  dealers at such  prices less  the initial concession  not in
excess  of     % per  Class (   ) Note and      % per Class  (  )  Note.  The
Underwriter may allow and such dealers may reallow a concession not in excess
of    % per Class (  ) Note and        % per Class (  ) Note to certain other
dealers.  After the initial public offering of the Notes, the public offering
price and such concessions may be changed.

    The  Depositor has  been  advised by  the  Underwriter that  it  proposes
initially to offer  the Certificates  to the  public at the  price set  forth
herein and to certain dealers at  such price less the initial concession  not
in excess  of      % per  Certificate.   The Underwriter  may allow  and such
dealers may  reallow a concession  not in excess  of    % per  Certificate to
certain  other   dealers.    After   the  initial  public  offering   of  the
Certificates, the public offering price and such concessions may be changed.

    Until the distribution of the Notes  and Certificates is completed, rules
of the  Commission  may limit  the  ability of  the Underwriter  and  certain
selling group members to bid for and purchase the Notes and the Certificates.
As an  exception to these  rules, the Underwriter  is permitted to  engage in
certain  transactions  that  stabilize  the   price  of  the  Notes  and  the
Certificates.  Such transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose
of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the Certificates.

    If  the   Underwriter  creates  a  short   position  in  the   Notes  and
Certificates in  connection with the offering,  i.e., if it  sells more Notes
and Certificates  than are  set forth on  the cover  page of  this Prospectus
Supplement,  the  Underwriter may  reduce that  short position  by purchasing
Notes and Certificates in the open market.

    In general, the purchase  of a security for the  purpose of stabilization
or  to reduce a  short position could cause  the price of  the security to be
higher than it might be  in the absence of such purchases.

    Neither  the Depositor  nor any Underwriter  makes any  representation or
prediction  as  to  the  direction  or  magnitude  of  any  effect  that  the
transactions  described  above  may  have on  the  prices  of  the Notes  and
Certificates.  In  addition, Neither the Depositor nor  any Underwriter makes
any representation that  the Underwriter will engage in  such transactions or
that  such transactions,  once commenced,  will not  be  discontinued without
notice.

    The Underwriter  has represented and agreed  that (a) it has  not offered
or sold,  and will  not offer  or sell, any  Notes to  persons in  the United
Kingdom  except  to  persons  whose   ordinary  activities  involve  them  in
acquiring,  holding, managing or  disposing of  investments (as  principal or
agent) for  the purposes  of their businesses  or otherwise  in circumstances
that do not constitute an  offer to the public in the United  Kingdom for the
purposes  of the  Public Offers  of Securities  Regulations 1995,  (b) it has
complied  and will  comply with  all applicable  provisions of  the Financial
Services  Act 1986 with  respect to  anything done by  it in  relation to the
Notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom and (c) it  has only
issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on in  the United Kingdom any
document in  connection with the issue of  the Notes to a person  who is of a
kind  described  in  Article  11(3)   of  the  Financial  Services  Act  1986
(Investment Advertisements)  (Exemptions) Order 1996  or is a person  to whom
the document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.

    Upon receipt of a request  by an investor who has received  an electronic
Prospectus Supplement  and Prospectus  from the Underwriter  or a  request by
such investor's  representative within  the period during  which there  is an
obligation to deliver  a Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus,  the Seller or
the  Underwriter will  promptly deliver,  or cause  to be  delivered, without
charge, a paper copy of the Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus.


                                LEGAL OPINIONS

    Certain legal  matters relating  to the  Notes and  the Certificates  and
certain federal  income tax  matters and certain  state tax  matters will  be
passed  upon for  the  Depositor by  Brown &  Wood  LLP New  York,  New York.
(Certain legal matters  relating to  the Notes and  the Certificates will  be
passed upon for the Underwriter by Brown & Wood LLP.)


                                INDEX OF TERMS

Accelerated Principal Distribution Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-17
APR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-13
Available Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-24
Business Day  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-4
Cede  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-2
Certificate Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-23
Certificateholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-7
Certificateholders' Distributable Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-22
Certificateholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall  . . . . . . . . .  S-23
Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount . . . . . . . . .  S-22
Certificateholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount . . . . .  S-22
Certificateholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount  . . . .  S-23
Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall . . . . . . . . .  S-23
Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount  . . . . . . . .  S-23
Certificate Interest Reserve Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-24
Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-2,3
Class (  ) Final Scheduled Distribution Date  . . . . . . . . . . .  S-6
Class (  ) Final Scheduled Distribution Date  . . . . . . . . . . .  S-6
Class (  ) Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1
Class (  ) Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1
Class (  ) Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-5
Class (  ) Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-5
Closing Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3
Code  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-9
Collection Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-8
Collection Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-5
Commission  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-2
Cut-off Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3
Depositor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1,3
Determination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-6,17
Distribution Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-2,4
DTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-2
ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-9
Exchange Act  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-2
Final Scheduled Distribution Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-20
Final Scheduled Maturity Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-4
Financed Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-2,4
Floating Rate Interest Accrual Period   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-5,17
Indenture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3
Indenture Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3
Initial Pool Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3
Interest Accrual Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-5,17
Interest Distribution Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-20
Interest Rates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-5
Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3
Liquidated Receivables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-20
Liquidation Proceeds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-20
Noteholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-4
Noteholders' Distributable Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-21
Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-22
Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-21
Noteholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount  . . . . . . . .  S-21
Noteholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount . . . . . . . .  S-22
Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall  . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-22
Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-5,22
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1,3
OID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-25
Owner Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3
Pass Through Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-7
Payment Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-4
Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-25
Pool Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-4
Prospectus  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-2
Rating Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-9,11
Realized Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-20
Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-2
Receivables Pool  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-12
Record Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-4
Redemption Price  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-18
Regular Principal Distribution Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-5,17,20
Sale and Servicing Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-4
Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-2,3
Securityholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-7
Seller  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-4
Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3
Tax Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-9
Total Distribution Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-20
Transfer and Servicing Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-19
Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1,3
Trust Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3
Underwriter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1
Underwriting Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-26


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         (BACK COVER OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT)

<S>                                                                       <C>

NO DEALER,  SALESPERSON OR  OTHER PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO            $(                            )
GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR  TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS,  OTHER THAN
THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE  PROSPECTUS,
AND, IF  GIVEN OR  MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR  REPRESENTATION MUST             (________________) TRUST
NOT  BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE DEPOSITOR OR             199 -( )
BY  THE  UNDERWRITER.     THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT   AND  THE             $
PROSPECTUS DO NOT CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION
OF AN OFFER TO  BUY, THE SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY TO ANYONE  IN
ANY  JURISDICTION  IN  WHICH  THE  PERSON MAKING  SUCH  OFFER  OR             (FLOATING RATE)( %)
SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO ANYONE TO WHOM IT IS             ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS (  )
UNLAWFUL TO  MAKE ANY  SUCH OFFER  OR SOLICITATION.   NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS NOR ANY
SALE MADE  HEREUNDER SHALL,  UNDER ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE  AN
IMPLICATION THAT  INFORMATION HEREIN OR THEREIN  IS CORRECT AS OF
ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO  THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR             $
PROSPECTUS.                                                                   (FLOATING RATE)( %)
                       ___________________                                    ASSET BACKED NOTES, CLASS (  )
                                                                  
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS                         
                                                              PAGE
                      PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Reports to Securityholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-2             $
Summary of Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3            (FLOATING RATE)( %)
Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-11           ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES
The Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-12
The Seller  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-16
The Depositor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-16
The Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-16
Weighted Average Life of the Securities . . . . . . . . . . . S-16            SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES INC.
Description of the Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-16            Depositor
Description of the Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-18
Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements  . . . . S-19
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences . . . . . . . . . . . S-25
ERISA Considerations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-25
Underwriting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-26
Legal Opinions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-27
Index of Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-28

                            PROSPECTUS
Available Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2          
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference . . . . . . . . 2
Summary of Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3                         
Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
The Trusts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
The Receivables Pools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Weighted Average Life of the Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Pool Factors and Trading Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
The Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Description of the Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Description of the Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Certain Information Regarding the Securities  . . . . . . . . . 28
Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements  . . . . . 38
Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables  . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
ERISA Considerations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Plan of Distribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Legal Opinions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Index of Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Annex I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1           Prospectus Supplement         
                                                                                            , 199
UNTIL 90 DAYS  AFTER THE DATE  OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS IN THE SECURITIES OFFERED BY THIS             Salomon Smith Barney
PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT,  WHETHER OR  NOT  PARTICIPATING  IN  THIS            
DISTRIBUTION,  MAY   BE  REQUIRED  TO   DELIVER  THIS  PROSPECTUS             
SUPPLEMENT  AND  THE  PROSPECTUS.  THIS  IS  IN  ADDITION  TO THE
OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO  DELIVER THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT  AND
THE PROSPECTUS WHEN  ACTING AS UNDERWRITER(S) AND WITH RESPECT TO            
THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS AND SUBSCRIPTIONS.                                   

</TABLE>

   
Information  contained  herein  is  subject to  completion  or amendment.   A
registration statement relating  to these securities has been  filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers  to  buy be  accepted  prior to  the time  the  registration statement
becomes effective.  This prospectus supplement and the prospectus to which it
relates shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer
to buy nor shall there be any sale  of these securities in any state in which
such  offer, solicitation or sale would be  unlawful prior to registration or
qualification under the securities laws of any such State.
    

Subject to completion, dated (               )
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED            , 199__)

$(                   )

__________________ TRUST 199 -(  )

( %) ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, CLASS A
( %) ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, CLASS B

SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES INC.
DEPOSITOR

__________________________________
SERVICER
                             ____________________

The Asset Backed Certificates, Series 199   - (  ) (the "Certificates")  will
consist of  two Classes  of Certificates,  the Class  A Certificates and  the
Class  B  Certificates.   The  Class  A  Certificates  will evidence  in  the
aggregate an  undivided ownership interest  of approximately ___% in  a trust
(the "Trust") to be formed pursuant  to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement  to
be entered into among Salomon  Brothers Vehicle Securities Inc., as Depositor
(the "Depositor"), _______________________, as Servicer (the "Servicer"), and
_____________________, as Trustee (the "Trustee").  The Class  B Certificates
will   evidence  in  the   aggregate  an  undivided   ownership  interest  of
approximately ___%  in the Trust.  The Trust property  will include a pool of
retail   installment  sale  contracts   or  retail  installment   loans  (the
"Receivables")  secured  by  new  or  used  automobiles,  light-duty  trucks,
recreational  vehicles, motorcycles  and recreational  power  and sail  boats
(including   any  boat  motors  and  accompanying  trailers)  (the  "Financed
Assets"),  all  monies  due  thereunder  on  or  after  __________,  security
interests in the Financed  Assets and certain other property.   The rights of
the Class B  Certificateholders to receive distributions with  respect to the
Receivables are subordinated to the rights of the Class A Certificateholders,
to the extent described herein.

Principal, and interest at the Pass-Through Rate  of ___%  per annum, will be
distributed on the  __th day of  each month (or  the next following  business
day)  beginning  ________,  199    (the "Distribution  Date").    The  "Final
Scheduled Distribution Date" on the Certificates will be __________.  

                                          (Cover continued on following page)

THE CERTIFICATES REPRESENT  BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT
REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF OR INTERESTS IN SALOMON  BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES
INC.,  THE  SERVICER OR  ANY OF  THEIR  RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.   NONE  OF THE
CERTIFICATES OR THE RECEIVABLES IS  INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL
AGENCY.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT  BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY  OR ADEQUACY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR  THE PROSPECTUS.  ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
                                        ORIGINAL
                                        PRINCIPAL              PRICE TO          UNDERWRITING         PROCEEDS TO THE
                                         AMOUNT                PUBLIC(1)         DISCOUNT             DEPOSITOR(1)(2)
<S>                                    <C>                    <C>               <C>                  <C>
Per Class A Certificate . . .           $                             %                     %                       %
Per Class B Certificate . . .                                         %                     %                       %
    Total                               $                        $                 $                      $
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, from          , 199 .
(2) Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $              .

The Certificates  are offered  by  Salomon Brothers  Inc (the  "Underwriter")
subject  to  prior  sale,  when,  as  and  if  issued  and  accepted  by  the
Underwriter, and  subject to the Underwriter's  right to reject  any order in
whole or in part.  It  is expected that delivery of the Certificates  will be
made in book-entry  form only through the facilities of  The Depository Trust
Company,  Cedel  Bank, soci t   anonyme,  and  the  Euroclear System  against
payment   therefor   in    immediately   available   funds   on    or   about
          , 199  .


                         Salomon Smith Barney




                , 199   
                                     


(Continued from previous page)

The  Servicer  may purchase  the  Receivables  when  the aggregate  principal
balance of the Receivables shall have declined to ( )% or less of the initial
aggregate principal balance of the Receivables purchased by the Trust.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS  SHOULD CONSIDER THE INFORMATION SET  FORTH UNDER "RISK
FACTORS" AT  PAGE S-7 HEREOF  AND BEGINNING  ON PAGE  12 OF THE  ACCOMPANYING
PROSPECTUS.

THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT DOES NOT  CONTAIN COMPLETE INFORMATION  ABOUT THE
OFFERING OF  THE CERTIFICATES.   ADDITIONAL INFORMATION  IS CONTAINED  IN THE
PROSPECTUS AND PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS ARE URGED TO READ  BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS IN FULL.  SALES  OF THE CERTIFICATES MAY NOT BE
CONSUMMATED UNLESS THE PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
AND  THE  PROSPECTUS.   TO  THE  EXTENT  ANY STATEMENTS  IN  THIS  PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT CONFLICT WITH STATEMENTS IN THE PROSPECTUS, THE STATEMENTS IN THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SHALL CONTROL.

Certain persons  participating in this  offering may  engage in  transactions
that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise  affect the price of the Certificates.
Such transactions may include stabilizing and the purchase of Certificates to
cover syndicate short  positions.  For a description of these activities, see
"Underwriting" herein.


                        REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

Unless  and until  Definitive  Certificates are  issued,  monthly and  annual
unaudited  reports containing information concerning  the Receivables will be
prepared  by the Servicer and sent on behalf  of the Trust only to Cede & Co.
("Cede"), as nominee  of The Depository Trust Company  ("DTC") and registered
holder  of  the  Certificates.    See "Description  of  the  Certificates  --
Book-Entry  Registration",  "-- Reports to  Certificateholders"  and "Certain
Information  Regarding the  Securities  --  Book-Entry Registration"  in  the
accompanying Prospectus (the "Prospectus").  Such reports will not constitute
financial  statements   prepared  in   accordance  with   generally  accepted
accounting principles.  The Depositor, as originator of the Trust, will  file
with  the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") such periodic
reports as are required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the  "Exchange  Act"), and  the  rules  and  regulations of  the  Commission
thereunder.

                               SUMMARY OF TERMS

    The following summary  is qualified in its  entirety by reference to  the
detailed  information appearing  elsewhere  herein  and  in  the  Prospectus.
Certain  capitalized   terms  used  herein  are  defined  elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus Supplement  on the pages indicated in the  "Index of Terms" or, to
the extent not  defined herein, have the  meanings assigned to such  terms in
the Prospectus.

Issuer                                _______________  Trust  199  -( )  (the
                                      "TRUST"  or   the  "ISSUER"),   to   be
                                      formed   pursuant   to  a  Pooling  and
                                      Servicing  Agreement to  be dated as of
                                      __________,  199  among the  Depositor,
                                      the  Servicer  and  the  Trustee   (the
                                      "Pooling  and Servicing Agreement")

Depositor                             Salomon   Brothers  Vehicle  Securities
                                      Inc. (the "Depositor").

Servicer                              ___________________ (in such  capacity,
                                      the "Servicer").

Trustee                                              ,  as trustee  under the
                                      Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement (the
                                      "Trustee").

The Certificates                      The  Certificates will  consist  of  two
                                      classes,  entitled  (  )%  Asset  Backed
                                      Certificates,  Class  A  (the  "CLASS  A
                                      CERTIFICATES")  and (  )%  Asset  Backed
                                      Certificates,  Class  B  (the  "CLASS  B
                                      CERTIFICATES").   Each  Certificate will
                                      represent    a   fractional    undivided
                                      ownership interest in the Trust.

                                      The Class A Certificates  will evidence
                                      in   the   aggregate   an     undivided
                                      ownership   interest   (the  "Class   A
                                      Percentage") of approximately (   )% of
                                      the   Trust   (initially   representing   
                                      $(   ))  and the  Class B  Certificates
                                      will   evidence  in  the  aggregate  an
                                      undivided    ownership    interest (the
                                      "Class B Percentage") of  approximately
                                      ( )% of the Trust (initially represent-
                                      ing  $(____________)).    The  Class  B
                                      Certificates  are  subordinated  to the
                                      Class  A  Certificates,  to  the extent
                                      described herein.

The Receivables                       The    Receivables    will   have    an
                                      aggregate    principal    balance    of
                                      approximately $      (the "Initial Pool
                                      Balance") as of       , 199   (the "Cut
                                      -Off Date").  "The  Receivables"   will
                                      consist  of  retail  installment   sale
                                      contracts,  retail  installment  loans,
                                      purchase money notes  or   other  notes
                                      between  Obligors  and  Dealers secured
                                      by new or used automobiles, light  duty
                                      trucks,      recreational     vehicles,
                                      motorcycles and recreational power  and
                                      sail  boats  (including any boat motors
                                      and    accompanying    trailers)   (the
                                      "Financed  Assets").   The  Receivables
                                      were  purchased by   ___________   (the
                                      "Seller").  The  Receivables   will  be
                                      transferred  by  the  Depositor  to the
                                      Trust on         (the "Closing  Date"),
                                      based on the criteria specified  in the
                                      Pooling  and   Servicing  Agreement and
                                      described herein and in the Prospectus.
                                      As  of  the Cut-off  Date, the weighted
                                      average annual percentage interest rate
                                      of  the  Receivables  was approximately
                                          %, the  weighted average  remaining
                                      maturity   of   the   Receivables   was
                                      approximately        months,  and   the
                                      weighted average  original maturity  of
                                      the Receivables was approximately      
                                      months.   No Receivable has a scheduled
                                      maturity later than              , 20__
                                      (the "Final  Scheduled  Maturity Date).
                                      See "The Receivables Pool" herein.  The
                                      "Pool Balance" at any time  will repre-
                                      sent  the  aggregate principal  balance
                                      of the Receivables at the  end  of  the
                                      preceding   Collection   Period,  after
                                      giving effect  to all payments   (other
                                      than Payaheads) received from Obligors,
                                      Advances  and  Purchase Amounts to  be
                                      remitted   by   the   Servicer  or the
                                      Depositor, as the case may be, all for
                                      such Collection Period, and all losses
                                      realized   on  Receivables  liquidated
                                      during such Collection Period.

Distribution Dates                    Distributions with  respect   to    the
                                      Certificates  will  be made on  the day
                                      of  each  month or,  if any such day is
                                      not   a  Business   Day,  on  the  next
                                      succeeding   Business   Day   (each,  a 
                                      "Distribution Date") commencing       ,
                                      199 .  The Servicer shall determine the
                                      amount   to  be   distributed   on  the
                                      Distribution   Date   on  or before the
                                      Business Day preceding such Distribution
                                      Date    (the    "Determination  Date").
                                      Distributions will be  made  to holders
                                      of the  Certificates (the "Certificate-
                                      Holders")  of  record  as  of  the  day
                                      immediately preceding such Distribution
                                      Date or, if Definitive Certificates are
                                      issued,  as  of  the       day  of  the
                                      preceding month (a "Record Date").  

Class A Pass Through Rate             ___% per annum.

Class B Pass Through Rate             ___% per annum.

Interest                              On each  Distribution Date, the Trustee
                                      will   distribute   to   the   Class  A
                                      Certificateholders 30 days  of interest
                                      at the Class A Pass Through Rate on the
                                      Class A Certificate  Balance  as of the
                                      last  day  of  the  preceding  calendar
                                      month    (before   giving   effect   to
                                      distributions   of  principal   on  the
                                      related Distribution Date) generally to
                                      the extent of funds available  from (i)
                                      the Class A Percentage of the  Interest
                                      Distribution Amount; (ii) the   Reserve
                                      Account    and   (iii)   the   Class  B
                                      Percentage  of  the Total  Distribution
                                      Amount.    The   "Class  A  Certificate 
                                      Balance"  shall  equal, initially,  the
                                      Class A Percentage  of the Pool Balance
                                      as of  the  Cut-off Date and thereafter
                                      shall   equal   the   initial  Class  A
                                      Certificate  Balance,  reduced  by  all
                                      principal  distributions on the Class A
                                      Certificates.     Interest    on    the
                                      Certificates will be  calculated on the
                                      basis of  a 360-day  year consisting of
                                      twelve 30-day months.

Class A Principal                     On each  Distribution Date, the Trustee
                                      will distribute to Class A Certificate-
                                      holders an amount equal to the  Class A
                                      Percentage      of      the   Principal
                                      Distribution Amount for the  Collection
                                      Period preceding such Distribution Date
                                      to  the   extent   of  funds  available
                                      therefor.   The "Principal Distribution
                                      Amount" is the amount of principal paid
                                      or,  in   certain  circumstances,   the
                                      principal    balance    of    defaulted
                                      Receivables,  as   calculated   by  the
                                      Servicer     as     described     under
                                      "Description  of  the  Certificates  --
                                      Distributions."  The Class A Percentage
                                      of  the  Principal  Distribution Amount
                                      will   be   passed   through   on  each
                                      Distribution   Date  to   the   Class A
                                      Certificateholders  to  the  extent  of
                                      funds available  from  (i)  the Class A
                                      Percentage      of      the   Principal
                                      Distribution Amount (exclusive of   the
                                      portion    thereof    attributable   to
                                      Realized  Losses),  (ii)   the  Reserve
                                      Account    and   (iii)   the   Class  B
                                      Percentage  of  the  Total Distribution
                                      Amount.   "Realized  Losses" means  the
                                      excess of the principal  balance of any
                                      Liquidated Receivable  over Liquidation
                                      Proceeds  to  the  extent  allocable to
                                      principal  received  in  the Collection
                                      Period in which the Receivable became a
                                      Liquidated  Receivable.  A  "Collection
                                      Period" with respect to a  Distribution
                                      Date  will   be  the   calendar   month
                                      preceding  the  month   in  which  such
                                      Distribution Date occurs.

Class B Interest                      On each  Distribution Date, the  Trustee
                                      will   distribute   to   the   Class   B
                                      Certificateholders  30 days  of interest
                                      at the Class B Pass  Through Rate on the
                                      Class  B Certificate  Balance as  of the
                                      last  day  of  the  preceding   calendar
                                      month    (before   giving    effect   to
                                      distributions   of  principal   on  such
                                      Distribution   Date)  generally  to  the
                                      extent of funds available, after  giving
                                      effect to  the prior rights of the Class
                                      A   Certificateholders  to  receive  the
                                      distribution  of principal  and interest
                                      due  them as  described above,  from (i)
                                      the Class B  Percentage of  the Interest
                                      Distribution   Amount   and   (ii)   the
                                      Reserve   Account.      The   "Class   B
                                      Certificate    Balance"   will    equal,
                                      initially, $           and,  thereafter,
                                      will   equal   the   initial   Class   B
                                      Certificate   Balance  reduced   by  all
                                      amounts  previously distributed to Class
                                      B  Certificateholders  (or deposited  in
                                      the  Reserve Account,  exclusive of  the
                                      Reserve  Account  Initial  Deposit)  and
                                      allocable to  principal and by  Realized
                                      Losses.


Class B Principal                     On each Distribution  Date, the  Trustee
                                      will distribute  the Class B  Percentage
                                      of the Principal Distribution  Amount to
                                      the  Class B  Certificateholders  to the
                                      extent of funds available (after  giving
                                      effect   to   the   distribution  of the
                                      interest and principal due to  the Class
                                      A Certificateholders  and the   interest
                                      due  to  the Class B Certificateholders)
                                      from (i) the Class B Percentage  of  the
                                      Principal Distribution Amount (exclusive
                                      of the  portion thereof  attributable to
                                      Realized  Losses)  and  (ii) the Reserve
                                      Account.

Optional Prepayment                   The  Servicer  will  have the option to
                                      purchase all, but not less than all, of
                                      the  Receivables  on  any  Distribution
                                      Date on or after the Distribution  Date
                                      on which the  Pool Balance has declined
                                      to  (  )%  or less of  the Initial Pool
                                      Balance.    The  price  at   which  the
                                      Servicer  will  be required to purchase
                                      the  Receivables  in  order to exercise
                                      such  option   will  be  equal  to  the
                                      aggregate  of  the  Purchase Amounts of
                                      the Receivables  as of  the end  of the
                                      related    Collection    Period.    The
                                      Servicer  will be required to give  not
                                      less  than  (   )  days' notice to  the
                                      Trustee of its intention  to   exercise
                                      such option.  In addition, the Servicer
                                      will not  be permitted to exercise such
                                      option unless the resulting distribution
                                      would be sufficient to distribute to the
                                      Class A  Certificateholders  an  amount
                                      equal  to   the   Class  A  Certificate
                                      Balance together  with accrued interest
                                      at the Class A Pass Through  Rate,  and
                                      to the  Class B  Certificateholders  an
                                      amount equal to the Class B Certificate
                                      Balance together with accrued  interest
                                      at the Class B Pass Through Rate.  Upon
                                      such   distribution,  the  Certificates
                                      will be retired.

Reserve Account                       The Reserve  Account  will  be  created
                                      with an initial deposit  ("the  Reserve
                                      Account Initial Deposit") by __________
                                      on the Closing Date of cash or Eligible
                                      Investments having a value  of at least
                                      $              .

                                      Certain amounts in the Reserve  Account
                                      on any Distribution Date  (after giving
                                      effect to all distributions to be  made
                                      on such Distribution Date) in excess of
                                      the  Specified  Reserve Account Balance
                                      for  such  Distribution  Date  will  be
                                      released to the ______.  The "Specified
                                      Reserve Account  Balance" with  respect
                                      to any Distribution Date generally will
                                      be equal to (state formula). The amount
                                      in the Reserve Account will be increased
                                      by   the   deposit   thereto   on  each
                                      Distribution Date of the amount, if any,
                                      of   the   Total   Distribution  Amount
                                      remaining  after  the  payment  of  the
                                      Servicing  Fee  and  any  prior  unpaid
                                      Servicing Fee, the Class A Distributable
                                      Amount  and  the  Class B Distributable
                                      Amount until the amount in the  Reserve
                                      Account  equals  the  Specified Reserve
                                      Account Balance. Amounts in the Reserve
                                      Account on any Distribution Date (after
                                      giving effect to all distributions made
                                      on such Distribution Date) in excess of
                                      the  Specified  Reserve Account Balance
                                      for such  Distribution  Date  generally
                                      will be released to the ______ and will
                                      no    longer    be    available  to the
                                      Certificateholders. The Reserve Account
                                      will be maintained  with the Trustee as
                                      a segregated trust account but will not
                                      be part of the Trust.

Collection Account                    Except under certain conditions described
                                      herein, the  Servicer will be required to
                                      remit collections received  with respect
                                      to the Receivables within  two  Business
                                      Days after receipt thereof to one or more
                                      accounts in  the name  of  the   Trustee
                                      (together, the   "Collection  Account").
                                      Pursuant to the Pooling and   Servicing
                                      Agreement, the Servicer will have   the
                                      revocable power to instruct the Trustee
                                      to withdraw  funds   on  deposit in the
                                      Collection Account  and to  apply  such
                                      funds on each Distribution Date to  the
                                      following (in the  priority indicated):
                                      (i) the  Servicing  Fee for  the  prior
                                      Collection  Period   and   any  overdue
                                      Servicing Fees  to  the  Servicer, (ii)
                                      the Class  A  Distributable  Amount  to
                                      the Class  A  Certificateholders, (iii)
                                      the Class B Distributable Amount to the
                                      Class B Certificateholders, and (iv) the
                                      remaining  balance,   if  any,  to  the
                                      Reserve Account.

Tax Status                            In the  opinion  of  Brown  & Wood LLP,
                                      counsel to the  Trust ("TAX  COUNSEL"),
                                      the Trust will be treated as  a grantor
                                      trust for  federal  income tax purposes
                                      and will  not  be  subject  to  federal
                                      income tax.   Certificate  Owners  will
                                      report their  pro  rata  share  of  all
                                      income earned on the Receivables (other
                                      than  amounts,   if   any,  treated  as
                                      "stripped coupons")   and,  subject  to
                                      certain limitations  in  the  case   of
                                      Certificate Owners who are individuals,
                                      trusts, or estates, may deduct their pro
                                      rata share of reasonable  servicing and
                                      other fees. See "Certain Federal Income
                                      Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus for
                                      additional  information  concerning the
                                      application of federal  income tax laws
                                      to the Trust and the Certificates.

ERISA Considerations                  Subject  to the considerations discussed
                                      under  "ERISA Considerations" herein and
                                      in   the   Prospectus,   the   Class   A
                                      Certificates  are eligible  for purchase
                                      by employee benefit plans.  

                                      The  Class  B  Certificates   may not be
                                      acquired by any   employee  benefit plan
                                      subject  to   the   Employee  Retirement
                                      Income Security Act of 1974,  as amended
                                      ("ERISA"),   or  Section   4975  of  the
                                      Internal  Revenue   Code   of  1986,  as
                                      amended   (the    "Code"),  or   by   an
                                      individual   retirement   account.   See
                                      "ERISA Considerations" herein and in the
                                      Prospectus.

Ratings of the Class A Certificates   It  is a  condition to  the issuance  of
                                      the  Class A  Certificates that  they be
                                      rated at  least "    " by  at least  one
                                      nationally  recognized rating  agency (a
                                      "RATING  AGENCY").   The  rating of  the
                                      Class A Certificates  by a Rating Agency
                                      reflects     such    Rating     Agency's
                                      assessment  of the  likelihood that  the
                                      holders  of  the  Class  A  Certificates
                                      will receive  payments of principal  and
                                      interest  but  it does  not address  the
                                      timing of distributions of principal  of
                                      the Class  A Certificates  prior to  the
                                      Final  Scheduled Distribution  Date.   A
                                      rating is not  a recommendation  to buy,
                                      sell  or  hold  securities  and  may  be
                                      subject  to revision  or  withdrawal  at
                                      any   time  by   the  assigning   Rating
                                      Agency.      Each   rating   should   be
                                      evaluated  independently  of  any  other
                                      rating.   See  "Risk Factors  -- Ratings
                                      of the Securities" herein.

Ratings of the Class B Certificates   It  is  a condition  to the  issuance of
                                      the Class  B Certificates  that they  be
                                      rated at  least "    " by  at least  one
                                      nationally  recognized rating  agency (a
                                      "RATING  AGENCY").   The rating  of  the
                                      Class  B Certificates by a Rating Agency
                                      reflects     such    Rating     Agency's
                                      assessment  of the  likelihood that  the
                                      holders  of  the  Class  B  Certificates
                                      will receive  payments of principal  and
                                      interest  but it  does not  address  the
                                      timing of distributions of principal  of
                                      the  Class B  Certificates prior  to the
                                      Final  Scheduled Distribution  Date.   A
                                      rating  is not  a recommendation to buy,
                                      sell  or  hold  securities  and  may  be
                                      subject  to revision  or  withdrawal  at
                                      any   time  by   the  assigning   Rating
                                      Agency.      Each   rating   should   be
                                      evaluated  independently  of  any  other
                                      rating.   See  "Risk Factors  -- Ratings
                                      of the Securities" herein.


                                 RISK FACTORS

    Investors should  consider,  among other  things,  the matters  discussed
under  "Risk Factors"  in the Prospectus  and the  following risk  factors in
connection with purchases of the Certificates.

    Limited Liquidity; Absence of a Secondary Market.   There is currently no
secondary market for the Certificates.  Each Underwriter currently intends to
make a market in the  Certificates, but it is under  no obligation to do  so.
There can  be no  assurance that  a secondary market  will develop  or, if  a
secondary market does  develop, that it  will provide the  Certificateholders
with liquidity of  investment or that  it will continue  for the life of  the
Certificates offered hereby.

    (Geographic Concentration.   Economic conditions in states where Obligors
reside may affect  the delinquency, loan loss and  repossession experience of
the  Trust  with  respect  to  the  Receivables.    Obligors  on  Receivables
representing approximately  _____% by  principal balance  of the  Receivables
were located in (          )  as of the Cut-off Date.   As a result, economic
conditions in such states  may have a  disproportionate impact on the  Trust.
In particular,  an economic  downturn in  one or  more of  such states  could
adversely affect the  performance of the Trust  as a whole (even  if national
economic conditions remain unchanged or improve) as Obligors in such state or
states experience the effects of such a downturn  and face greater difficulty
in  making payments  on their Financed  Assets.   See "The  Receivables Pool"
herein.)

    Subordination.   Distributions of interest and  principal on the  Class B
Certificates  will be  subordinated in  priority of  payment to  interest and
principal  due on  the  Class A  Certificates.    Consequently, the  Class  B
Certificateholders  will  not receive  any  distributions with  respect  to a
Collection Period until the full amount  of interest on and principal of  the
Class A Certificates due on such Distribution Date has been deposited  in the
Certificate Distribution Account.

    Limited  Assets of  the  Trust.   The  Trust  will not  have,  nor is  it
permitted or  expected to have,  any significant assets  or sources of  funds
other  than  the Receivables  and  the  Reserve  Account.    Holders  of  the
Certificates must rely for repayment upon payments on the Receivables and, if
and  to  the extent  available, amounts  on deposit  in the  Reserve Account.
Although funds in the Reserve Account will be available  on each Distribution
Date to cover shortfalls  in distributions of  interest and principal on  the
Certificates, amounts to be deposited  in the Reserve Account are  limited in
amount.  If the Reserve Account is exhausted, the Trust will depend solely on
current   distributions  on  the   Receivables  to   make  payments   on  the
Certificates.

    Payment Delay.  The  effective yield on the Certificates  will be reduced
below the yield  otherwise produced because interest accrued  through the end
of each calendar month will not be distributed until the Distribution Date in
the following month,  and the amount distributable on  such Distribution Date
will not bear interest during such delay.   As a result, the market value  of
the Certificates will be lower  than would be the case  if there was no  such
delay.

    Ratings of  the Certificates.  It  is a condition to  the issuance of the
Certificates that the Class A Certificates be rated in the highest investment
rating category, and that the Class B Certificates be rated at least in the "
"  category or its equivalent,  by at least  one nationally recognized rating
agency (a "RATING  AGENCY").  A rating  is not a recommendation  to purchase,
hold or  sell Certificates, inasmuch as  such rating does not  address market
price  or  suitability  for  a  particular  investor.   The  ratings  of  the
Certificates address  the likelihood of  the payment of the  principal of and
interest on the  Certificates pursuant to their  terms but not the  timing of
the distributions of principal prior to the Final Scheduled Distribution Date
of the Certificates.  There can be no assurance that a rating will remain for
any given period of time  or that a rating will  not be lowered or  withdrawn
entirely by a Rating Agency if it judges future circumstances to so warrant.


                                  THE TRUST

GENERAL

    The  Depositor will  establish the  Trust  by selling  and assigning  the
Trust property,  as described  below,  to the  Trustee  in exchange  for  the
Certificates.   The  Servicer will  service the  Receivables pursuant  to the
Pooling and  Servicing Agreement and  will be  compensated for acting  as the
Servicer.  See "Description of the Certificates -- Servicing Compensation and
Payment  of  Expenses" herein.    To  facilitate  servicing and  to  minimize
administrative burden and  expense, the Servicer will be  appointed custodian
for the Receivables  by the Trustee,  but will not  stamp the Receivables  to
reflect  the  sale  and assignment  of  the  Receivables to  the  Trust.   In
addition, due to administrative burden  and expense, (i) the certificates  of
title to the Financed Motor Vehicles and those Financed Recreational Vehicles
and  Financed   Boats  financed  in   states  where  security   interests  in
recreational vehicles or boats, as  applicable, are subject to certificate of
title  statutes will  not be  amended to  reflect such  assignments, (ii) UCC
financing  statements in respect of those  Financed Recreational Vehicles and
Financed  Boats financed in  states where security  interests in recreational
vehicles or  boats, as applicable, are perfected  by filing a UCC-1 financing
statement will not be  amended to reflect such assignments  and (iii) and the
assignment of  liens created  pursuant to Preferred  Mortgages in  respect of
Financed Boats documented under federal law will  not be filed as required by
federal law to  reflect such assignments.  In the absence of such procedures,
such Trust may not have a perfected in the Financed Assets in some states and
will not have a perfected security interest in the Financed Boats  documented
under Federal  law.  See  "Certain Legal Aspects  of the Receivables"  in the
Prospectus.

    If  the protection  provided  to the  Certificateholders  by the  Reserve
Account and, in the case of the Class A Certificateholders, the subordination
of the Class B Certificates is insufficient,  the Trust will look only to the
Obligors on the Receivables and the  proceeds from the repossession and  sale
of  Financed Assets  which  secure  defaulted Receivables.    In such  event,
certain  factors, such  as the  Trust's not  having first  priority perfected
security interests  in some of  the Financed Assets,  may affect  the Trust's
ability to realize on the Financed Assets securing the Receivables, and  thus
may reduce the proceeds to  be distributed to Certificateholders with respect
to the Certificates.  See  "Description of the Certificates -- Distributions"
and   "-- Reserve  Account"  herein   and  "Certain  Legal   Aspects  of  the
Receivables" in the Prospectus.

    Each Certificate  represents a fractional undivided ownership interest in
the Trust.   The  Trust property includes  retail installment  sale contracts
between Dealers and Obligors, and all payments due thereunder on or after the
related  Cut-off Date  with respect  to the  Precomputed Receivables  and all
payments  received thereunder  on  or  after the  related  Cut-off Date  with
respect to the Simple Interest Receivables.  The Trust property also includes
(i) such  amounts as  from time  to time  may be  held in  one or  more trust
accounts established and  maintained by the Servicer pursuant  to the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement,  as described below; (ii) security  interests in the
Financed Assets and any accessions thereto; (iii) the rights to proceeds with
respect to the  Receivables from claims  on physical damage, credit  life and
disability  insurance policies covering the Financed  Assets or the Obligors,
as the case  may be; (iv)  the interest of  the Seller in  any proceeds  with
respect to the  Receivables from recourse, if any, to  Dealers on Receivables
or Financed Assets  with respect to  which the  Servicer has determined  that
eventual repayment  in full is  unlikely; (v)  any property  that shall  have
secured a Receivable  and that shall have  been acquired by the  Trustee; and
(vi) any and  all proceeds of  the foregoing.   The Reserve  Account will  be
maintained by the Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders, but will
not be part of the Trust.


                             THE RECEIVABLES POOL

    The pool  of Receivables (the "Receivables  Pool") will include  only the
Receivables purchased on the  Closing Date.  The Receivables (will  be) (have
been)  purchased  by the  Depositor  from  the  Seller, which  purchased  the
Receivables, directly or  indirectly, from Dealers in the  ordinary course of
business  or  in  acquisitions.    The Receivables  were  selected  from  the
Depositor's portfolio  for  inclusion  in  the Receivables  Pool  by  several
criteria,  some  of  which  are  set  forth  in  the  Prospectus  under  "The
Receivables Pools", as well as the requirement  that, as of the Cut-off Date,
each Receivable (i) had an outstanding gross balance of at least $        and
(ii) was not more than  60 days past due (an  account is not considered  past
due if  the amount  past due  is less  than      % of  the scheduled  monthly
payment).  As of the Cut-off Date, no Obligor on  any Receivable was noted in
the  related records  of the  Seller  as being  the subject  of  a bankruptcy
proceeding.  No selection procedures believed by the Depositor  to be adverse
to Certificateholders were used in selecting the Receivables.

    Set  forth  in  the  following  tables  is   information  concerning  the
composition,  distribution  by   annual  percentage  rate  ("APR")   and  the
geographic distribution of the Receivables Pool as of the Cut-off Date.


                         _____________ TRUST 199 -( )

                     COMPOSITION OF THE RECEIVABLES POOL


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

      Weighted                                                              Weighted             Weighted
       Average                Aggregate                                     Average              Average              Average
       APR of                 Principal               Number of            Remaining             Original            Principal
     Receivables               Balance               Receivables             Term                  Term               Balance
     -----------              ---------              -----------           ---------             --------            ---------
    <S>                  <C>                        <C>                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>
       _____%             $________________           __________          _____ months         _____ months         $__________

</TABLE>

                       _______________ TRUST 199 - ( )
                 DISTRIBUTION BY APR OF THE RECEIVABLES POOL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           Percent of
                                                                                                           Aggregate
                                                        Number of                 Aggregate                Principal
APR Range                                              Receivables            Principal Balance            Balance(1)
                                                       -----------            -----------------            ----------
<S>                                                   <C>                    <C>                          <C>
 0.00% -  5.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                             $                                    %
 5.01% -  6.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 6.01% -  7.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 7.01% -  8.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 8.01% -  9.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
 9.01% - 10.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.01% - 11.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.01% - 12.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.01% - 13.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.01% - 14.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14.01% - 15.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.01% - 16.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16.01% - 17.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.01% - 18.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Greater than 18.00% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                             _________________            __________

</TABLE>
_______________
(1) Percentages may not add to 100.0% because of rounding.


                        _______________ TRUST 199 -( )
               GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE RECEIVABLES POOL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         PERCENTAGE AGGREGATE
                       STATE(2)                          PRINCIPAL BALANCE(1)
                       --------                          --------------------
                      <S>                     <C>       <C>
                      . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        %
                      . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
                      . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
                      . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
                      . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
                      . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
                      . . . . . . . . . . . . . 
                                                              __________
                                                                       %

</TABLE>
_______________
(1) Percentages may not add to 100.0% because of rounding.
(2) Based on physical addresses of the Obligors as of the Cut-off Date.


    Approximately          %  of  the  aggregate  principal  balance  of  the
Receivables, constituting      % of the number of  the Receivables, represent
previously titled vehicles.

    By aggregate  principal balance,  approximately     % of  the receivables
are Precomputed Receivables and     % of the Receivables are Simple  Interest
Receivables.   See "The Receivables  Pools" in the  Prospectus for a  further
description  of the  characteristics of  Precomputed  Receivables and  Simple
Interest Receivables.


                 DELINQUENCIES, REPOSSESSIONS AND NET LOSSES

    Set forth below  is certain information concerning the experience  of the
Seller pertaining to new and used automobile, light duty truck and motorcycle
receivables,  recreational  vehicle  receivables and  recreational  power and
sailboat  receivables, including  those previously  sold  which the  Servicer
continues  to service.    There can  be  no assurance  that  the delinquency,
repossession and net loss experience on the Receivables will be comparable to
that set forth below.

                          DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE(1)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            AT          ,                                        AT DECEMBER 31,
                                   199                        199                        199                        199
                                   ---                        ---                        ---                        ---

                           NUMBER OF                 NUMBER OF                  NUMBER OF                  NUMBER OF
                           CONTRACTS      AMOUNT     CONTRACTS      AMOUNT      CONTRACTS      AMOUNT      CONTRACTS       AMOUNT
                           ---------      ------     ---------      ------      ---------      ------      ---------       ------
<S>                       <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>             <C>
Portfolio . . . . . . .                   $                         $                          $                           $
Period of Delinquency
  31-60 Days  . . . . .                                                                                                             
  61 Days or More . . .    ---------      ------     ---------      ------      ---------      ------      ---------       ------
Total Delinquencies . .                   $                         $                          $                           $
Total Delinquencies
  as a Percent of the
  Portfolio . . . . . .            %           %             %           %              %           %              %            %

</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          AT DECEMBER 31,
                                             199                               199                               199
                                             ---                               ---                               ---

                                   NUMBER OF                        NUMBER OF                         NUMBER OF
                                   CONTRACTS         AMOUNT         CONTRACTS          AMOUNT         CONTRACTS          AMOUNT
                                   ---------         ------         ---------          ------         ---------          ------
<S>                               <C>               <C>            <C>                <C>            <C>                <C>
Portfolio . . . . . . . . . .                        $                                 $                                 $
Period of Delinquency
  31-60 Days  . . . . . . . .                                                                                                       
  61 Days or More . . . . . .      _________         $_____         _________          $_____         _________          $_____
                                                                                                  
Total Delinquencies . . . . .
Total Delinquencies
  as a Percent of the
  Portfolio . . . . . . . . .               %             %                 %                %                %               %

</TABLE>
    _______________
    (1) All amounts and  percentages are based on the gross  amount scheduled
        to be  paid on each  contract, including  unearned finance and  other
        charges.  


                    CREDIT LOSS/REPOSSESSION EXPERIENCE(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  _____________ ENDED
                                                           ,                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             -------------------------------------    -------------------------------------------
                                                 199         199           199           199         199        199         199 
                                                 ---         ---           ---           ---         ---        ---         ---
<S>                                           <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>         <C> 
Average Amount Outstanding
  During the Period . . . . . . . . . . . .    $            $             $             $           $          $           $
Average Number of Contracts
  Outstanding During the Period . . . . . .
Percent of Contracts Acquired During the
  Period with Recourse to the Dealer  . . .           %          %              %           %           %           %           %
Repossessions as a Percent of Average
  Number of Contracts Outstanding . . . . .           %          %              %           %           %           %           %
Net Losses as a Percent of
  Liquidations(3)(4)  . . . . . . . . . . .           %          %              %           %           %           %           %
Net Losses as a Percent of Average
  Amount Outstanding(2)(3)  . . . . . . . .           %          %              %           %           %           %           %

</TABLE>
   ____________________
   (1)  (Except as  indicated, all amounts and  percentages are based on  the
        gross  amount  scheduled  to be  paid  on  each  contract,  including
        unearned finance  and other charges.   The  information in the  table
        includes  previously sold  contracts that  the Servicer  continues to
        service.)

   (2)  Percentages  have  been  annualized  for   the  _____  months   ended
        ____________, 199   and 199   and are  not necessarily indicative  of
        the experience for the year.

   (3)  (Net  losses  are  equal to  the  aggregate  of the  balances  of all
        contracts which  are determined  to be  uncollectible in the  period,
        less any  recoveries on contracts  charged off in  the period or  any
        prior  periods,  including  any  losses  resulting  from  disposition
        expenses  and  any  losses resulting  from  the  failure  to  recover
        commissions to dealers with respect to contracts that  are prepaid or
        charged off.)

   (4)  Liquidations  represent a  reduction in  the outstanding  balances of
        the contracts as a result of monthly cash payments and charge-offs.


    (The net loss figures above  reflect the fact that Seller had recourse to
Dealers on a portion of its retail installment sale contracts.   By aggregate
principal  balance,  approximately          %  of  the  Receivables represent
contracts  with  recourse  to  Dealers.    The  Seller  applies  underwriting
standards to the purchase of contracts without regard to whether recourse  to
Dealers is provided.  However,  the net loss experience of  contracts without
recourse to Dealers is higher than that of contracts with recourse to Dealers
because,  under its  recourse obligation,  the Dealer  is responsible  to the
Seller for payment of  the unpaid balance of the contract,  provided that the
Originator repossesses the vehicle or boat from the retail buyer  and returns
it  to  the Dealer  within a  specified time.    In the  event of  a Dealer's
bankruptcy, a bankruptcy trustee might attempt to characterize recourse sales
of  contracts as  loans to  the Dealer  secured by  the contracts.   Such  an
attempt,  if  successful, could  result in  payment delays  or losses  on the
affected Receivables.)


                                  THE SELLER

    (Description of Seller and its underwriting and servicing standards.)


                                THE DEPOSITOR

    (Description of Depositor.)


                                 THE SERVICER

    (Description of Servicer and its servicing standards.)

                  WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE CERTIFICATES

    Information  regarding  certain  maturity  and  prepayment considerations
with respect to the Certificates is set forth under "Weighted Average Life of
the Certificates" in the  Prospectus.  As the rate of payment of principal of
the  Certificates  depends  primarily  on  the  rate  of  payment  (including
prepayments on liquidations  due to default) of the  principal balance of the
Receivables,  the  final distribution  in respect  of the  Certificates could
occur significantly  earlier than  their Final  Scheduled Distribution  Date.
Certificateholders will  bear the  risk of being  able to  reinvest principal
payments of the Certificates at yields at least  equal to the yields on their
respective Certificates.


                       DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

GENERAL

    The Certificates will be issued  pursuant to the terms of the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement, a form  of which has  been filed  as an exhibit  to the
Registration  Statement.  A copy of the  Pooling and Servicing Agreement will
be filed with the Commission following the issuance of the Certificates.  The
following summary describes certain terms of the Certificates and the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement.  The summary does not purport to be  complete and is
subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions
of the Certificates and the Pooling  and Servicing Agreement.  The  following
summary supplements,  and to the extent inconsistent  therewith replaces, the
description of the  general terms and provisions  of the Certificates of  any
given series and the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement set forth in the
Prospectus, to which description reference is hereby made.

    In general,  it is intended that  Class A Certificateholders  receive, on
each Distribution Date, the Class  A Percentage of the Principal Distribution
Amount plus  interest  at the  Class  A Pass  Through  Rate  on the  Class  A
Certificate  Balance.     Subject  to  the  prior   rights  of  the  Class  A
Certificateholders,  it is  intended  that  the  Class  B  Certificateholders
receive, on each Distribution Date, the  Class B Percentage of the  Principal
Distribution  Amount plus interest  at the Class  B Pass Through  Rate on the
Class B Certificate Balance.

    The  Certificates will evidence  interests in the  Trust created pursuant
to the  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement.   The  Class A  Certificates  will
evidence  in the  aggregate an  undivided  ownership interest  (the "CLASS  A
PERCENTAGE") of approximately    % of the Trust and  the Class B Certificates
will evidence in the aggregate an undivided ownership  interest (the "CLASS B
PERCENTAGE") of approximately   % of the Trust.

OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT

    The Servicer  will have the  option to  purchase all,  but not less  than
all, of the Receivables when the Pool Balance shall have declined to (__)% or
less of the Initial Pool  Balance.  The price at  which the Servicer will  be
required to purchase the Receivables in order to exercise such option will be
equal to  the aggregate of the Purchase Amounts  of the Receivables as of the
end of the related Collection Period.  The Servicer will  be required to give
not less than (   ) days' notice to the Trustee of  its intention to exercise
such option.   In addition, the  Servicer will not  be permitted to  exercise
such   option   unless   the   resulting   distribution   to   the  Class   A
Certificateholders  would be  equal to  the  outstanding Class  A Certificate
Balance together with accrued  interest at the Class A Pass  Through Rate and
to the Class  B Certificateholders an amount equal to the outstanding Class B
Certificate  Balance together  with  accrued  interest at  the  Class B  Pass
Through Rate.   See  "Description of the  Pooling and  Servicing Agreement --
Termination" in the Prospectus.

SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES

    Certain  information regarding the  conveyance of the  Receivables by the
Depositor  to  the Trust  on the  Closing  Date pursuant  to the  Pooling and
Servicing Agreement is  set forth in the Prospectus under "Description of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables".

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

    The  Servicing  Fee  Rate with  respect  to  the  Servicing  Fee for  the
Servicer will be     % per annum of the Pool  Balance as of the first day  of
the related Collection Period.  The Servicing Fee in respect of  a Collection
Period  (together with any  portion of the Servicing  Fee that remains unpaid
from  prior Distribution  Dates)  will  be  paid at  the  beginning  of  such
Collection  Period  out of  collections  for  such  Collection Period.    See
"Description of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement -- Servicing Compensation
and Payment of Expenses" in the Prospectus.

DISTRIBUTIONS

    Deposits to  Collection Account.   On or  before each Distribution  Date,
the Servicer  will cause all  collections and other amounts  constituting the
Total Distribution Amount  to be deposited into the Collection  Account.  The
"TOTAL DISTRIBUTION  AMOUNT" for a Distribution Date shall  be the sum of the
Interest Distribution  Amount and  the Principal  Distribution Amount  (other
than the portion thereof attributable to Realized Losses).  "Realized Losses"
means the excess of the principal  balance of any Liquidated Receivable  over
Liquidation Proceeds  to the  extent allocable to  principal received  in the
Collection Period in which the Receivable became a Liquidated Receivable.

    The  "Interest   Distribution  Amount"  on  any  Distribution  Date  will
generally be the sum of the  following amounts with respect to the  preceding
Collection Period:   (i) that portion  of all collections on  the Receivables
(including  Payaheads that  have  been  applied as  payments  on the  related
Receivables  in that  Collection  Period)  allocable  to  interest;  (ii) all
proceeds  of   the   liquidation  of   defaulted   Receivables   ("Liquidated
Receivables"), net  of expenses incurred  by the Servicer in  connection with
such liquidation  and  any amounts  required by  law to  be  remitted to  the
Obligor  on  such  Liquidated Receivables  ("Liquidation  Proceeds"),  to the
extent attributable to interest due thereon in accordance with the Servicer's
customary  servicing procedures, and all recoveries  in respect of Liquidated
Receivables which  were written  off in prior  Collection Periods;  (iii) all
Advances made  by the Servicer of  interest due on  the Receivables; (iv) the
Purchase Amount  of each  Receivable that  was repurchased  by the Seller  or
purchased by the Servicer under an  obligation which arose during the related
Collection Period, to  the extent attributable  to accrued interest  thereon;
and  (v) Investment Earnings  for  such  Distribution  Date.    The  Interest
Distribution Amount shall be determined on the related Determination Date.

    The  "Principal  Distribution  Amount"  on  any  Distribution  Date  will
generally be  the sum of the following amounts  with respect to the preceding
Collection Period:   (i) that portion  of all collections on  the Receivables
(exclusive of Payaheads allocable to principal that have not been applied  as
payments  under  the  related  Receivables  in  such  Collection  Period  and
inclusive  of Payaheads  allocable to  principal  that have  been applied  as
payments under the related  Receivables in such Collection Period)  allocable
to principal;  (ii) all Liquidation  Proceeds attributable  to the  principal
amount  of  Receivables  which  became  Liquidated  Receivables  during  such
Collection  Period  in  accordance with  the  Servicer's  customary servicing
procedures,  plus  the  amount  of  Realized  Losses  with  respect  to  such
Liquidated Receivables; (iii) all  Precomputed Advances made by  the Servicer
of  principal  due  on  the   Precomputed  Receivables;  (iv) to  the  extent
attributable to principal, the Purchase  Amount received with respect to each
Receivable repurchased by the  Seller or purchased  by the Servicer under  an
obligation  which arose  during the  related  Collection Period;  (v) partial
prepayments relating to refunds of extended warranty protection plan costs or
of physical damage, credit life  or disability insurance policy premiums, but
only if such costs or  premiums were financed by the respective Obligor as of
the  date  of  the  original  contract; and  (vi) on  the  Distribution  Date
immediately following the Final Scheduled Maturity Date (the "Final Scheduled
Distribution Date"),  any amounts  advanced by the  Servicer with  respect to
principal on  the  Receivables.   The Regular  Principal Distribution  Amount
shall be determined on the related Determination Date.

    The Interest Distribution Amount  and the Regular Principal  Distribution
Amount on any Distribution Date shall exclude the following:

        (i)  amounts received  on Precomputed Receivables  to the  extent that
    the Servicer has previously made an unreimbursed Precomputed Advance;

        (ii)     Liquidation   Proceeds   with   respect   to  a   particular
    Precomputed Receivable  to  the extent  of  any unreimbursed  Precomputed
    Advances thereon;

        (iii)    all payments and  proceeds (including  Liquidation Proceeds)
    of any  Receivables, the Purchase  Amount of  which has been  included in
    the Total Distribution Amount in a prior Collection Period;

        (iv)     amounts received in  respect of interest on  Simple Interest
    Receivables during  the  preceding Collection  Period  in excess  of  the
    amount of interest that would have been due during the Collection  Period
    on Simple Interest Receivables at their  respective APRs (assuming that a
    payment is received  on each Simple Interest  Receivable on the  due date
    thereof); and

        (v)  Liquidation   Proceeds  with   respect  to   a  Simple   Interest
    Receivable attributable to accrued  and unpaid interest thereon (but  not
    including interest  for the then current  Collection Period) but  only to
    the extent of any unreimbursed Simple Interest Advances.

    Calculation  of  Distributable  Amounts.    The  "Class  A  Distributable
Amount"  with respect to a  Distribution Date will be an  amount equal to the
sum  of (i) the "Class  A Principal Distributable  Amount", consisting of the
Class A Percentage of the Principal Distribution Amount, plus (ii) the "Class
A Interest Distributable Amount", consisting of thirty (30) days' interest at
the Class A Pass  Through Rate on the Class  A Certificate Balance as of  the
close of  business on the  last day of  the preceding Collection  Period.  In
addition, on  the Final  Scheduled Distribution Date,  the Class  A Principal
Distributable Amount will include the lesser of (A) the Class A Percentage of
any payments of  principal due and remaining unpaid on each Receivable in the
Trust as  of the  last day  of the  preceding Collection  Period and  (B) the
portion  of such amount  necessary (after giving effect  to the other amounts
described above  to be distributed to the  Class A Certificateholders on such
Distribution  Date  and  allocable  to  principal)  to  reduce  the  Class  A
Certificate Balance to zero.

    The "Class A Certificate  Balance" will equal, initially,  $         and,
thereafter, shall  equal the initial  Class A Certificate Balance  reduced by
all   amounts  previously  distributed  to  Class  A  Certificateholders  and
allocable to principal.

    The "Class  B Distributable Amount" with  respect to a  Distribution Date
shall  be an  amount  equal  to  the  sum  of  (i)  the  "Class  B  Principal
Distributable Amount", consisting of the  Class B Percentage of the Principal
Distribution Amount  plus (ii) the  "Class B Interest  Distributable Amount",
consisting of thirty (30)  days' interest at the Class B Pass Through Rate to
the  Class B Certificate Balance as of the  close of business on the last day
of the preceding  Collection Period.   In  addition, on  the Final  Scheduled
Distribution Date,  the principal required  to be distributed on  the Class B
Certificateholders will include  the lesser of (i) the  Class B Percentage of
any payments  of principal  due  and remaining  unpaid  with respect  to  the
Receivables in  the Trust  as of  the last  day of  the preceding  Collection
Period  and  (ii) the  portion of  the  amount in  clause (i)  above  that is
necessary  (after giving effect  to all other amounts  distributed to Class A
and Class  B Certificateholders  on such Distribution  Date and  allocable to
principal) to reduce the Class B Certificate Balance to zero.

    The  "Class B  Certificate Balance"  shall equal,  initially, $__________
and, thereafter, shall equal the initial Class B Certificate Balance, reduced
by  all amounts  previously  distributed to  Class  B Certificateholders  (or
deposited  in the  Reserve Account,  but  not including  the Reserve  Account
Initial Deposit) and allocable to principal and by Realized Losses.

    Calculation of  Amounts to  be Distributed.   Prior to each  Distribution
Date, the Servicer will calculate the Total Distribution  Amount, the Class A
Distributable Amount and the Class B Distributable Amount.

    The holders  of the Class A Certificates will receive on any Distribution
Date, to the extent of available funds,  the Class A Distributable Amount and
any outstanding  Class A Interest  Carryover Shortfall and Class  A Principal
Carryover Shortfall (each as defined below) as of the close of  the preceding
Distribution Date.  On each Distribution Date on which the sum of the Class A
Interest Distributable  Amount and any outstanding Class A Interest Carryover
Shortfall from the preceding Distribution Date (plus interest on such Class A
Interest  Carryover Shortfall  at the  Class A  Pass Through  Rate  from such
preceding Distribution Date  to the current Distribution Date,  to the extent
permitted by law) exceeds the Class A Percentage of the Interest Distribution
Amount (after payment  of the Servicing  Fee) on such Distribution  Date, the
Class  A  Certificateholders shall  be  entitled  generally to  receive  such
amounts,  first, from  the Class  B Percentage  of the  Interest Distribution
Amount; second, if such amounts  are insufficient, from the amounts available
in the Reserve Account; and third, if such amounts are insufficient, from the
Class  B Percentage  of the  Principal  Distribution Amount  (other than  the
portion  thereof attributable  to Realized  Losses).   The "Class  A Interest
Carryover  Shortfall" as  of the  close of  any  Distribution Date  means the
excess of  the Class  A Interest Distributable  Amount for  such Distribution
Date,  plus any  outstanding Class  A Interest  Carryover Shortfall  from the
preceding  Distribution  Date, plus  interest  on  such outstanding  Class  A
Interest Carryover Shortfall, to the extent permitted by law, at the  Class A
Pass Through Rate  from such preceding Distribution Date  through the current
Distribution Date, over  the amount of interest that the holders of the Class
A Certificates actually received on such current Distribution Date.

    On  each Distribution  Date on  which the  sum of  the Class  A Principal
Distributable   Amount  and  any  outstanding  Class  A  Principal  Carryover
Shortfall from the preceding Distribution Date exceeds the Class A Percentage
of  the  Principal Distribution  Amount  (exclusive  of the  portion  thereof
attributable  to Realized  Losses) on  such  Distribution Date,  the Class  A
Certificateholders shall be entitled to receive such amounts, first, from the
Class  B Percentage  of the  Principal  Distribution Amount  (other than  the
portion thereof attributable to Realized Losses); second, if such amounts are
insufficient, from  amounts available in  the Reserve Account; and  third, if
such amounts  are insufficient, from the  Class B Percentage of  the Interest
Distribution Amount.  The  "Class A Principal Carryover Shortfall" as  of the
close of any  Distribution Date  means the  excess of the  Class A  Principal
Distributable  Amount  plus  any  outstanding  Class  A  Principal  Carryover
Shortfall from the  preceding Distribution Date over the  amount of principal
that  the  holders of  the Class  A  Certificates actually  received  on such
current Distribution Date.

    The holders of the Class B Certificates will receive on any  Distribution
Date, to the  extent of available funds, the Class B Distributable Amount and
any outstanding  Class B Interest  Carryover Shortfall and Class  B Principal
Carryover Shortfall (each as defined below) as  of the close of the preceding
Distribution Date.  On each Distribution Date on which the sum of the Class B
Interest Distributable Amount and any outstanding Class  B Interest Carryover
Shortfall from the preceding Distribution Date (plus interest on such Class B
Interest  Carryover Shortfall  at the  Class B  Pass  Through Rate  from such
preceding Distribution Date  to the current Distribution Date,  to the extent
permitted by law) exceeds the Class B Percentage of the Interest Distribution
Amount  (after payment of  the Servicing Fee) on  such Distribution Date less
any   portion  thereof   required  to   be   distributed  to   the  Class   A
Certificateholders pursuant  to their  prior rights  as described above,  the
Class  B  Certificateholders shall  be  entitled  generally to  receive  such
amounts,  first, from  the Class  A Percentage  of the  Interest Distribution
Amount  that  is not  otherwise required  to  be distributed  to the  Class A
Certificateholders as described  above and, second, from the  amount, if any,
available  in the  Reserve Account  (after giving  effect to  any withdrawals
therefrom  for  distribution  to  the  Class  A  Certificateholders  on  such
Distribution Date).   The "Class  B Interest Carryover  Shortfall" as of  the
close of  any Distribution  Date means  the excess  of the  Class B  Interest
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date, plus any outstanding Class B
Interest  Carryover  Shortfall  from the  preceding  Distribution  Date, plus
interest on  such outstanding  Class B Interest  Carryover Shortfall,  to the
extent permitted by law, at the Class B Pass Through Rate from such preceding
Distribution Date through  the current Distribution Date, over  the amount of
interest that the  holders of the Class  B Certificates actually received  on
such current Distribution Date.

    On  each Distribution  Date on  which the  sum of  the Class  B Principal
Distributable   Amount  and  any  outstanding  Class  B  Principal  Carryover
Shortfall from the preceding Distribution Date exceeds the Class B Percentage
of  the  Principal Distribution  Amount  (exclusive  of  the portion  thereof
attributable to Realized  Losses) on such Distribution Date  less any portion
thereof required to be distributed to the Class A Certificateholders pursuant
to  their prior  rights as  described above,  the Class  B Certificateholders
shall  be  entitled  to  receive  such  amounts,  first,  from  the  Interest
Distribution Amount that is  not otherwise required to be distributed  to the
Class A  or Class B  Certificateholders as described above  and, second, from
amounts  available  in  the  Reserve  Account (after  giving  effect  to  any
withdrawals therefrom on such Distribution Date for distribution to the Class
A  Certificateholders  and  for  distribution  of interest  to  the  Class  B
Certificateholders).  The  "Class B Principal Carryover Shortfall"  as of the
close  of any  Distribution Date means  the excess  of the Class  B Principal
Distributable  Amount  plus  any  outstanding  Class  B  Principal  Carryover
Shortfall from the  preceding Distribution Date over the  amount of principal
that the holders  of Class B Certificates  actually received on  such current
Distribution Date.

SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES; RESERVE ACCOUNT

    The rights  of the  Class B Certificateholders  to receive  distributions
with respect to the  Receivables generally will be subordinated to the rights
of the Class A Certificateholders in  the event of defaults and delinquencies
on the  Receivables  as described  herein  and provided  in the  Pooling  and
Servicing   Agreement.     The   protection   afforded   to   the   Class   A
Certificateholders  through  subordination  will  be  effected  both  by  the
preferential  right  of the  Class  A Certificateholders  to  receive current
distributions with respect to the Receivables and by the establishment of the
Reserve Account.  The Reserve Account will be created with an initial deposit
by the Seller of the Reserve Account Initial Deposit and will be augmented by
deposit therein on each  Distribution Date of  the amount, if any,  remaining
from  the  Total Distribution  Amount  after  the  distributions due  to  the
Certificateholders have  been made  until the amount  in the  Reserve Account
reaches the Specified Reserve Account Balance for such Distribution Date.

    The Reserve Account will  not be part of  or otherwise includible in  the
Trust  and will be a segregated  trust account held by  the Trustee.  On each
Distribution Date,  (i) if the amounts on deposit  in the Reserve Account are
less than the  Specified Reserve Account Balance for  such Distribution Date,
the Trustee will,  after payment of any amounts required to be distributed to
Certificateholders  and the payment of the  Servicing Fee due with respect to
the  related  Collection Period  (including  any unpaid  Servicing  Fees with
respect to  prior Collection Periods),  withdraw from the  Collection Account
and deposit  in the  Reserve Account  the amount,  if any,  remaining in  the
Collection Account that would otherwise be distributed to the Seller, or such
lesser portion thereof  as is sufficient to restore the amount in the Reserve
Account to such Specified Reserve Account Balance for such Distribution Date,
and (ii) if the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account on such Distribution
Date (after giving  effect to all deposits  or withdrawals therefrom  on such
Distribution Date) is greater than  the Specified Reserve Account Balance for
such  Distribution Date,  the Trustee  will release  and distribute  any such
excess  to  the  Seller.   Upon  any  such distribution  to  the  Seller, the
Certificateholders will have no rights in, or claims to, such amounts.

    Amounts held from time  to time in the  Reserve Account will continue  to
be held for the benefit of holders of the Class A Certificates and holders of
the Class B Certificates.  Funds in the  Reserve Account shall be invested as
provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement in Eligible Investments.  The
Seller will be entitled to receive all investment earnings on amounts  in the
Reserve Account.   Investment income on amounts  in the Reserve  Account will
not  be available  for distribution  to the  Certificateholders or  otherwise
subject to any claims or rights of the Certificateholders.

    The time  necessary for the  Reserve Account  to reach  and maintain  the
Specified Reserve Account Balance at any time after the Closing Date  will be
affected  by  the  delinquency,  credit  loss,  repossession  and  prepayment
experience of the Receivables and, therefore, cannot be accurately predicted.

    The subordination  of the  Class B Certificates  and the Reserve  Account
described above are  intended to enhance the likelihood of receipt by Class A
Certificateholders of the  full amount of principal and interest on the Class
A Certificates  due them  and to  decrease the  likelihood that  the Class  A
Certificateholders   will   experience   losses.      However,   in   certain
circumstances, the  Reserve Account  could be  depleted and  shortfalls could
result.

    If on any Distribution  Date the holders of  the Class A Certificates  do
not receive the sum of the Class A Distributable Amount, the Class A Interest
Carryover Shortfall  and the Class  A Principal Carryover Shortfall  for such
Distribution  Date (after  giving effect  to any  amounts withdrawn  from the
Reserve Account and the  Class B Percentage of the  Total Distribution Amount
and applied to such deficiency, as described above), the holders of the Class
B  Certificates  generally  will  not   receive  any  portion  of  the  Total
Distribution Amount.   While the  Class B Certificateholders are  entitled to
receive amounts from the Reserve Account as described above, such entitlement
is subordinated to the  rights of the  Class A Certificateholders to  receive
amounts from the Reserve Account as described  above.  If the Reserve Account
becomes depleted, the Class B Certificateholders may experience shortfalls in
the distributions due them and incur a loss on their investment.

                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

    In  the opinion  of Brown &  Wood LLP,  the  Trust will  be treated  as a
grantor  trust for  federal income tax  purposes and  will not be  subject to
federal income tax.  For  additional information regarding federal income tax
consequences,   see  "Certain  Federal   Income  Tax  Consequences"   in  the
Prospectus.


                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES

    Subject  to the considerations  set forth under  "ERISA Considerations --
Senior  Certificates" in  the Prospectus,  the  Class A  Certificates may  be
purchased by an employee benefit plan or  an individual retirement account (a
"PLAN") subject to ERISA or Section 4975 of  the Code.  A fiduciary of a Plan
must determine that the purchase of a  Class A Certificate is consistent with
its  fiduciary duties  under  ERISA  and  does  not  result  in  a  nonexempt
prohibited transaction as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section  4975 of
the Code.   For  additional information  regarding treatment  of the  Class A
Certificates under ERISA, see "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.

    The Class A Certificates may not  be purchased with the assets of  a Plan
if the Seller, the Trustee or  any of their affiliates (a) has investment  or
administrative discretion with respect to such Plan assets; (b) has authority
or responsibility to give, or regularly gives, investment advice with respect
to such Plan assets for a  fee and pursuant to an agreement  or understanding
that such advice  (i) will serve as a primary  basis for investment decisions
with respect to  such Plan assets  and (ii) will be  based on the  particular
investment  needs  for  such  Plan;  or (c) is  an  employer  maintaining  or
contributing to such Plan.

THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES

    The Class B Certificates  may not be acquired by  (a) an employee benefit
plan (as defined in Section  3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions
of Title I of ERISA, (b) a plan  described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the  Code
or (c) any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason  of a
plan's investment in the entity or which  uses plan assets to acquire Class B
Certificates.   By its  acceptance of  a Class  B Certificate,  each Class  B
Certificateholder will be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is
not subject to the foregoing limitation.  In this regard, purchasers that are
insurance companies  should consult  with their counsel  with respect  to the
United  States Supreme Court  case interpreting the  fiduciary responsibility
rules of ERISA, John Hancock Life Ins. Co. v. Harris Trust and Sav. Bank, 114
                --------------------------------------------------------
S. Ct. 517 (1993).  In John Hancock, the Supreme Court ruled that assets held
                       ------------
in an insurance company's general account may  be deemed to be  "plan assets"
for ERISA purposes under certain circumstances. Prospective purchasers should
determine whether the decision affects their ability to make purchases of the
Class  B  Certificates.  In particular,  such  an  insurance  company  should
consider  the  exemptive  relief  granted  by  the  Department  of  Labor for
transactions  involving  insurance  company  general  accounts  in Prohibited
Transactions  Exemption  95-60,  60  Fed. Reg.  35925  (July  12, 1995).  For
additional information regarding treatment of the  Class B Certificates under
ERISA, see "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.

                                 UNDERWRITING

    Subject  to  the terms  and  conditions  set forth  in  the  Underwriting
Agreement (the  "Underwriting Agreement"), the Depositor has  agreed to cause
the Trust  to sell  to the  Underwriter, and  the Underwriter  has agreed  to
purchase, the entire principal amount of the Certificates.

    The  Depositor has  been  advised by  the  Underwriter that  it  proposes
initially  to offer the  Certificates to the  public at the  prices set forth
herein, and to certain dealers at such prices less the initial concession not
in excess  of    % per Class A Certificate and     % per Class B Certificate.
The Underwriter may  allow and such dealers  may reallow a concession  not in
excess of     % per Class A Certificate and         % per Class B Certificate
to  certain  other  dealers.    After the  initial  public  offering  of  the
Certificates, the public offering prices and such concessions may be changed.

    Until the  distribution of  the Certificates is  completed, rules of  the
Commission may limit the ability of the Underwriter and certain selling group
members to  bid  for and  purchase the  Notes and  the Certificates.   As  an
exception to these rules,  the Underwriter is permitted to engage  in certain
transactions  that stabilize  the price  of the  Notes and  the Certificates.
Such transactions consist of  bids or purchases  for the purpose of  pegging,
fixing or maintaining the price of the Certificates.

    If  the Underwriter  creates  a short  position  in the  Certificates  in
connection  with the offering,  i.e., if it sells  more Certificates than are
set forth on  the cover page  of this Prospectus Supplement,  the Underwriter
may reduce that short position by purchasing Certificates in the open market.

    In general, the  purchase of a security for the  purpose of stabilization
or to  reduce a short  position could cause the  price of the  security to be
higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases.

    Neither  the Depositor  nor any  Underwriter makes  any representation or
prediction  as  to  the  direction  or  magnitude  of  any  effect  that  the
transactions described  above may  have on the  prices of  the Notes  and the
Certificates.  In  addition, neither the Depositor nor  any Underwriter makes
any representation that  the Underwriter will engage in  such transactions or
that  such transactions,  once commenced,  will  not be  discontinued without
notice.

    The Underwriter  has represented and agreed  that (a) it has  not offered
or sold,  and will  not offer  or sell,  any Certificates  to persons  in the
United Kingdom  except to persons  whose ordinary activities involve  them in
acquiring, holding,  managing or  disposing of  investments (as  principal or
agent) for  the purposes  of their businesses  or otherwise  in circumstances
that do not constitute  an offer to the public in the  United Kingdom for the
purposes  of the  Public Offers  of  Securities Regulation  1995, (b) it  has
complied  and will  comply with  all applicable  provisions of  the Financial
Services Act 1986  with respect to  anything done  by it in  relation to  the
Certificates in,  from or otherwise  involving the United Kingdom  and (c) it
has only issued  or passed on  and will only issue  or pass on in  the United
Kingdom any document  in connection with the  issue of the Certificates  to a
person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3)  of the Financial Services
Act 1986 (Investment  Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996 or  is a person
to whom the document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.

    Upon receipt of a request  by an investor who has received  an electronic
Prospectus Supplement  and Prospectus  from the Underwriter  or a  request by
such investor's  representative within  the period during  which there  is an
obligation to deliver  a Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus,  the Seller or
the  Underwriter will  promptly deliver,  or cause  to be  delivered, without
charge, a paper copy of the Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus.


                                LEGAL OPINIONS

    Certain legal  matters relating to  the Certificates and  certain federal
income tax matters will be passed upon for the Depositor by Brown & Wood LLP,
New York, New York.  (Certain legal matters relating to the Certificates will
be passed upon for the Underwriter by Brown & Wood LLP.)


                                INDEX OF TERMS
APR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-9
Cede  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover
Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover
Certificateholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-2
Class A Certificate Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-2,S-15
Class A Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1
Class A Distributable Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Class A Interest Distributable Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1
Class A Percentage  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1,S-13
Class A Principal Carryover Shortfall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-16
Class A Principal Distributable Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Class B Certificate Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3,S-15
Class B Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1
Class B Distributable Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-16
Class B Interest Distributable Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Class B Percentage  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1,S-13
Class B Principal Carryover Shortfall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-16
Class B Principal Distributable Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-15
Closing Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-1
Code  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-5
Collection Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-4
Collection Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-3
Commission  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover
Cut-off Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-1
Depositor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Cover, S-1
Determination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-2
Distribution Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Cover, S-2
DTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover
ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-5
Exchange Act  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover
Final Scheduled Distribution Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover, S-14
Final Scheduled Maturity Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-2
Financed Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Cover, S-1
Initial Pool Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1
Interest Distribution Amount  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-14
Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-1
Liquidated Receivables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-14
Liquidation Proceeds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-14
Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-18
Pool Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-2
Pooling and Servicing Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-1
Principal Distribution Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-3,S-14
Prospectus  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover
Rating Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-5,S-6,S-7
Realized Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .S-3,S-14
Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover,S-1
Receivables Pool  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-8
Record Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-2
Reserve Account Initial Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-4
Seller  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-1
Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover,S-1
Specified Reserve Account Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   S-4
Tax Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-5
Total Distribution Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    S-14
Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Cover, S-1
Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  Cover, S-1
Underwriter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cover
Underwriting Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-19


                    (BACK COVER OF PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                   <C>
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON  OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO GIVE   $(                            )
ANY INFORMATION  OR TO  MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATIONS, OTHER THAN  THOSE
CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE  PROSPECTUS, AND, IF
GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED
UPON  AS  HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED   BY  THE  DEPOSITOR  OR  BY  THE
UNDERWRITER.  THIS PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS DO  NOT
CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY,   ______________ TRUST 199_ -( )
THE CERTIFICATES OFFERED  HEREBY TO  ANYONE IN  ANY JURISDICTION  IN
WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED
TO DO SO OR TO ANYONE TO  WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE ANY SUCH OFFER
OR SOLICITATION.  NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT   $                        , ____%
AND  THE PROSPECTUS  NOR ANY  SALE MADE  HEREUNDER SHALL,  UNDER ANY   ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, CLASS A
CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE  AN IMPLICATION  THAT  INFORMATION  HEREIN OR
THEREIN IS CORRECT  AS OF ANY  TIME SUBSEQUENT TO  THE DATE OF  THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR PROSPECTUS.
                                                                       $                        , ____%
                                                                       ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, CLASS B
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                PAGE
                                                                       SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE
                        PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT                          SECURITIES INC.
                                                                       Depositor
Reports to Certificateholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inside Cover
Summary of Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-1
Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-7
The Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-8
The Receivables Pool  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  S-8
The Seller  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-12
The Depositor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-12
The Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-12
Weighted Average Life of the Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . S-12
Description of the Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-13
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences . . . . . . . . . . . . S-18
ERISA Considerations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-18
Underwriting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-18
Legal Opinions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-19
Index of Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-20

                             PROSPECTUS
Available Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference . . . . . . . .    2
Summary of Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3
Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
The Trusts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
The Receivables Pools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
Weighted Average Life of the Securities . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
Pool Factors and Trading Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22
The Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22
Description of the Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
Description of the Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27
Certain Information Regarding the Securities  . . . . . . . . .   28
Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements  . . . . .   38
Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables  . . . . . . . . . . .   48
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences . . . . . . . . . . . .   55
ERISA Considerations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   69
Plan of Distribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   71
Legal Opinions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   72
Index of Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   73
Annex 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-1            Prospectus Supplement
                                                                                           , 199
UNTIL 90 DAYS  AFTER  THE  DATE  OF  THIS PROPSECTUS SUPPLEMENT, ALL
DEALERS  EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS  IN  THE  CERTIFICATES  OFFERED  BY            Salomon Smith Barney              
THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT,  WHETHER  OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS   
DISTRIBUTION,   MAY  BE   REQUIRED  TO   DELIVER   THIS   PROSPECTUS   
SUPPLEMENT  AND  THE  PROSPECTUS.    THIS  IS  IN  ADDITION  TO  THE            
OBLIGATION  OF DEALERS  TO  DELIVER  THIS  PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND   
THE  PROSPECTUS  WHEN  ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITER  AND  WITH RESPECT TO   
THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

</TABLE>

   
Information  contained  herein  is  subject to  completion  or amendment.   A
registration statement relating  to these securities has been  filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers  to  buy  be accepted  without  the  delivery  of  a final  prospectus
supplement and  prospectus.  This prospectus and  the accompanying prospectus
supplement shall not  constitute an offer to  sell or the solicitation  of an
offer to buy nor shall there be any  sale of these securities in any State in
which  such  offer,   solicitation  or  sale  would  be   unlawful  prior  to
registration  or  qualification  under  the  securities  laws  of   any  such
State.
    

Subject to completion, dated __________, 1997
PROSPECTUS

ASSET BACKED NOTES
ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES
(EACH ISSUABLE IN SERIES)
_____________________

SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES INC.
_____________________

The Asset Backed Notes  (the "Notes") and the Asset  Backed Certificates (the
"Certificates"  and, together  with the  Notes,  the "SECURITIES")  described
herein may be  sold from time to time  in one or more series,  in amounts, at
prices and on terms to  be determined at the time of sale and to be set forth
in a supplement to this Prospectus (a "Prospectus Supplement").   Each series
of Securities,  which may include one or more  classes of Notes and/or one or
more classes  of Certificates, will  be issued by  a trust to be  formed with
respect to such series (each, a "Trust").  Each Trust will be formed pursuant
to either (i) a  Trust Agreement to be entered into  between Salomon Brothers
Vehicle  Securities  Inc.  (the  "Company")  or  a  limited  purpose  finance
subsidiary of the Company organized and established by the Company (each such
limited  purpose finance  subsidiary,  a  "Transferor"),  as  depositor  (the
"Depositor") and the Trustee  specified in the related  Prospectus Supplement
(the "Trustee"), or (ii) a Pooling and Servicing Agreement to be entered into
among the Trustee,  the Depositor and the  servicer specified in the  related
Prospectus Supplement (the  "Servicer").  If a series  of Securities includes
Notes, such Notes will be issued and secured pursuant to an Indenture between
the  Trust and  the Indenture  Trustee  specified in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement (the  "Indenture Trustee") and will represent  indebtedness of the
related  Trust.   The  Certificates  of a  series  will represent  fractional
undivided interests in the related  Trust.  The related Prospectus Supplement
will specify  which class  or classes of  Notes, if any,  and which  class or
classes  of Certificates,  if any,  of the related  series are  being offered
thereby.    The  property  of  each  Trust  will  include  a  pool  of retail
installment sale contracts, retail installment loans, purchase money notes or
other  notes  (the  "Receivables")  secured  by  new   or  used  (i)  new  or
used automobiles,  light-duty   trucks  and   motorcycles,  (ii) recreational
vehicles and/or  (iii) recreational power and sail boats  (including any boat
motors  and  accompanying  boat trailers),  certain  monies  due  or received
thereunder on and after the applicable Cut-off Date set forth in  the related
Prospectus Supplement, security interests  in the items financed  thereby and
certain other property, all as described herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement.    In  addition,  if  so  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement, the property  of the Trust  will include monies  on deposit in  a
trust  account  (the  "Pre-Funding  Account")  to  be  established  with  the
Indenture Trustee, which will be used to purchase additional Receivables (the
"Subsequent Receivables")  from the  Depositor from time  to time  during the
Funding Period specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Except as otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, each class
of Securities of any series will  represent the right to receive a  specified
amount of payments  of principal and interest on the  related Receivables, at
the rates, on the dates and in the manner described herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement.  If a  series includes multiple classes of Securities,
the rights of one  or more classes of Securities  to receive payments may  be
senior or subordinate  to the rights of  one or more of the  other classes of
such series.   Distributions on Certificates of a series  may be subordinated
in priority  to payments  due on any  related Notes  to the  extent described
herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.  A series may include one or
more classes of Notes and/or Certificates  which differ as to the timing  and
priority of payment, interest rate  or amount of distributions in  respect of
principal or interest or both.   A series may include one or more  classes of
Notes or Certificates entitled to  distributions in respect of principal with
disproportionate,  nominal or  no  interest  distributions,  or  to  interest
distributions with disproportionate,  nominal or no distributions  in respect
of principal.  The  rate of payment in respect  of principal of any class  of
Notes  and  distributions  in  respect  of the  Certificate  Balance  of  the
Certificates of any  class will  depend on  the priority of  payment of  such
class and the  rate and timing of payments  (including prepayments, defaults,
liquidations and repurchases  of Receivables) on the related  Receivables.  A
rate of payment lower or higher than that anticipated may affect the weighted
average life of each class of  Securities in the manner described herein  and
in the related Prospectus Supplement.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD  CONSIDER THE INFORMATION SET  FORTH UNDER "RISK
FACTORS"  BEGINNING  ON  PAGE  12   HEREOF  AND  IN  THE  RELATED  PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT.

ANY  NOTES OF A  SERIES REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS  OF, AND THE  CERTIFICATES OF A
SERIES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS  IN, THE RELATED TRUST ONLY AND  DO NOT
REPRESENT  OBLIGATIONS OF OR INTERESTS IN,  AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED OR INSURED
BY, SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES  INC., THE SERVICER, THE SELLER(S) OR
ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE  AFFILIATES.  NONE OF THE NOTES,  THE CERTIFICATES OR
THE  RECEIVABLES  IS  GUARANTEED  OR  INSURED BY  ANY  GOVERNMENT  AGENCY  OR
INSTRUMENTALITY.
                           ________________________

THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY  OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

Retain this Prospectus for future reference.  This Prospectus may not be used
to consummate  sales of  Securities offered  hereby  unless  accompanied by a
Prospectus Supplement.


                         , 199


                            AVAILABLE INFORMATION

    Salomon Brothers Vehicle Securities  Inc. (the "Company") has filed  with
the  Securities and  Exchange Commission  (the  "Commission") a  Registration
Statement (together  with all  amendments and exhibits  thereto, referred  to
herein  as the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended  (the  "Securities   Act"),  with  respect  to  the   Notes  and  the
Certificates offered pursuant to this  Prospectus.  For further  information,
reference is made  to the Registration Statement  which may be inspected  and
copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.  20549; and at the Commission's regional
offices at  Citicorp Center,  500 West Madison  Street, Suite  1400, Chicago,
Illinois  60661-2511 and Seven World Trade Center,  Suite 1300, New York, New
York 10048.   Copies of the Registration  Statement may be obtained  from the
Public  Reference  Section of  the  Commission  at  450 Fifth  Street,  N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.  The Commission maintains  a Web
site   at  http://www.sec.gov  containing   reports,  proxy  and  information
statements  and other  information regarding  registrants, including  Salomon
Brothers  Vehicle  Securities   Inc.,  that  file  electronically   with  the
Commission.

               INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

    All documents  filed by the Company on behalf of the Trust referred to in
the  accompanying Prospectus Supplement, pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14
or 15(d) of  the Securities Exchange Act  of 1934, as amended  (the "EXCHANGE
ACT"), subsequent to the date of this Prospectus and prior to the termination
of the offering of the Securities offered by such Trust shall be deemed to be
incorporated by reference in this Prospectus.  Any statement contained herein
or  in  a document  incorporated or  deemed to  be incorporated  by reference
herein shall  be deemed  to be modified  or superseded  for purposes  of this
Prospectus  to  the extent  that  a  statement  contained herein  or  in  any
subsequently filed document  which also is or is deemed to be incorporated by
reference herein modifies  or supersedes such statement.   Any such statement
so modified  or superseded  shall not  be deemed,  except as  so modified  or
superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.

    The Company  will provide  without charge to  each person, including  any
beneficial  owner  of  Securities,  to  whom a  copy  of  this  Prospectus is
delivered, on the written  or oral request of any such person,  a copy of any
or all of  the documents  incorporated herein  or in  any related  Prospectus
Supplement by reference,  except the exhibits to such  documents (unless such
exhibits  are  specifically  incorporated by  reference  in  such documents).
Requests for  such copies  should be  directed to _______________,  Assistant
Secretary,  Salomon Brothers  Vehicle  Securities  Inc.,  Seven  World  Trade
Center, New York, New York 10048; telephone 212-783-7000.
                           ________________________





                               SUMMARY OF TERMS

    The following  summary is qualified  in its entirety by  reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in  this Prospectus and by reference
to the information with respect to the Securities of any series  contained in
the related Prospectus Supplement to  be prepared and delivered in connection
with the offering of such Securities.  Certain capitalized terms used in this
summary  are defined elsewhere  in this Prospectus on  the pages indicated in
the "Index of Terms".

Issuer               With respect  to each  series of  Securities, the  trust
                     (the  "TRUST" or the "ISSUER")  to be formed pursuant to
                     either a Trust  Agreement (as  amended and  supplemented
                     from  time to  time,  a  "TRUST  AGREEMENT")  among  the
                     Depositor  and  the  trustee  specified  in  the related
                     Prospectus  Supplement   (the  "TRUSTEE")  and,   if  so
                     specified  in  the   related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a
                     limited  purpose affiliate  of the  Seller  (the "SELLER
                     AFFILIATE") or  a  Pooling and  Servicing Agreement  (as
                     amended and supplemented  from time to time,  a "POOLING
                     AND  SERVICING  AGREEMENT")   among  the  Trustee,   the
                     Depositor and  the  servicer specified  in  the  related
                     Prospectus Supplement (the "SERVICER").

Company              Salomon   Brothers   Vehicle    Securities   Inc.   (the
                     "Company").  See, "The Company".

Depositor                With respect  to each  series of Securities,  either
                         the Company or a limited purpose  finance subsidiary
                         of the  Company (each  such limited  purpose finance
                         subsidiary, a "Transferor"). 


Seller(s)                With  respect  to  each  series  of Securities,  the
                         Seller(s)   will   be  specified   in   the  related
                         Prospectus Supplement.

Servicer                 With respect  to  each  series  of  Securities,  the
                         Servicer will be specified in the related Prospectus
                         Supplement.

Trustee              With respect to  each series of Securities,  the Trustee
                     will be specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Indenture Trustee        With respect to any applicable series of Securities,
                         the  Indenture  Trustee  will  be specified  in  the
                         related Prospectus Supplement.

The Notes                A  series  of  Securities may  include  one  or more
                         classes of Notes,  which will be issued  pursuant to
                         an  Indenture between  the Trust  and the  Indenture
                         Trustee  (as amended  and supplemented from  time to
                         time,  an  "INDENTURE").    The  related  Prospectus
                         Supplement will specify which  class or classes,  if
                         any,  of Notes  of  the  related  series  are  being
                         offered thereby.

                     Unless  otherwise specified  in  the related  Prospectus
                     Supplement,  Notes  will be  available  for purchase  in
                     minimum denominations of $1,000 and will be available in
                     book-entry form only.  Unless otherwise specified in the
                     related Prospectus Supplement, Noteholders  will be able
                     to  receive   Definitive  Notes  only   in  the  limited
                     circumstances  described   herein  or  in   the  related
                     Prospectus   Supplement.     See   "Certain  Information
                     Regarding the Securities -- Definitive Securities".

                     Except  in  the  case of  any  Strip  Notes  (as defined
                     below), each class of Notes will have a stated principal
                     amount and  will bear  interest at a  specified rate  or
                     rates   (with  respect  to  each  class  of  Notes,  the
                     "INTEREST  RATE").   Each  class  of  Notes  may have  a
                     different  Interest Rate, which may be a fixed, variable
                     or adjustable Interest  Rate, or any combination  of the
                     foregoing.    The  related  Prospectus  Supplement  will
                     specify the Interest Rate, or the method for determining
                     the Interest Rate, for each class of Notes. 

                     With respect  to  a series  that  includes two  or  more
                     classes of Notes, each class may differ as to the timing
                     and priority  of  payments,  seniority,  allocations  of
                     losses, Interest Rate or amount of payments of principal
                     or interest,  or payments  of principal  or interest  in
                     respect of any such  class or classes may or may  not be
                     made upon the  occurrence of specified events  or on the
                     basis  of collections  from designated  portions  of the
                     Receivables Pool.

                     In addition, a series may include one or more classes of
                     Notes ("STRIP NOTES") entitled to (i) principal payments
                     with disproportionate,  nominal or no  interest payments
                     or (ii) interest payments with disproportionate, nominal
                     or no principal payments.

                     If the  Servicer exercises  its option  to purchase  the
                     Receivables of a Trust  (or, if not  and, if and to  the
                     extent  provided in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,
                     satisfactory bids  for the purchase  of such Receivables
                     are received), in the manner and on the respective terms
                     and  conditions  described  under  "Description  of  the
                     Transfer and  Servicing Agreements --  Termination", the
                     outstanding Notes will  be redeemed as set  forth in the
                     related  Prospectus Supplement.    In  addition, if  the
                     related Prospectus Supplement provides that the property
                     of a Trust will  include a Pre-Funding Account (as  such
                     term is  defined in  the related Prospectus  Supplement,
                     the "PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT"),  one or more classes  of the
                     outstanding Notes  may be subject  to partial redemption
                     on  or  immediately  following the  end  of  the Funding
                     Period  (as  such   term  is  defined  in   the  related
                     Prospectus  Supplement,  the  "FUNDING  PERIOD")  in  an
                     amount and manner  specified in  the related  Prospectus
                     Supplement.   In the  event of such  partial redemption,
                     the  Noteholders may be entitled to receive a prepayment
                     premium from the Trust, in  the amount and to the extent
                     provided in the related Prospectus Supplement.

The Certificates     A series  may  include one  or  more classes  of
                     Certificates  and  may  not include  any  Notes.
                     The related  Prospectus Supplement will  specify
                     which  class   or  classes,   if  any,   of  the
                     Certificates are being offered thereby.

                     Unless  otherwise specified  in  the related  Prospectus
                     Supplement, Certificates will be  available for purchase
                     in   a  minimum  denomination  of  $1,000  and  will  be
                     available  in book-entry  form  only.   Unless otherwise
                     specified   in   the   related  Prospectus   Supplement,
                     Certificateholders will  be able  to receive  Definitive
                     Certificates only in the limited circumstances described
                     herein or  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement.   See
                     "Certain   Information   Regarding   the   Securities --
                     Definitive Securities".

                     Except in the case of any Strip Certificates (as defined
                     below),  each class of  Certificates will have  a stated
                     Certificate Balance specified in  the related Prospectus
                     Supplement (the  "CERTIFICATE BALANCE") and  will accrue
                     interest on such Certificate Balance at a specified rate
                     (with respect to  each class of Certificates,  the "PASS
                     THROUGH RATE").  Each  class of Certificates may have  a
                     different  Pass  Through  Rate, which  may  be  a fixed,
                     variable  or  adjustable   Pass  Through  Rate,  or  any
                     combination  of the  foregoing.  The related  Prospectus
                     Supplement  will specify the  Pass Through Rate,  or the
                     method for determining  the Pass Through Rate,  for each
                     class of Certificates.

                     With  respect  to a  series  that includes  two  or more
                     classes of  Certificates, each  class may  differ as  to
                     timing   and  priority   of   distributions,  seniority,
                     allocations  of losses, Pass  Through Rate or  amount of
                     distributions  in respect  of principal or  interest, or
                     distributions in  respect of  principal or  interest  in
                     respect of any  such class or classes may or  may not be
                     made upon the  occurrence of specified events  or on the
                     basis  of collections  from designated  portions  of the
                     Receivables Pool.  In addition, a series may include one
                     or more  classes of Certificates  ("STRIP CERTIFICATES")
                     entitled  to (i) distributions  in respect  of principal
                     with   disproportionate,   nominal    or   no   interest
                     distributions   or   (ii) interest   distributions  with
                     disproportionate, nominal or no distributions in respect
                     of principal.

                     If a  series of  securities includes  classes of  Notes,
                     distributions  in respect  of  the  Certificates may  be
                     subordinated in priority  of payment to payments  on the
                     Notes  to the extent specified in the related Prospectus
                     Supplement.

                     If the  Servicer exercises  its option  to purchase  the
                     Receivables of a Trust  (or, if not,  and if and to  the
                     extent provided  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement,
                     satisfactory  bids for the purchase  of such Receivables
                     are received), in the manner and on the respective terms
                     and  conditions  described  under  "Description  of  the
                     Transfer  and   Servicing  Agreements --   Termination",
                     Certificateholders  will  receive  as  a  prepayment  an
                     amount  in respect of  the Certificates as  specified in
                     the  related Prospectus Supplement.  In addition, if the
                     related Prospectus Supplement provides that the property
                     of  a   Trust  will   include  a   Pre-Funding  Account,
                     Certificateholders may  receive a partial  prepayment of
                     principal on  or immediately  following the  end of  the
                     Funding Period in an  amount and manner specified in the
                     related Prospectus  Supplement.   In the  event of  such
                     partial  prepayment,   the  Certificateholders   may  be
                     entitled to receive a prepayment premium from the Trust,
                     in the amount and to  the extent provided in the related
                     Prospectus Supplement.

The Trust Property       The  property of each  Trust will include  a pool of
                         retail    installment    sale    contracts,   retail
                         installment  loans, purchase  money  notes or  other
                         notes  (the "RECEIVABLES")  secured  by new  or used
                         (i) automobiles, light-duty  trucks and  motorcycles
                         (the "FINANCED  MOTOR VEHICLES"),  (ii) recreational
                         vehicles  (the  "FINANCED   RECREATIONAL  VEHICLES")
                         and/or  (iii) recreational  power   and  sail  boats
                         (including  any boat  motors  and accompanying  boat
                         trailers) (the  "FINANCED BOATS"),  including rights
                         to  receive certain  payments  made with  respect to
                         such Receivables, security interests in the Financed
                         Motor  Vehicles and  Financed Recreational  Vehicles
                         (collectively, the "FINANCED VEHICLES") and Financed
                         Boats (the  Financed  Vehicles  and  Financed  Boats
                         being  referred  to  collectively as  the  "FINANCED
                         ASSETS"), as  applicable, financed  thereby, certain
                         accounts and  the proceeds thereof  and any proceeds
                         from claims  on certain related  insurance policies.
                         On or  prior to  the Closing  Date specified in  the
                         related Prospectus  Supplement  with  respect  to  a
                         Trust,   the  Seller(s)   will   sell  or   transfer
                         Receivables  (the "INITIAL  RECEIVABLES") having  an
                         aggregate principal balance specified in the related
                         Prospectus  Supplement  as  of the  dates  specified
                         therein  (the   "INITIAL  CUT-OFF   DATE")  to   the
                         Depositor,  and  the  Depositor  will  transfer  the
                         Initial  Receivables  to such  Trust on  the Closing
                         Date  pursuant   to  either  a  Sale  and  Servicing
                         Agreement among the Depositor, the Servicer  and the
                         Trustee (as  amended and  supplemented from  time to
                         time, a "SALE  AND SERVICING AGREEMENT") or,  if the
                         Trust  is  to  be treated  as  a  grantor  trust for
                         federal income tax purposes, the related Pooling and
                         Servicing   Agreement  among   the  Depositor,   the
                         Servicer  and the  Trustee.   The  property of  each
                         Trust  will  also  include  amounts  on  deposit  in
                         certain  trust   accounts,  including   the  related
                         Collection  Account,  any Pre-Funding  Account,  any
                         Reserve Account and any other account  identified in
                         the applicable Prospectus Supplement.


                     To  the  extent  provided  in  the  related   Prospectus
                     Supplement,  the Seller(s)  will  be obligated  (subject
                     only  to  the  availability  thereof)  to  sell  to  the
                     Depositor which will  be obligated to purchase  and sell
                     to  the related  Trust,  and  such Trust  will  then  be
                     obligated to  purchase (subject to  the satisfaction  of
                     certain conditions described  in the applicable Sale and
                     Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement),
                     additional  Receivables  (the  "SUBSEQUENT RECEIVABLES")
                     from time to  time (as frequently  as daily) during  the
                     Funding  Period  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
                     Supplement   having  an   aggregate   principal  balance
                     approximately  equal to  the  amount on  deposit in  the
                     Pre-Funding Account  (the "PRE-FUNDED  AMOUNT") on  such
                     Closing  Date.  With respect to  any Trust that is to be
                     treated  as a  grantor  trust  for  federal  income  tax
                     purposes,  the Funding Period,  if any, will  not exceed
                     the period of  90 days after the  Closing Date, and with
                     respect to any other Trust will not exceed the period of
                     one year after  the Closing Date.   With respect to each
                     Trust,  the Pre-Funded Amount  on the Closing  Date will
                     not exceed  (   )% of  the aggregate  initial  principal
                     balance of the Securities.

                     The   Receivables  arise  or   will  arise   from  loans
                     originated by  motor vehicle,  recreational vehicle  and
                     boat dealers (the "DEALERS") and purchased,  directly or
                     indirectly,  by a Seller(s)  and sold to  the Depositor.
                     The  Receivables will be selected from the contracts and
                     loans owned by a Seller(s) or the Depositor based on the
                     criteria specified in  the Sale and Servicing  Agreement
                     or the Pooling and  Servicing Agreement, as  applicable,
                     and  described  herein  and  in the  related  Prospectus
                     Supplement.

Credit and Cash
Flow Enhancement             If and  to the extent  specified in  the related
                             Prospectus  Supplement,  credit  and  cash  flow
                             enhancement  with  respect  to  a  Trust or  any
                             class or  classes of Securities may  include any
                             one or  more of the following:  subordination of
                             one  or  more  other classes  of  Securities,  a
                             Reserve Account, overcollateralization,  letters
                             of  credit,  credit   or  liquidity  facilities,
                             surety  bonds, guaranteed  investment contracts,
                             swaps   or   other  interest   rate   protection
                             agreements,   repurchase    obligations,   yield
                             supplement   agreements   or   accounts,   other
                             agreements with respect to third  party payments
                             or  other   support,  cash  deposits   or  other
                             arrangements.    Unless otherwise  specified  in
                             the related Prospectus  Supplement, any form  of
                             credit   or  cash  flow  enhancement  will  have
                             certain   limitations   and   exclusions    from
                             coverage thereunder, which will be  described in
                             the related Prospectus Supplement.


Transfer and Servicing
Agreements               With respect to each Trust, the Seller will sell the
                         related  Receivables  to  the  Depositor, which,  in
                         turn,  will sell  the  related Receivables  to  such
                         Trust  pursuant to a Sale and Servicing Agreement or
                         a Pooling and  Servicing Agreement.  The  rights and
                         benefits of  any Trust  under a  Sale and  Servicing
                         Agreement will be assigned  to the Indenture Trustee
                         as collateral for  the Notes of the  related series.
                         The  Servicer will  agree  with  such  Trust  to  be
                         responsible  for  servicing,  managing,  maintaining
                         custody   of   and   making   collections   on   the
                         Receivables.  If   so  specified   in  the   related
                         Prospectus Supplement, the  person specified therein
                         as    Administrator    will     undertake    certain
                         administrative   duties   under   an  Administration
                         Agreement  with respect to any Trust that has issued
                         Notes,   which  duties,   in  the   absence   of  an
                         Administrator, would be performed for such  Trust by
                         the related Indenture Trustee or by the Depositor.

                     Unless  otherwise specified  in  the related  Prospectus
                     Supplement, the Servicer will advance scheduled payments
                     under each Precomputed  Receivable which shall  not have
                     been  timely  made (a  "PRECOMPUTED  ADVANCE"),  to  the
                     extent  that  the  Servicer,  in  its  sole  discretion,
                     expects   to   recoup  the   Precomputed   Advance  from
                     subsequent  payments   on  or  with   respect  to   such
                     Receivable or from  other Precomputed Receivables.  With
                     respect  to  Simple Interest  Receivables,  the Servicer
                     shall advance any interest shortfall (a "SIMPLE INTEREST
                     ADVANCE" and,  together with  a Precomputed Advance,  an
                     "ADVANCE").   The   Servicer   shall   be  entitled   to
                     reimbursement of Advances from subsequent payments on or
                     with  respect to the Receivables to the extent described
                     herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                     Unless  otherwise  provided  in the  related  Prospectus
                     Supplement,   the   Depositor  will   be   obligated  to
                     repurchase  any  Receivable  from  the  Trust,  and  the
                     related  Seller  will  be  obligated  to  simultaneously
                     repurchase such  Receivable from the  Depositor, if  the
                     interest of the  applicable Trust in such  Receivable is
                     materially  adversely  affected  by  a  breach  of   any
                     representation  or  warranty made  by  such  Seller with
                     respect to  the Receivable, if  the breach has  not been
                     cured  following  the  discovery by  or  notice  to such
                     Seller and the Depositor of the breach.  If so specified
                     in the related Prospectus Supplement, the related Seller
                     or  the Depositor will  be permitted, in  a circumstance
                     where it  would otherwise  be required  to repurchase  a
                     Receivable as described  in the  preceding sentence,  to
                     instead  substitute  a  comparable  Receivable  for  the
                     Receivable  otherwise requiring  repurchase,  subject to
                     certain conditions  and  eligibility  criteria  for  the
                     substitute to  be summarized in  the related  Prospectus
                     Supplement.

                     Unless  otherwise  provided  in the  related  Prospectus
                     Supplement, the Servicer  will be obligated to  purchase
                     or  make Advances  with  respect to  any Receivable  if,
                     among  other things,  it  extends  the  date  for  final
                     payment by  the Obligor  of such  Receivable beyond  the
                     applicable Final Scheduled  Maturity Date (as defined in
                     the related Prospectus  Supplement, the "FINAL SCHEDULED
                     MATURITY  DATE"),  changes  the  annual percentage  rate
                     ("APR")  or  amount  of  a  scheduled  payment  of  such
                     Receivable  or fails  to maintain  a perfected  security
                     interest in the related Financed Asset.

                     Unless  otherwise specified  in  the related  Prospectus
                     Supplement, the Servicer  will be entitled to  receive a
                     fee for servicing the Receivables of each Trust equal to
                     a  specified  percentage   of  the  aggregate  principal
                     balance of the related Receivables Pool, as set forth in
                     the  related Prospectus  Supplement,  plus certain  late
                     fees, prepayment  charges and other  administrative fees
                     or similar charges. See "Description of the Transfer and
                     Servicing  Agreements   -- Servicing  Compensation   and
                     Payment  of   Expenses"  herein  and   in  the   related
                     Prospectus Supplement.

Certain Legal Aspects
of the Receivables;
Repurchase Obligations   In  connection with  the sale  of  Receivables to  a
                         Trust,  security interests  in  the Financed  Assets
                         securing such Receivables will be assigned, directly
                         or  indirectly,   by  the  related  Dealer   to  the
                         Seller(s)  and by the Seller(s) to the Depositor and
                         by   the  Depositor   to  such   Trust.     Due   to
                         administrative burden and  expense, the certificates
                         of  title to the  Financed Motor Vehicles  and those
                         Financed  Recreational Vehicles  and Financed  Boats
                         financed  in  states  where  security  interests  in
                         recreational vehicles  or boats, as  applicable, are
                         subject to certificate of title statutes will not be
                         amended to reflect any such assignments, the Uniform
                         Commercial  Code  ("UCC")  financing  statements  in
                         respect of those Financed  Recreational Vehicles and
                         Financed  Boats financed  in  states where  security
                         interests  in  recreational  vehicles or  boats,  as
                         applicable,  are   perfected  by   filing  a   UCC-1
                         financing statement will  not be amended  to reflect
                         such  assignments,  and   the  assignment  of  liens
                         perfected  pursuant   to  federal   law  ("PREFERRED
                         MORTGAGES") in respect of Financed Boats  documented
                         under  federal law  will not  be  filed as  required
                         under federal law  to reflect such assignments.   In
                         the absence of  such procedures, such Trust  may not
                         have a perfected  security interest in  the Financed
                         Assets Vehicles or Financed Boats in some states and
                         will  not have  a  perfected  security  interest  in
                         Financed Boats  documented  under federal  law.   If
                         such  Trust  does  not  have  a  perfected  security
                         interest in a Financed Asset, its ability to realize
                         on such Financed Asset in the event of a default may
                         be adversely affected.   To the extent  the security
                         interest  is perfected, such Trust will have a prior
                         claim  over subsequent  purchasers of  such Financed
                         Asset and holders of subsequently perfected security
                         interests.  However, as against liens for repairs of
                         a Financed Assets or for  taxes unpaid by an Obligor
                         under  a   Receivable,  or   because  of   fraud  or
                         negligence,  such Trust  could lose the  priority of
                         its security interest  or its  security interest  in
                         Financed Assets.

                     Federal  and  state   consumer  protection  laws  impose
                     requirements   upon   creditors   in   connection   with
                     extensions   of  credit   and   collections  of   retail
                     installment loans,  and certain  of these  laws make  an
                     assignee of such  a loan liable  to the obligor  thereon
                     for  any  violation  by the  lender.    Unless otherwise
                     specified  in  the  related Prospectus  Supplement,  the
                     Depositor will be obligated to repurchase from the Trust
                     and  the   related   Seller   will   be   obligated   to
                     simultaneously   repurchase  from   the   Depositor  any
                     Receivable which fails to comply with such requirements.
                     The Depositor's  obligation to make  such repurchase  is
                     contingent  upon  the   related  Seller  performing  its
                     obligation  to  repurchase  such   Receivable  from  the
                     Depositor on account of such failure.

Tax Status               Unless the Prospectus Supplement  specifies that the
                         related  Trust will be  treated as a  grantor trust,
                         upon  the   issuance  of  the   related  series   of
                         Securities, Tax Counsel to  such Trust will  deliver
                         an  opinion to the  effect that, for  federal income
                         tax purposes:  (i) all or certain  specified classes
                         of Notes  of such  series will  be characterized  as
                         debt  and (ii) such Trust  will not be characterized
                         as an association (or a publicly traded partnership)
                         taxable as a  corporation.  In  respect of any  such
                         series, each Noteholder, by the acceptance of a Note
                         of such  series, will  agree to treat  such Note  as
                         indebtedness,  and  each Certificateholder,  by  the
                         acceptance  of a  Certificate of  such  series, will
                         agree to treat such Trust as a  partnership in which
                         such  Certificateholder  is  a  partner for  federal
                         income and  state income  tax purposes.  Alternative
                         characterizations   of    such   Trust    and   such
                         Certificates are possible,  but would not  result in
                         materially    adverse     tax    consequences     to
                         Certificateholders.

                     If the Prospectus  Supplement specifies that the related
                     Trust will be  treated as a grantor  trust and except as
                     otherwise provided in  such Prospectus Supplement,  upon
                     the  issuance of the related series of Certificates, Tax
                     Counsel to  such Trust  will deliver  an opinion  to the
                     effect that  such Trust  will be  treated as  a  grantor
                     trust for  federal income tax  purposes and will  not be
                     subject to federal income tax.

                     See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences" and "State
                     Tax  Considerations" herein  for  additional information
                     concerning  the  application of  federal  and  state tax
                     laws.

ERISA Considerations         Subject  to the  considerations discussed  under
                             "ERISA   Considerations"  herein   and  in   the
                             related   Prospectus   Supplement,  and   unless
                             otherwise  specified  therein,  any Notes  of  a
                             series and any  Certificates that are issued  by
                             a Trust  that  is a  grantor trust  and are  not
                             subordinated to any other class  of Certificates
                             are  eligible for  purchase by  employee benefit
                             plans.

                     Unless  otherwise specified  in  the related  Prospectus
                     Supplement,  the  Certificates of  any  series  that are
                     subordinated  to any other  Security of that  series may
                     not be acquired by  any employee benefit plan subject to
                     the  Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
                     amended  ("ERISA"),  or  by  any  individual  retirement
                     account.  See  "ERISA Considerations" herein and  in the
                     related Prospectus Supplement.




                                 RISK FACTORS

    CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS -- SECURITY INTERESTS IN FINANCED ASSETS.  

    Trusts May  Not Have  a Perfected Security  Interest in Certain  Financed
Assets.  In  connection with  the sale  of Receivables to  a Trust,  security
interests in the  Financed Assets securing such Receivables will  be, or will
have been, assigned by the Seller(s) to the Depositor and by the Depositor to
such Trust  simultaneously with the  sale of such Receivables  to such Trust.
Due to  administrative burden and  expense, (i) the certificates of  title to
the  Financed Motor  Vehicles and  those Financed  Recreational Vehicles  and
Financed Boats financed  in states where  security interests in  recreational
vehicles  or  boats, as  applicable,  are  subject  to certificate  of  title
statutes will not be amended  to reflect such assignments, (ii) UCC financing
statements in respect  of those Financed  Recreational Vehicles and  Financed
Boats financed in states where security interests in recreational vehicles or
boats, as  applicable, are  perfected by filing  a UCC-1  financing statement
will not be amended to reflect  such assignments and (iii) and the assignment
of liens created pursuant to Preferred Mortgages in respect of Financed Boats
documented under federal law will not be filed as required  by federal law to
reflect such assignments.  In the absence  of such procedures, such Trust may
not have a  perfected security interest in the Financed Assets in some states
and  will  not  have a  perfected  security  interest in  the  Financed Boats
documented under federal law.

    Unless  otherwise  provided in  the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
Depositor  will be  obligated to  repurchase from the  related Trust  and the
related  Seller  will  be obligated  simultaneously  to  repurchase  from the
Depositor any Receivable sold to such Trust as to which a  perfected security
interest in the  name of the  related Seller in  the Financed Asset  securing
such Receivable shall not exist as of the date such Receivable is transferred
to such Trust, if such failure shall materially adversely affect the interest
of such  Trust in such  Receivable and  if such failure  shall not have  been
cured  by the  last day  of the  second month following  the discovery  by or
notice to  the Seller(s) of such  breach. The Depositor's obligation  to make
such  repurchase  is  contingent  upon  the  related  Seller  performing  its
obligation to  repurchase such  Receivable from the  Depositor on  account of
such  failure.   Moreover, such  repurchase obligations  will not  address or
remedy the circumstance  where a perfected security  interest in the  name of
the related Seller in the Financed  Asset securing a Receivable has not  been
perfected  in the related Trust as a result  of the absence of the procedures
described in the  preceding paragraph or for any other reason.  If such Trust
does not have a perfected security interest in a Financed Vehicle or Financed
Boat, its ability to realize on such Financed Asset in the event of a default
may be  adversely  affected  and,  as  a result,  the  amount  available  for
distribution to the Securityholders may be adversely affected.

    Certain Liens Will Have Priority over a Perfected Security Interest.   To
the extent the security interest is  perfected, such Trust will have a  prior
claim  over subsequent  purchasers  of  such Financed  Asset  and holders  of
subsequently perfected  security interests.   However,  as against liens  for
repairs of  a  Financed Asset  or for  taxes  unpaid by  an Obligor  under  a
Receivable,  or  through fraud  or  negligence,  such  Trust could  lose  the
priority of  its security  interest or its  security interest  in a  Financed
Asset.   In addition,  in the  case of  a Financed  Boat, certain  additional
liens, including a lien for damages arising out of a maritime tort, for wages
of a stevedore when employed directly  by the owner, operator, master, ship's
husband,  or agent  of the vessel,  for wages  of the  crew of a  vessel, for
general average, or a lien for salvage may, as a matter of law, have priority
over perfected first priority liens.  (Such risk of a lien for crew wages may
arise in  the case  of a  Financed Boat  whose owner  hires crew  members for
wages.)   None of the Seller(s), the Servicer or  the Depositor will have any
obligation to repurchase a  Receivable as to which any of  the aforementioned
occurrences  result in  such  Trust's  losing the  priority  of its  security
interest or its security interest in such Financed Asset after the  date such
security interest was conveyed to such Trust.   See "Certain Legal Aspects of
the Receivables --  Security Interest in Vehicles" and  "-- Security Interest
in Boats" herein.


    CERTAIN  LEGAL   ASPECTS  --  SECURITY  INTEREST  IN  RECEIVABLES.    The
Receivables will be  treated by each Trust  as "chattel paper" as  defined in
the UCC.   Pursuant to  the UCC, the  sale of chattel  paper is treated  in a
manner similar  to a  security interest in  chattel paper.   Perfection  of a
security interest  in chattel paper  may generally  be made  by filing  UCC-1
financing  statements in  respect thereof  or  by possession  of the  chattel
paper.  In  order to protect each  Trust's ownership or security  interest in
its Receivables, the Depositor will  file UCC-1 financing statements with the
appropriate authorities in  the States of New York and Delaware and any other
states deemed  advisable  by the  Depositor to  give notice  of such  Trust's
ownership interest (and any related Indenture Trustee's security interest) in
the  Receivables  and  proceeds  thereof.   Under  each  Sale  and  Servicing
Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will be appointed
Custodian of the  Receivables by the Trustee and the  Servicer will otherwise
be obligated to maintain the perfection of the interest of each Trust and any
related Indenture Trustee in the Receivables.  The filing  of UCC-1 financing
statements as  described above  and possession of  the chattel  paper by  the
Servicer will reduce but not eliminate  the risks involved in perfection.   A
trust could  lose priority  of its  security interest  in the Receivables  to
certain liens  arising by operation of  law or in  certain cases by  fraud or
negligence.  Moreover, if the  Servicer should lose or inadvertently give  up
possession of the chattel paper, a good faith purchaser of the  chattel paper
without knowledge  who gives  new value  and takes  possession of  it in  the
ordinary course  of such  purchaser's business has  priority over  a security
interest  (including an  ownership interest)  in  the chattel  paper that  is
perfected by filing UCC-1 financing statements.

    CERTAIN LEGAL  ASPECTS -- INSOLVENCY  CONSIDERATIONS.   Each Seller  will
represent and warrant that the transfer of Receivables by it to the Depositor
will constitute a sale.  In addition, the Depositor intends that the transfer
of Receivables by it to the Trust will constitute a sale.

    CERTAIN LEGAL  ASPECTS --  CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS.   Federal and  state
consumer protection  laws impose  requirements upon  creditors in  connection
with extensions  of credit  and collections of  retail installment  loans and
certain  of these laws  make an  assignee of  such a loan  (such as  a Trust)
liable  to  the obligor  thereon  for  any  violation  by the  lender.    The
application of such laws could render a Receivable unenforceable or otherwise
uncollectible.  The  inability of a Trust to realize amounts would in respect
of  such  Receivable  could  adversely   affect  the  amount  available   for
distribution  to  the Securityholders.    Unless otherwise  specified  in the
related Prospectus  Supplement, the Depositor will be obligated to repurchase
from  the Trust and  the related Seller  will be  obligated to simultaneously
repurchase from the Depositor any Receivable which fails to comply  with such
requirements.    The  Depositor's  obligation  to  make  such  repurchase  is
contingent  upon the related  Seller performing its  obligation to repurchase
such Receivable from the Depositor on account  of such failure.  See "Certain
Legal Aspects of the Receivables -- Consumer Protection Laws" herein.

    Considerations Relating  to the  Insolvency of  a Nonbank  Seller or  the
Depositor.  If  either a Seller other than a Bank Seller (a "NONBANK SELLER")
or the  Depositor were to  become a debtor  in a  bankruptcy case (or  if the
parent of either were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case and the  assets
of the  Nonbank Seller  or Depositor, as  applicable, were  consolidated with
those of  its parent) and a creditor  or trustee-in-bankruptcy of such debtor
or  such  debtor  itself were  to  take  the position  that  the  transfer of
Receivables to  the Depositor  or such  Trust, as  the case  may be,  should,
notwithstanding the  intent of  the parties  that it  be treated  as a  sale,
instead  be treated as a pledge of  such Receivables to secure a borrowing of
such debtor, delays in payments of collections of Receivables  to the related
Securityholders could occur  or (should the court  rule in favor of  any such
trustee, debtor or creditor) reductions in the amounts of such payments could
result.  If the transfer of Receivables by a Nonbank Seller  to the Depositor
or by the Depositor to  a Trust is treated as a  pledge instead of a sale,  a
tax  or  government  lien  on the  property  of  the  Nonbank  Seller or  the
Depositor, as applicable,  arising before such Receivables  transfer may have
priority over such Trust's interest in such Receivables.  If the transactions
contemplated herein are treated as a sale,  the Receivables would not be part
of the  Nonbank Seller's or  Depositor's bankruptcy  estate and would  not be
available to their respective creditors.

    Considerations Relating  to an Insolvency Event  of the Depositor  or the
Seller Affiliate Related to Certain Trusts.  With respect to each  Trust that
is not a  grantor trust,  if the related  Prospectus Supplement so  provides,
upon the  occurrence of an  Insolvency Event of  either the Depositor  or the
Seller Affiliate  identified therein,  the Indenture Trustee  or Trustee  for
such trust will promptly sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate  the related
Receivables  in a commercially  reasonable manner on  commercially reasonable
terms, except  under certain  limited circumstances.   The proceeds  from any
such  sale, disposition  or liquidation  of  Receivables will  be treated  as
collections on  the Receivables  and deposited in  the Collection  Account of
such Trust.  If the proceeds from the liquidation of  the Receivables and any
amounts on  deposit in  the Reserve Account,  if any,  the Note  Distribution
Account, if any, and the Certificate Distribution Account with respect to any
such Trust  and any  amounts available  from any  credit enhancement are  not
sufficient to pay  any Notes and  the Certificates of  the related series  in
full,   the   amount   of   principal  returned   to   any   Noteholders   or
Certificateholders   will    be    reduced   and    such   Noteholders    and
Certificateholders will incur a loss.

    Octagon Gas Case.   In Octagon Gas Systems, Inc. v.  Rimmer, 995 F.2d 948
                            ------------------           ------
(10th Cir. 1993), the U.S. Court of Appeals  for the 10th Circuit determined
 that "accounts," a defined term under the Uniform Commercial  Code, would
be included in  the bankruptcy estate of  a transferor regardless  of
whether the  transfer is treated  as a sale or a secured loan.  Although the
Receivables are  likely to be viewed as "chattel paper," as defined under
the Uniform Commercial Code, rather than as accounts, the Octagon holding
                                                          -------
is equally  applicable to  chattel paper. The  circumstances under  which the
Octagon holding would apply are
- -------
not fully known and the extent to which the Octagon decision will be followed
                                            -------
in other courts or outside of the  Tenth Circuit is not certain.  If the 
holding in Octagon were applied in a bankruptcy of the
           -------
Depositor or a  Seller, however, even if  the transfer of Receivables  to the
Depositor and the transfer of the Receivables to the  Trust were treated as a
sale, the Receivables would be part of the Depositor's or Seller's bankruptcy
estate  (as applicable) and would be  subject to claims of certain creditors,
and delays and reductions in payments to the Securityholders could result.

    RELIANCE  ON   REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES  BY  THE  DEPOSITOR,  THE
SELLER(S)  AND THE  SERVICER.    None of  the  Seller(s),  the Servicer,  the
Depositor or any  of their respective affiliates will  generally be obligated
to make  any  payments in  respect  of any  Notes,  the Certificates  or  the
Receivables of a Trust.  However, in  connection with the sale of Receivables
by the Seller(s) to the Depositor and the Depositor to a Trust, the Seller(s)
will make representations and warranties with respect  to the characteristics
of  such Receivables  and, in  certain  circumstances, the  Depositor may  be
required  to repurchase  from  the Trust  and  the  related Seller  would  be
required to  simultaneously repurchase  from the  Depositor Receivables  with
respect  to  which such  representations and  warranties have  been breached.
Alternatively,  if so  specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, the
related Seller or the Depositor will be permitted, in a circumstance where it
would  otherwise be required  to repurchase a Receivable  as described in the
preceding sentence,  to instead  substitute a  comparable Receivable  for the
Receivable  otherwise requiring repurchase, subject to certain conditions and
eligibility criteria  for the substitute  Receivable to be summarized  in the
related  Prospectus Supplement.    The Depositor's  obligation  to make  such
repurchase or substitution is contingent  upon the related Seller  performing
its  obligation to  repurchase or  substitute  for such  Receivable from  the
Depositor.  See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale
and Assignment  of Receivables".   In addition, under  certain circumstances,
the Servicer may be  required to purchase Receivables.   See "Description  of
the  Transfer  and   Servicing  Agreements --  Servicing  Procedures".     If
collections  on any Receivable  should be reduced  as a result  of any matter
giving  rise  to a  repurchase  or purchase  obligation  on the  part  of the
Depositor, the  Seller  and/or the  Servicer, as  the case  may  be, and  the
Depositor, the  Seller and/or  the Servicer  should fail  for  any reason  to
perform in  accordance with that obligation,  then delays in payments  on the
Securities  and reductions  in  the  amount of  those  payments could  occur.
Moreover,  if the  Servicer  were to  cease  acting  as Servicer,  delays  in
processing payments on  the Receivables  and information  in respect  thereof
could occur and result in delays in payments to the Securityholders.

    SUBORDINATION.   To  the  extent  specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement, distributions of interest and principal on one or more classes of
Certificates  of  a series  may  be subordinated  in  priority of  payment to
interest and  principal due on the  Notes, if any,  of such series or  one or
more other classes of Certificates of such series.  

    LIMITED ASSETS.  Moreover, each Trust will not have,  nor is it permitted
or expected to  have, any significant assets  or sources of funds  other than
the  Receivables  and, to  the  extent  provided  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement, a  Pre-Funding Account,  a Reserve Account  and any  other credit
enhancement.   The Notes of any series  will represent obligations solely of,
and the  Certificates of any series  will represent interests solely  in, the
related Trust and neither  the Notes nor the Certificates of  any series will
be  insured or  guaranteed  by  any  of the  Seller(s),  the  Depositor,  the
applicable  Trustee, any  Indenture Trustee  or any  other person  or entity.
Consequently, holders of the Securities of any series must rely for repayment
upon payments on the related Receivables and, if and to the extent available,
amounts on deposit in  the Pre-Funding Account (if any), the  Reserve Account
(if any) and  any other credit enhancement,  all as specified in  the related
Prospectus Supplement.  If such amounts and credit enhancement are exhausted,
the related  Trust will depend solely on payments  on the Receivables to make
distributions on the  Securities, and  the Securities will  bear the risk  of
delinquencies, loan losses and repossessions with respect to the Receivables.

    MATURITY  AND   PREPAYMENT  CONSIDERATIONS.    All  the  Receivables  are
prepayable  at any time.   (For this purpose  the term "prepayments" includes
prepayments  in full, partial prepayments (including those related to rebates
of extended warranty  contract costs and insurance premiums) and liquidations
due to default,  as well as receipts of proceeds from physical damage, credit
life   and  disability  insurance  policies  and  certain  other  Receivables
repurchased  for administrative  reasons).   The rate  of prepayments  on the
Receivables may  be influenced  by a  variety of economic,  social and  other
factors,  including  the  fact that  an  Obligor  generally may  not  sell or
transfer the Financed Asset securing a Receivable without causing the related
loan  to become due and  payable.  The rate  of prepayment on the Receivables
may  also  be  influenced  by  the  structure  of  the  loan  evidencing  the
Receivable.  In addition, under  certain circumstances, the Depositor will be
obligated  to repurchase  from the  Trust,  and the  related  Seller will  be
obligated to simultaneously repurchase from the Depositor (or in either case,
if  so  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement  and subject  to the
conditions summarized therein, substitute for) Receivables pursuant to a Sale
and  Servicing Agreement or  Pooling and Servicing  Agreement as a  result of
certain  breaches  of  representations  and  warranties  and,  under  certain
circumstances,  the  Servicer  will  be  obligated  to  purchase  Receivables
pursuant  to such  Sale  and  Servicing Agreement  or  Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement as a result of breaches of  certain covenants.  See "Description of
the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables".
Any  reinvestment  risks resulting  from  a  faster  or slower  incidence  of
prepayment of Receivables held by a given Trust will be borne entirely by the
Securityholders of the  related series of Securities.   See also "Description
of  the Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreements --  Termination"  regarding  the
Servicer's option  to purchase the  Receivables of a given  Receivables Pool.
In addition, as  described above under the caption  "Certain Legal Aspects --
Insolvency Considerations --  Considerations Relating to an  Insolvency Event
of the Depositor  or the Seller Affiliate  Related to Certain Trust",  in the
case of  a Trust that is not  a grantor trust if so  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the sale of  the Receivables owned by such Trust  will
be required  if an  Insolvency Event  with respect  to the  Depositor or  any
Seller Affiliate occurs.

    RISK  OF COMMINGLING.   With  respect to  each Trust,  the Servicer  will
deposit all  payments on the  related Receivables (from whatever  source) and
all proceeds of such Receivables collected during each Collection Period into
the Collection  Account of  such Trust within  two business  days of  receipt
thereof.    However,  in  the  event  that  the  Servicer  satisfies  certain
requirements for monthly or less frequent remittances and the Rating Agencies
(as such  term is defined in  the related Prospectus Supplement,  the "Rating
Agencies")  affirm their  ratings of  the related  Securities at  the initial
level, then  for so long as the servicer  specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement is  the Servicer  and provided that  (i) there exists  no Servicer
Default and (ii) each other condition to making such monthly or less frequent
deposits as  may be  specified by the  Rating Agencies  and described  in the
related Prospectus Supplement is satisfied, the Servicer will not be required
to deposit such amounts into the Collection Account of such Trust until on or
before the  business day  preceding each Distribution  Date or  Payment Date.
The Servicer  will  deposit  the aggregate  Purchase  Amount  of  Receivables
purchased by the Servicer into the applicable Collection Account on or before
the business day  preceding each Distribution Date or Payment  Date.  Pending
deposit  into such  Collection Account,  collections may  be invested  by the
Servicer  at its own risk and for its  own benefit and will not be segregated
from funds of the Servicer.   If the Servicer should be unable  to remit such
funds, such funds would not be  available for distribution to the  applicable
Securityholders and such  Securityholders might incur a loss.   To the extent
set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer may, in order to
satisfy the requirements described above, obtain a letter of  credit or other
security for the benefit of the related Trust to secure timely remittances of
collections on the related Receivables  and payment of the aggregate Purchase
Amount with respect to Receivables purchased by the Servicer.

    RISK ASSOCIATED  WITH SUBSEQUENT RECEIVABLES AND THE PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT.
If so  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement, the Seller(s) will be
obligated to sell, and the Depositor  will be obligated to purchase and  then
transfer to the related Trust which Trust will then be obligated to purchase,
Subsequent Receivables from time to  time during the Funding Period specified
in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  With respect to any Trust  that is to
be treated as  a grantor trust for  federal income tax purposes,  the Funding
Period, if  any, will not  exceed the period  of 90 days  from and after  the
Closing Date and, with respect to any other Trust, will not exceed the period
of one year from and after the Closing Date.  With respect to each Trust, the
Pre-Funded Amount on  the Closing Date will not exceed (  )% of the aggregate
initial principal balance of the Securities.

    Changes  in   Characteristics  of  Receivables  Pool  Due  to  Subsequent
Receivables.  Amounts on deposit in  any Pre-Funding Account may be  invested
only in  Eligible Investments.   Subsequent Receivables may be  originated by
the Dealers at a later date using  credit criteria different from those which
were  applied to  any Initial Receivables  and may  be of a  different credit
quality and  seasoning.   In addition, following  the transfer  of Subsequent
Receivables to the  applicable Trust, the characteristics of  the entire pool
of  Receivables included  in such Trust  may vary  from those of  the Initial
Receivables transferred to  such Trust.  As a result, it is possible that the
credit quality of  the Receivables in a  Trust, as a whole, may  decline as a
result of the  inclusion of Subsequent Receivables and may result in a higher
rate of payment to the applicable Securityholders as a result of an increased
level of defaults on such Receivables.  

    Use  of  Balance  in  Pre-Funding  Account  to  Prepay  Securities.    In
addition, a higher than expected rate of payment may result in a reduction in
the yield  to maturity of any class of Securities  to which such payments are
distributed.   To the  extent  that amounts  on  deposit in  the  Pre-Funding
Account  have  not  been  fully  applied  to  the  conveyance  of  Subsequent
Receivables to  a Trust  by the  end of the  Funding Period  and such  amount
exceeds the applicable amount described in the related Prospectus Supplement,
the holders of  Securities issued by the  related Trust will receive,  on the
Distribution Date or Payment Date on or immediately following the last day of
the applicable Funding Period, a prepayment  of principal in an amount  equal
to the amount remaining in the  Pre-Funding Account following the purchase of
any Subsequent Receivables on or immediately preceding such Distribution Date
or Payment Date.  It is anticipated that the principal balance  of Subsequent
Receivables sold  to a  Trust will  not be  exactly  equal to  the amount  on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, and that therefore there will be at least
a nominal amount of principal prepaid to the holders of the Securities issued
by such  Trust.  Securityholders  will bear all reinvestment  risk associated
with any such distribution of  amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account
after termination  of the applicable  Funding Period.  Any  such distribution
will have  the effect  of a  prepayment on  the related  Receivables and  may
result in a reduction in the yield to maturity of  any class of Securities to
which such amounts are distributed.

    RIGHTS  OF  THE  NOTEHOLDERS  TO  DIRECT  CERTAIN MATTERS  AFFECTING  THE
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.   In general,  with respect to  any Trust  issuing Notes,
until the  Notes have been paid in full the right to direct the related Trust
with  respect to  certain actions  permitted to  be taken  under  the related
Transfer  and Servicing Agreements  rests with the  related Indenture Trustee
and the Noteholders instead of the Certificateholders.

    For  example,   unless  otherwise  provided  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement with respect  to a Trust  issuing Notes, in  the event a  Servicer
Default occurs, the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders with respect to such
series, as  described  under  "Description  of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreements -- Rights upon  Servicer Default", may remove the Servicer without
the consent of the Trustee or  any of the Certificateholders with respect  to
such series.   The  Trustee or  the Certificateholders with  respect to  such
series will not have the ability to remove the Servicer if a Servicer Default
occurs.  In addition, the Noteholders  of such series have the ability,  with
certain specified  exceptions, to waive  defaults by the  Servicer, including
defaults that  could materially  adversely affect  the Certificateholders  of
such series.   See "Description  of the Transfer and  Servicing Agreements --
Waiver of Past Defaults".

    BOOK-ENTRY  REGISTRATION.   Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement,  each class of  Securities of a  given series  will be
initially represented by  one or more certificates registered  in the name of
Cede & Co.  ("CEDE"), or any other  nominee for the  Depository Trust Company
("DTC")  set forth in the related Prospectus  Supplement (Cede, or such other
nominee, "DTC'S NOMINEE"),  and will not  be registered in  the names of  the
holders of the Securities of such series or their nominees.  Because of this,
unless and until Definitive Securities for such series are issued, holders of
such Securities  will not  be recognized  by  the Trustee  or any  applicable
Indenture     Trustee    as     "Certificateholders",    "Noteholders"     or
"Securityholders", as the  case may be (as such  terms are used herein  or in
the related  Pooling and Servicing  Agreement or related Indenture  and Trust
Agreement, as  applicable).  Hence,  until Definitive Securities  are issued,
holders  of such  Securities will  only  be able  to exercise  the  rights of
Securityholders indirectly through  DTC and its participating  organizations.
See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- Book-Entry Registration"
and "-- Definitive Securities".


                                  THE TRUSTS

    With respect to  each series of Securities, the Depositor  will establish
a separate Trust  pursuant to the respective  Trust Agreement or Pooling  and
Servicing Agreement, as applicable, for the transactions described herein and
in the  related  Prospectus Supplement.    The property  of  each Trust  will
include a pool (a "RECEIVABLES  POOL") of retail installment sales contracts,
purchase  money notes  or other  notes  between dealers  (the "DEALERS")  and
purchasers  (the  "OBLIGORS")  of new  and  used  (i) automobiles, light-duty
trucks and motorcycles  ("FINANCED MOTOR VEHICLES," and the  Receivables with
respect  thereto,  "MOTOR VEHICLE  RECEIVABLES"),  (ii) recreational vehicles
("FINANCED  RECREATIONAL VEHICLES," and the Receivables with respect thereto,
"RECREATIONAL VEHICLE RECEIVABLES") and/or (iii) recreational  power and sail
boats  (including  any  boat  motors  and  any  accompanying  boat  trailers)
("FINANCED   BOATS,"  and  the  Receivables  with  respect  thereto,  "MARINE
RECEIVABLES") or  installment loans made  to Obligors for such  purchases and
all payments due thereunder on and after  the applicable cutoff date (as such
term is  defined in the related  Prospectus Supplement, a  "Cut-off Date") in
the case of  Precomputed Receivables and all payments  received thereunder on
and  after  the applicable  Cut-off  Date  in  the  case of  Simple  Interest
Receivables.    A  Receivables  Pool  may consist  solely  of  Motor  Vehicle
Receivables, Recreational Vehicle  Receivables or Marine Receivables,  or any
combination of such  Receivables, all as specified in  the related Prospectus
Supplement.    The Receivables  of  each  Receivables Pool  were  or will  be
originated by the Dealers or lenders, purchased by the Seller(s), directly or
indirectly, pursuant to agreements with Dealers ("Dealer Agreements") or such
lenders and sold to the Depositor.  Such Receivables will be serviced by  the
Servicer.   On or  prior to the  applicable Closing Date,  the Seller(s) will
sell the Receivables to  the Depositor.  On the applicable  Closing Date, the
Depositor will  sell the  Initial Receivables  of the  applicable Receivables
Pool to the Trust to the extent,  if any, specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement.  To the extent so provided in  the related Prospectus Supplement,
Subsequent Receivables  will be conveyed to the  Trust as frequently as daily
during  the Funding Period.  Any Subsequent Receivables so conveyed will also
be assets of the applicable Trust, subject to the prior rights of the related
Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders, if any, therein.  The property of each
Trust will also include (i) such amounts as  from time to time may be held in
separate trust accounts  established and maintained  pursuant to the  related
Sale  and Servicing  Agreement or  Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement and  the
proceeds of  such accounts, as described herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement; (ii) security  interests in  the  Financed Assets  and any  other
interest  of the  Depositor  in  such Financed  Assets;  (iii) the rights  to
proceeds from claims  on certain physical damage, credit  life and disability
insurance policies covering the Financed Assets or the Obligors, as  the case
may be; (iv) the interest of the  Depositor in any proceeds from recourse  to
Dealers on Receivables  or Financed Assets with respect to which the Servicer
has determined that eventual repayment  in full is unlikely; (v) any property
that shall have secured a Receivable and that shall have been acquired by the
applicable  Trust; and (vi) any  and all proceeds  of the foregoing.   To the
extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Pre-Funding Account,
a Reserve Account  or other form of  credit enhancement may be a  part of the
property of  any given Trust  or may be held  by the Trustee  or an Indenture
Trustee for the benefit of holders  of the related Securities.  Additionally,
pursuant  to the  Dealer Agreements,  the  Dealers have  an obligation  after
origination to repurchase  Receivables as to which Dealers  have made certain
misrepresentations.

    The Servicer will continue to service the  Receivables held by each Trust
and will receive  fees for such services.   See "Description of  the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements --  Servicing Compensation and Payment  of Expenses"
herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.  To facilitate the servicing
of  the Receivables,  each  Trustee  will authorize  the  Servicer to  retain
physical possession of the Receivables held by each Trust and other documents
relating thereto as custodian for each such Trust.  Due to the administrative
burden and expense, the certificates of title or UCC financing statements, as
applicable, to the  Financed Assets will not  be amended to reflect  the sale
and assignment of the security interest in the Financed Assets to each Trust,
and  assignments  to the  Trust  of  the Preferred  Mortgages  in respect  of
federally documented  Financed Boats will  not be filed.   In the  absence of
such  an amendment  or filing,  a  Trust may  not have  a  perfected security
interest in the Financed  Assets in all states and will  not have a perfected
security interest in federally documented  Financed Boats.  See "Risk Factors
- -- Certain Legal Aspects  -- Security Interest in Financed  Assets," "Certain
Legal  Aspects of  the  Receivables"  and "Description  of  the Transfer  and
Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables" herein.

    If the protection  provided to any  holders of a series  of Notes by  the
subordination of the related Certificates and by the Reserve Account, if any,
or other  credit enhancement  for such series  or the protection  provided to
Certificateholders by any such Reserve Account or other credit enhancement is
insufficient,  such Noteholders  or Certificateholders,  as the case  may be,
would have  to look principally  to the Obligors on  the related Receivables,
the proceeds from  the repossession and sale of  Financed Assets which secure
defaulted Receivables and the proceeds from any recourse against Dealers with
respect  to such Receivables.   In such  event, certain factors,  such as the
applicable Trust's not  having perfected security  interests in the  Financed
Assets in  all states or,  if applicable, under  federal law, may  affect the
Servicer's  ability  to  repossess  and  sell  the  collateral  securing  the
Receivables,  and thus  may  reduce the  proceeds  to be  distributed  to the
holders of the Securities of such  series.  See "Description of the  Transfer
and  Servicing   Agreements --  Distributions",  "-- Credit  and   Cash  Flow
Enhancement" and "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables" herein.

    The  principal offices  of each  Trust  and the  related Trustee  will be
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

THE TRUSTEE

    The Trustee for  each Trust will  be specified in the  related Prospectus
Supplement.  The Trustee's liability in connection with the issuance and sale
of the  related Securities  is limited solely  to the express  obligations of
such Trustee  set  forth in  the related  Trust Agreement  and  the Sale  and
Servicing  Agreement  or the  related  Pooling  and  Servicing Agreement,  as
applicable.  A Trustee may resign  at any time, in which event the  Servicer,
or  its successor,  will be obligated  to appoint  a successor trustee.   The
Administrator,  if  any, of  a Trust  that  is not  a grantor  trust  and the
Servicer in respect of  a Trust that is  a grantor trust may also  remove the
Trustee if the Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as Trustee under the
related Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, or
if the Trustee  becomes insolvent.  In such  circumstances, the Administrator
or Servicer, as applicable, will be obligated to appoint a successor trustee.
Any  resignation or  removal of  a  Trustee and  appointment  of a  successor
trustee will not become effective until  acceptance of the appointment by the
successor trustee.



                            THE RECEIVABLES POOLS

GENERAL

    The  Receivables  in  each  Receivables  Pool  are  and  will  be  retail
installment  sales contracts, retail installment loans, purchase money orders
or other notes that have been or will be originated by a Dealer and purchased
by a Seller  pursuant to a Dealer  Agreement between the related  seller (the
"SELLER") and the Dealer and  will be Motor Vehicle Receivables, Recreational
Vehicle Receivables  or Marine Receivables.   Receivables held by  any Seller
may have been acquired  from other Sellers.  The Sellers of each of the Motor
Vehicle Receivables, Recreational Vehicle Receivables  and Marine Receivables
may include banks, finance companies or other financial institutions and will
be entities  involved in  the financing of  each of  the particular  types of
assets (i.e.,  new and used  automobiles, light duty trucks  and motorcycles;
new and  used recreational vehicles; and new  and used recreational power and
sail  boats) securing the  Receivables being sold  by such Seller  and in the
origination,  secondary   market  purchasing   and/or  servicing   of  retail
installment sales contracts,  retail installment loans and  other receivables
secured by each of such asset types.  Each Seller with respect to a series of
Securities  will be  identified  in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement.   A
Receivables  Pool   may  consist   solely  of   Motor  Vehicle   Receivables,
Recreational Vehicle Receivables or Marine Receivables, or any combination of
such Receivables, all as  specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  In
addition, to the  extent described in any Prospectus  Supplement, the related
Receivables Pool  may include  Receivables acquired by  an Affiliate  through
acquisitions.   Receivables of a Seller will  be transferred to the Depositor
pursuant to a Receivables Purchase Agreement for sale by the Depositor to the
applicable Trust.

    The  Receivables to  be  held by  each  Trust will  be  purchased by  the
Depositor from the portfolio of the Seller(s) for inclusion  in a Receivables
Pool  in  accordance with  several criteria,  including that  each Receivable
(i) is  secured by  a  new  or used  motor  vehicle, motorcycle  recreational
vehicle or recreational  power or  sail boat (including  any boat motors  and
accompanying trailers), (ii) was  originated in the United States, (iii) is a
Simple Interest  Receivable or  a Precomputed Receivable  and (iv) as  of the
Cut-off Date (a) had an outstanding principal balance of at least  the amount
set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, (b) was not more than 30 days
(or such other number of days specified in the related Prospectus Supplement)
past due, (c) had a remaining number of scheduled payments not more  than the
number set  forth in the  related Prospectus Supplement, (d) had  an original
number of  scheduled  payments not  more than  the number  set  forth in  the
related Prospectus Supplement  and (e) had an APR  of not less than  the rate
per  annum set  forth in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement.   No selection
procedures believed by the  Depositor to be adverse to the Securityholders of
any series were or will be used  in selecting the related Receivables.  Terms
of the retail installment sales contracts, retail installment loans, purchase
money orders  or notes  constituting such Receivables  which are  material to
investors are described herein or in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    "SIMPLE INTEREST  RECEIVABLES"  are  receivables  that  provide  for  the
amortization of the  amount financed under each  receivable over a series  of
fixed level  payment  monthly  installments.   However,  unlike  the  monthly
installment  under an Actuarial Receivable, each monthly installment consists
of an amount of interest which is calculated on the basis of the  outstanding
principal balance  of the receivable  multiplied by the stated  Contract Rate
and further  multiplied by the  period elapsed (as  a fraction of  a calendar
year) since  the preceding  payment of interest  was made.   As  payments are
received under a Simple Interest  Receivable, the amount received is applied,
first,  to interest  accrued to the  date of  payment, second, to  reduce the
unpaid principal balance, and third, to late fees and other fees and charges,
if any.  Accordingly,  if an Obligor pays a fixed  monthly installment before
its scheduled due  date, the portion of the payment allocable to interest for
the period since  the preceding payment was  made will be less  than it would
have  been had  the payment been  made as  scheduled, and the  portion of the
payment   applied  to   reduce   the  unpaid   principal   balance  will   be
correspondingly  greater.   Conversely, if  an Obligor  pays a  fixed monthly
installment  after  its  scheduled  due  date, the  portion  of  the  payment
allocable  to interest for  the period since  the preceding  payment was made
will  be greater  than  it would  have  been had  the  payment  been made  as
scheduled,  and the  portion  of the  payment  applied to  reduce  the unpaid
principal balance will  be correspondingly less.  In either case, the Obligor
pays a fixed  monthly installment until the final scheduled  payment date, at
which time the amount  of the final installment is increased  or decreased as
necessary to repay the then  outstanding principal balance and unpaid accrued
interest.    If  a Simple  Interest  Receivable is  prepaid,  the  Obligor is
required to pay interest only to the date of prepayment.

    "PRECOMPUTED  RECEIVABLES"   consist  of  either   (i) monthly  actuarial
receivables ("ACTUARIAL  RECEIVABLES") or  (ii) receivables that  provide for
allocation of payments according to the "sum of periodic balances" or "sum of
monthly  payments" method,  similar  to the  "Rule  of 78's"  ("RULE  OF 78'S
RECEIVABLES").  An Actuarial Receivable provides for amortization of the loan
over a  series of  fixed level  payment monthly  installments.   Each monthly
installment, including the monthly installment representing the final payment
on the Receivable, consists of an amount of interest equal to 1/12 of the APR
of the loan  multiplied by the unpaid principal  balance of the loan,  and an
amount of principal equal to the remainder of the monthly payment.  A Rule of
78's Receivable provides for the payment by  the Obligor of a specified total
amount of payments,  payable in equal monthly installments on  each due date,
which total represents  the principal amount financed and  add-on interest in
an amount calculated at  the stated APR for the term of  the receivable.  The
rate  at which such amount of add-on interest is earned and, correspondingly,
the  amount of  each fixed  monthly  payment allocated  to  reduction of  the
outstanding principal are calculated in accordance with the "Rule of 78's".

    Information with  respect to each  Receivables Pool will be  set forth in
the related Prospectus Supplement, including, to  the extent appropriate, the
composition,  the geographic  distribution  and distribution  by APR  and the
portion of such Receivables Pool consisting of Precomputed Receivables and of
Simple Interest Receivables and the portion  of such Receivables Pool made up
by Motor  Vehicle Receivables,  Recreational Vehicle  Receivables and  Marine
Receivables and  the portion of each category  secured by new Financed Assets
and by used Financed Assets.

SUBSEQUENT RECEIVABLES

    Subsequent  Receivables may be originated by  the Dealers at a later date
using credit criteria different from those which were applied to any  Initial
Receivables and  may be  of a  different credit  quality and  seasoning.   In
addition, following the transfer of  Subsequent Receivables to the applicable
Trust, the characteristics of the entire pool of Receivables included in such
Trust  may   vary  significantly  from  those  of   the  Initial  Receivables
transferred  to such  Trust.   Each Prospectus  Supplement will  describe the
effects  that  including   such  Subsequent  Receivables  may   have  on  the
Receivables  Pool  included in  the  Trust  Property  of each  Trust  issuing
Securities.

UNDERWRITING

    The  related   Prospectus  Supplement   will   describe  the   Seller(s)'
underwriting procedures  and guidelines,  including the  type of  information
reviewed in respect of an applicant.

SERVICING AND COLLECTIONS

    The related  Prospectus Supplement will describe the Servicer's servicing
procedures, including the  steps customarily taken  in respect of  delinquent
Receivables and the maintenance of physical damage insurance.

DELINQUENCIES, REPOSSESSIONS AND NET LOSSES

    Certain  information  concerning  the  Seller(s)'  loss  and  delinquency
experience with respect to its portfolio of motor vehicle loans, recreational
vehicle loans and  marine loans (including previously sold  contracts which a
Seller continues to service) will be set forth in each Prospectus Supplement.
There can  be no assurance  that the delinquency,  repossession and net  loss
experience on any  Receivables Pool will be comparable to prior experience or
to such information.


                   WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE SECURITIES

    The weighted average life of  the Notes, if any, and the Certificates, if
any, of any  series will generally  be influenced  by the rate  at which  the
principal balances of the related Receivables are paid,  which payment may be
in the form of scheduled amortization or prepayments.  (For this purpose, the
term   "prepayments"  includes  prepayments   in  full,  partial  prepayments
(including those related  to rebates of extended warranty  contract costs and
insurance  premiums), liquidations  due to  default, as  well as  receipts of
proceeds from physical damage, credit life and  disability insurance policies
and certain  other Receivables repurchased  by the Depositor or  the Servicer
for administrative  reasons.) All  of the Receivables  are prepayable  at any
time  without penalty  to the  Obligor.   The  rates of  prepayment  of motor
vehicle loans, recreational vehicle loans  and marine loans are influenced by
a variety of economic, social and  other factors, including the fact that  an
Obligor  generally may not  sell or  transfer the  Financed Asset  securing a
Receivable without the  consent of the Servicer.   The rate of  prepayment on
the Receivables may  also be influenced  by the  structure of the  loan.   In
addition,  under certain circumstances,  the Depositor  will be  obligated to
repurchase  from   a  Trust  and   the  related  Seller  will   be  obligated
simultaneously to repurchase  from the Depositor  (or in  either case, if  so
specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement and subject to the conditions
summarized therein, substitute for) Receivables pursuant  to the related Sale
and  Servicing Agreement  or Pooling and  Servicing Agreement as  a result of
breaches of representations and warranties and the Servicer will be obligated
to purchase Receivables  from such Trust pursuant to such  Sale and Servicing
Agreement or  Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement as  a result  of breaches  of
certain  covenants.  In the  case of any Security purchased  at a discount to
its principal amount, a slower than anticipated rate of principal payments is
likely  to result  in  a lower  than anticipated  yield.   In  the case  of a
Security  purchased at  a  premium to  its principal  amount,  a faster  than
anticipated rate of  principal payments is likely  to result in a  lower than
anticipated   yield.    See  "Description  of   the  Transfer  and  Servicing
Agreements --  Sale   and  Assignment   of  Receivables"  and   "-- Servicing
Procedures".    See   also  "Description  of   the  Transfer  and   Servicing
Agreements --  Termination" regarding the  Servicer's option to  purchase the
Receivables from a given Trust.  No prediction  can be made as to the rate of
prepayment that the Receivables will experience.

    In  light of the  above considerations, there  can be no  assurance as to
the  amount of principal  payments to be  made on the  Notes, if  any, or the
Certificates, if any,  of a given series on each Payment Date or Distribution
Date, as applicable, since such amount will depend, in part, on the amount of
principal collected  on the  related Receivables  Pool during the  applicable
Collection Period.  Any reinvestment risks resulting from a faster or  slower
incidence  of  prepayment  of  Receivables  will be  borne  entirely  by  the
Noteholders,  if any,  and the  Certificateholders of  a given  series.   The
related  Prospectus Supplement may  set forth certain  additional information
with respect to the maturity  and prepayment considerations applicable to the
particular Receivables Pool and the related series of Securities.


                     POOL FACTORS AND TRADING INFORMATION

    The "NOTE  POOL FACTOR" for  each class  of Notes  will be a  seven-digit
decimal  which the  Servicer will  compute  prior to  each distribution  with
respect to such class of Notes indicating the remaining outstanding principal
balance of  such class  of Notes, as  of the  applicable Payment  Date (after
giving effect to payments to be made on such Payment Date), as a fraction  of
the initial  outstanding  principal balance  of  such class  of Notes.    The
"CERTIFICATE  POOL  FACTOR"  for  each   class  of  Certificates  will  be  a
seven-digit  decimal  which   the  Servicer  will   compute  prior  to   each
distribution  with  respect to  such  class  of Certificates  indicating  the
remaining  Certificate Balance  of  such  class of  Certificates,  as of  the
applicable Distribution Date (after giving effect to distributions to be made
on such Distribution Date), as a fraction of the  initial Certificate Balance
of such class  of Certificates.  Each  Note Pool Factor and  each Certificate
Pool  Factor will  initially  be  1.0000000 and  thereafter  will decline  to
reflect reductions  in the outstanding  principal balance  of the  applicable
class of Notes, or the reduction of the Certificate Balance of the applicable
class of Certificates,  as the case  may be.  A  Noteholder's portion of  the
aggregate outstanding principal balance of the related class of Notes  is the
product  of  (i) the original  denomination  of  such  Noteholder's Note  and
(ii) the applicable Note  Pool Factor.  A Certificateholder's  portion of the
aggregate   outstanding  Certificate  Balance   for  the  related   class  of
Certificates  is  the  product  of  (a) the  original  denomination  of  such
Certificateholder's  Certificate  and  (b) the  applicable  Certificate  Pool
Factor.

    Unless  otherwise  provided in  the  related  Prospectus Supplement  with
respect   to  a  Trust,  the  Noteholders   and  the  Certificateholders,  as
applicable, will  receive reports  on or about  each Payment  Date concerning
(i) with respect to  the Collection Period immediately preceding such Payment
Date, payments received on the Receivables, the Pool Balance (as such term is
defined in  the  related Prospectus  Supplement,  the "POOL  BALANCE"),  each
Certificate Pool Factor or Note Pool Factor, as applicable, and various other
items of information,  and (ii) with respect to the  Collection Period second
preceding such Payment Date, as  applicable, amounts allocated or distributed
on  the preceding Payment  Date and any  reconciliation of such  amounts with
information provided by  the Servicer prior to such current Payment Date.  In
addition,  Securityholders  of  record  during  any  calendar  year  will  be
furnished information  for tax reporting  purposes not later than  the latest
date permitted by law.   See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities --
Reports to Securityholders".


                               USE OF PROCEEDS

    Unless   the   related   Prospectus   Supplement   provides   for   other
applications,  the net proceeds  from the sale  of the Securities  of a given
series will be  applied by the  applicable Trust (i) to  the purchase of  the
Receivables from  the Depositor,  (ii) to make the  initial deposit  into the
Reserve Account,  if any,  and (iii) to  make the  deposit of  the Pre-Funded
Amount into  the Pre-Funding Account,  if any. Unless otherwise  specified in
the related  Prospectus Supplement,  the Depositor will  use that  portion of
such  net proceeds paid  to it  with respect  to any  such Trust  to purchase
Receivables from the Seller(s) and for general corporate purposes.


                                 THE COMPANY

    Salomon  Brothers   Vehicle   Securities   Inc.   (the   "COMPANY")   was
incorporated in the State  of Delaware on October 27, 1997  as a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Salomon Brothers  Holding Company Inc. The Depositor  maintains
its principal  office at Seven World Trade Center,  New York, New York 10048.
Its telephone number is (212) 783-7000.

    The only obligations, if any,  of the Company with respect to a series of
Certificates and/or Notes  may be pursuant to certain limited representations
and warranties and limited undertakings to repurchase (or, if so specified in
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  substitute for)  Receivables  under certain
circumstances,  but  only to  the  extent the  related  Seller simultaneously
performs its  obligation to  repurchase such Receivables.   The  Company will
have no ongoing servicing obligations or responsibilities with respect to any
Financed Asset.  The  Company does not have, is not required  to have, and is
not expected in the future to have, any significant assets.

    As  specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement,  the  Servicer with
respect to any series of Certificates and/or Notes may be an affiliate of the
Company.   The Company anticipates  that it  will acquire Receivables  in the
open market or in privately negotiated transactions,  which may be through or
from a Seller or Transferor.

    None of the  Company, the Seller(s) or any of their respective affiliates
will insure or guarantee  the Receivables or the Certificates and/or Notes of
any series.



                           DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

GENERAL

    With  respect to  each Trust  that issues Notes,  one or  more classes of
Notes  of the  related series  will  be issued  pursuant to  the terms  of an
Indenture,  a form of which has been  filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus forms a  part.  The following summary does
not purport  to  be complete  and is  subject  to, and  is qualified  in  its
entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Notes and the Indenture.

    Unless  otherwise specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, each
class of Notes will  initially be represented by  one or more Notes,  in each
case  registered  in  the name  of  the  nominee of  DTC  (together  with any
successor depository selected  by the Trust, the "DEPOSITORY")  except as set
forth below. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
the  Notes will  be available  for  purchase in  denominations of  $1,000 and
integral multiples thereof in book-entry  form only.  The Depositor  has been
informed by DTC  that DTC's nominee will  be Cede, unless another  nominee is
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Accordingly, such nominee is
expected to be the holder of  record of the Notes of each class.   Unless and
until Definitive Notes are issued  under the limited circumstances  described
herein  or  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  no Noteholder  will  be
entitled  to  receive  a  physical  certificate representing  a  Note.    All
references  herein and  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement to  actions by
Noteholders  refer  to  actions  taken  by DTC  upon  instructions  from  its
participating organizations (the  "PARTICIPANTS") and  all references  herein
and in the  related Prospectus Supplement to distributions,  notices, reports
and statements to  Noteholders refer to  distributions, notices, reports  and
statements to  DTC or its nominee, as the registered holder of the Notes, for
distribution to Noteholders in accordance with DTC's  procedures with respect
thereto.   See "Certain  Information Regarding  the Securities --  Book-Entry
Registration" and "-- Definitive Securities".

PRINCIPAL OF AND INTEREST ON THE NOTES

    The timing  and priority of  payment, seniority,  allocations of  losses,
Interest Rate  and amount of  or method of determining  payments of principal
and interest on each class  of Notes of a given  series will be described  in
the related  Prospectus Supplement.   The right  of holders  of any  class of
Notes to  receive  payments  of  principal  and interest  may  be  senior  or
subordinate to the rights of holders of  any other class or classes of  Notes
of  such series, as  described in the related  Prospectus Supplement.  Unless
otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, payments of interest
on the  Notes of  such series will  be made  prior to  payments of  principal
thereon.   To  the extent  provided in  the related Prospectus  Supplement, a
series  may  include  one  or  more   classes  of  Strip  Notes  entitled  to
(i) principal payments with disproportionate, nominal or no interest payments
or  (ii) interest payments  with disproportionate,  nominal  or no  principal
payments.  Each class of Notes may have a different Interest  Rate, which may
be a fixed, variable or adjustable  Interest Rate (and which may be zero  for
certain classes of  Strip Notes),  or any combination  of the foregoing.  The
related Prospectus Supplement  will specify the Interest Rate  for each class
of Notes of a given  series or the method for determining such Interest Rate.
See   also  "Certain  Information  Regarding  the  Securities --  Fixed  Rate
Securities"  and "-- Floating Rate Securities".  One or more classes of Notes
of a  series may be  redeemable in whole or  in part under  the circumstances
specified in the  related Prospectus Supplement, including at the  end of the
Funding Period  (if any)  or as  a result  of the  Servicer's exercising  its
option to purchase the related Receivables Pool.

    To  the  extent specified  in  any  Prospectus Supplement,  one  or  more
classes of Notes of a series  may have fixed principal payment schedules,  as
set forth in  such Prospectus Supplement; Noteholders of such  Notes would be
entitled  to  receive  as  payments of  principal  on  any  Payment  Date the
applicable amounts set forth on such schedule with respect to such  Notes, in
the manner and to the extent set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Unless  otherwise   specified  in  the  related   Prospectus  Supplement,
payments to Noteholders of all classes within a series in respect of interest
will  have  the same  priority.    Under  certain circumstances,  the  amount
available for such payments could be less than the amount of interest payable
on the  Notes  on any  of the  dates specified  for payments  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement (each,  a "PAYMENT DATE"), in which case  each class of
Noteholders will receive  its ratable share (based upon  the aggregate amount
of  interest  due to  such  class of  Noteholders)  of  the aggregate  amount
available to  be distributed  in respect  of interest  on the  Notes of  such
series.    See  "Description  of  the  Transfer and  Servicing  Agreements --
Distributions" and "-- Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement".

    In the case  of a series of Notes  which includes two or more  classes of
Notes, the sequential  order and priority of payment  in respect of principal
and interest, and any schedule  or formula or other provisions  applicable to
the  determination thereof,  of each  such  class will  be set  forth  in the
related Prospectus Supplement.  Payments in respect of principal and interest
of any  class of  Notes  will be  made on  a  pro rata  basis among  all  the
Noteholders of such class.

THE INDENTURE

    MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE.   With respect to  each Trust that has  issued
Notes pursuant to an Indenture, the Trust and the Indenture Trustee may, with
the consent  of the holders  of a majority  of the  outstanding Notes of  the
related series, execute a supplemental indenture to add provisions to, change
in  any manner  or eliminate  any provisions  of, the  related  Indenture, or
modify  (except as provided  below) in any  manner the rights  of the related
Noteholders.

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement  with
respect to a series of Notes, in the absence of the consent  of the holder of
each such outstanding Note affected thereby, no supplemental  indenture will:
(i) change the due date of any installment of principal of or interest on any
such Note or reduce the principal amount thereof, the interest rate specified
thereon or the redemption price with  respect thereto or change any place  of
payment where or the  coin or currency in which any such Note or any interest
thereon  is  payable;  (ii) impair  the  right  to  institute  suit  for  the
enforcement of certain provisions of the related Indenture regarding payment;
(iii) reduce the percentage of the  aggregate amount of the outstanding Notes
of such series, the consent of the  holders of which is required for any such
supplemental indenture or the consent of the holders of which is required for
any waiver of  compliance with certain provisions of the related Indenture or
of certain defaults thereunder and their consequences as provided for in such
Indenture;  (iv) modify or  alter  the provisions  of  the related  Indenture
regarding the voting of Notes held by the applicable Trust, any other obligor
on  such Notes, the Depositor, the Seller(s) or  an affiliate of any of them;
(v) reduce the percentage of the  aggregate outstanding amount of such Notes,
the consent  of  the holders  of  which is  required  to direct  the  related
Indenture Trustee  to sell or  liquidate the  Receivables if the  proceeds of
such sale would  be insufficient to pay  the principal amount of  and accrued
but unpaid  interest on the  outstanding Notes of such  series; (vi) decrease
the  percentage of the aggregate  principal amount of  such Notes required to
amend  the sections  of the  related Indenture  which specify  the applicable
percentage  of  aggregate  principal  amount  of the  Notes  of  such  series
necessary to  amend such  Indenture or certain  other related  agreements; or
(vii) permit the creation of any  lien ranking prior to  or on a parity  with
the lien of the  related Indenture with respect to any of  the collateral for
such  Notes  or,  except  as  otherwise permitted  or  contemplated  in  such
Indenture, terminate the  lien of  such Indenture on  any such collateral  or
deprive the holder of any such  Note of the security afforded by the  lien of
such Indenture.

    Unless otherwise  provided in the  applicable Prospectus  Supplement, the
Trust and the  applicable Indenture Trustee may also  enter into supplemental
indentures, without obtaining  the consent of the Noteholders  of the related
series, for  the purpose of, among other things,  adding any provisions to or
changing in any  manner or eliminating any  of the provisions of  the related
Indenture  or of  modifying in  any  manner the  rights of  such Noteholders;
provided  that such  action  will  not materially  and  adversely affect  the
interest of any such Noteholder.

    EVENTS  OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS  UPON EVENT OF  DEFAULT.  With  respect to the
Notes of a given series, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, "EVENTS OF DEFAULT" under  the related Indenture will consist of:
(i) a default  for five days (or such longer  period specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement) or  more in the  payment of any  interest on any  such
Note; (ii) a default in the payment of the principal of or any installment of
the principal of any such Note when the same becomes due and payable; (iii) a
default in the observance or performance of  any covenant or agreement of the
applicable Trust  made in the related  Indenture and the  continuation of any
such default for a  period of 30 days after  notice thereof is given to  such
Trust by the applicable Indenture Trustee or to such Trust and such Indenture
Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of such Notes then
outstanding; (iv) any  representation or warranty  made by such Trust  in the
related  Indenture or  in any  certificate delivered  pursuant thereto  or in
connection therewith having  been incorrect in a  material respect as  of the
time made, and  such breach not having been cured within 30 days after notice
thereof is given to such Trust by the applicable Indenture Trustee or to such
Trust and such Indenture Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in  principal
amount of such  Notes then outstanding; or (v) certain  events of bankruptcy,
insolvency, receivership or  liquidation of the  applicable Trust.   However,
the amount  of principal required  to be paid  to Noteholders of  such series
under the related Indenture will generally be limited to amounts available to
be deposited in the applicable  Note Distribution Account.  Therefore, unless
otherwise specified in the related  Prospectus Supplement, the failure to pay
principal on a class of Notes generally will not  result in the occurrence of
an  Event of Default until the final scheduled Payment Date for such class of
Notes.

    If an Event  of Default should  occur and be  continuing with respect  to
the Notes  of  any series,  the related  Indenture Trustee  or  holders of  a
majority in principal amount of  such Notes then outstanding may  declare the
principal of such Notes to be immediately  due and payable.  Unless otherwise
specified in the related  Prospectus Supplement, such declaration may,  under
certain circumstances, be rescinded by the holders of a majority in principal
amount of such Notes then outstanding.

    If the  Notes of  any series are  due and payable  following an  Event of
Default with  respect thereto,  the related  Indenture Trustee may  institute
proceedings to collect  amounts due or foreclose on  Trust property, exercise
remedies as a  secured party, sell the  related Receivables or elect  to have
the applicable Trust maintain possession  of such Receivables and continue to
apply collections on  such Receivables as if there had been no declaration of
acceleration.    Unless   otherwise  specified  in  the   related  Prospectus
Supplement, however, such  Indenture Trustee is  prohibited from selling  the
related  Receivables following an  Event of Default, other  than a default in
the payment  of any principal of  or a default for  five days or more  in the
payment of any interest on any Note of such series, unless (i) the holders of
all such outstanding  Notes consent to such  sale, (ii) the proceeds  of such
sale are sufficient to pay in full the principal of and the  accrued interest
on such outstanding  Notes at the date  of such sale or  (iii) such Indenture
Trustee determines that  the proceeds of Receivables would  not be sufficient
on an ongoing basis to make all payments on such Notes as such payments would
have become due  if such obligations had  not been declared due  and payable,
and  such Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of  the holders of 66 2/3% of
the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Notes.

    Subject to  the provisions  of the applicable  Indenture relating to  the
duties of the related Indenture Trustee, if an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing with respect  to a series of Notes, such Indenture Trustee will be
under  no obligation  to exercise  any  of the  rights or  powers  under such
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of such Notes, if
such  Indenture  Trustee  reasonably  believes  it  will  not  be  adequately
indemnified  against  the costs,  expenses  and  liabilities which  might  be
incurred by it in complying with such request.  Subject to the provisions for
indemnification and certain  limitations contained in the  related Indenture,
the holders of a  majority in principal amount of the  outstanding Notes of a
given  series will  have the right  to direct  the time, method  and place of
conducting any proceeding or any remedy available to the applicable Indenture
Trustee, and the holders of a majority in principal amount of such Notes then
outstanding may,  in certain cases,  waive any default with  respect thereto,
except a  default in the  payment of principal  or interest  or a default  in
respect of a covenant or provision of such Indenture that cannot  be modified
without the waiver or consent of all the holders of such outstanding Notes.

    Unless  otherwise  specified in  the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  no
holder  of  a  Note of  any  series  will have  the  right  to  institute any
proceeding  with respect  to the  related Indenture,  unless (i) such  holder
previously has given to the applicable Indenture Trustee written notice  of a
continuing Event  of  Default,  (ii) the holders  of  not less  than  25%  in
principal amount of  the outstanding Notes of  such series have  made written
request to  such Indenture Trustee  to institute  such proceeding in  its own
name as  Indenture Trustee,  (iii) such holder or  holders have  offered such
Indenture Trustee reasonable  indemnity, (iv) such Indenture Trustee  has for
60 days failed to institute such proceeding and (v) no direction inconsistent
with  such written  request has been  given to such  Indenture Trustee during
such 60-day period by the  holders of a majority in principal amount  of such
outstanding Notes.

    In  addition, each  Indenture  Trustee and  the  related Noteholders,  by
accepting  the related Notes,  will covenant that  they will not  at any time
institute  against the  applicable Trust  any  bankruptcy, reorganization  or
other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

    With respect to any Trust, neither the related Indenture Trustee  nor the
related Trustee in  its individual capacity, nor any  holder of a Certificate
representing an  ownership interest in such Trust nor any of their respective
owners, beneficiaries,  agents, officers,  directors, employees,  affiliates,
successors or  assigns will, in  the absence of  an express agreement  to the
contrary, be  personally  liable for  the  payment  of the  principal  of  or
interest on the related  Notes or for the agreements of  such Trust contained
in the applicable Indenture.

    CERTAIN COVENANTS.   Each Indenture will  provide that the  related Trust
may  not  consolidate with  or merge  into any  other entity,  unless (i) the
entity formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger is organized under
the  laws  of the  United  States, any  state  or the  District  of Columbia,
(ii) such entity  expressly assumes such  Trust's obligation to make  due and
punctual payments upon the Notes of the related series and the performance or
observance of every agreement and covenant of such Trust under the Indenture,
(iii) no Event of  Default shall have occurred and  be continuing immediately
after such merger or consolidation, (iv) such Trust has been advised that the
rating of the Notes or  the Certificates of such series then in  effect would
not be reduced or withdrawn by the Rating Agencies as a result of such merger
or consolidation and (v) such Trust has received an opinion of counsel to the
effect that such consolidation  or merger would have no material  adverse tax
consequence to the Trust or to any related Noteholder or Certificateholder.

    Each  Trust  will  not,  among  other  things,  (i) except  as  expressly
permitted by the applicable Indenture, the applicable Transfer  and Servicing
Agreements  or  certain   related  documents  with  respect  to   such  Trust
(collectively,  the   "RELATED  DOCUMENTS"),  sell,  transfer,   exchange  or
otherwise dispose of any of the  assets of such Trust, (ii) claim any  credit
on or  make any deduction from the principal  and interest payable in respect
of the Notes  of the related  series (other than  amounts withheld under  the
Code  or applicable  state law) or  assert any  claim against any  present or
former holder  of  such Notes  because  of the  payment  of taxes  levied  or
assessed upon  such Trust, (iii) dissolve  or liquidate in whole  or in part,
(iv) permit  the validity  or effectiveness  of the  related Indenture  to be
impaired  or  permit  any  person  to  be  released  from  any  covenants  or
obligations with respect to such Notes under  such Indenture except as may be
expressly permitted  thereby or (v) permit  any lien, charge,  excise, claim,
security interest, mortgage or other  encumbrance to be created on or  extend
to or  otherwise arise upon or  burden the assets  of such Trust or  any part
thereof, or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof.

    No Trust may  engage in any  activity other than  as specified under  the
section of the related Prospectus Supplement entitled  "The Trust".  No Trust
will  incur, assume  or guarantee  any indebtedness  other than  indebtedness
incurred pursuant to the related Notes and the related Indenture, pursuant to
any Advances made to  it by the Servicer or otherwise  in accordance with the
Related Documents.

    ANNUAL  COMPLIANCE  STATEMENT.   Each  Trust  will be  required  to  file
annually with the  related Indenture Trustee  a written statement  as to  the
fulfillment of its obligations under the Indenture.

    INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S ANNUAL REPORT.  The  Indenture Trustee for each Trust
will be required to mail each year to  all related Noteholders a brief report
relating to  its  eligibility  and  qualification to  continue  as  Indenture
Trustee  under the related  Indenture, any amounts  advanced by it  under the
Indenture,  the  amount,   interest  rate  and   maturity  date  of   certain
indebtedness  owing by such Trust to the  applicable Indenture Trustee in its
individual capacity, the property and funds physically held by such Indenture
Trustee  as  such and  any action  taken  by it  that materially  affects the
related Notes and that has not been previously reported.

    SATISFACTION  AND  DISCHARGE  OF   INDENTURE.    An  Indenture  will   be
discharged with respect to the collateral securing the related Notes upon the
delivery to the related Indenture Trustee for  cancellation of all such Notes
or, with  certain limitations,  upon deposit with  such Indenture  Trustee of
funds sufficient for the payment in full of all such Notes.

THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

    The Indenture  Trustee for a  series of  Notes will  be specified in  the
related  Prospectus Supplement.   The  Indenture Trustee  for any  series may
resign at any time, in which event the Issuer will  be obligated to appoint a
successor trustee  for such  series.   The Issuer  may also  remove any  such
Indenture Trustee if such Indenture Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue
as such under  the related  Indenture or  if such  Indenture Trustee  becomes
insolvent.  In such circumstances, the Issuer will be obligated to  appoint a
successor  trustee for the  applicable series of  Notes.  Any  resignation or
removal of the Indenture Trustee  and appointment of a successor  trustee for
any  series  of  Notes does  not  become  effective until  acceptance  of the
appointment by the successor trustee for such series.


                       DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

GENERAL

    With respect to each  Trust, one or more  classes of Certificates of  the
related series will be issued pursuant to the terms of a Trust Agreement or a
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, a form of each of which has been filed as an
exhibit to the Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
The following summary  does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and
is qualified  in its  entirety by  reference to,  all the  provisions of  the
Certificates and the  Trust Agreement or Pooling and  Servicing Agreement, as
applicable.

    Unless  otherwise  specified in  the  related  Prospectus Supplement  and
except for  the Certificates,  if any,  of a  given series  purchased by  the
Depositor, each class of Certificates will initially be represented by one or
more  Certificates registered  in the name  of the Depository,  except as set
forth below.  Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement
and except for the  Certificates, if any, of a given series  purchased by the
Depositor, the  Certificates  will  be  available  for  purchase  in  minimum
denominations  of $1,000  in book-entry form  only.   The Depositor  has been
informed by DTC  that DTC's nominee will  be Cede, unless another  nominee is
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Accordingly, such nominee is
expected to be the  holder of record of the  Certificates of any series  that
are not purchased by the  Depositor. Unless and until Definitive Certificates
are issued under the limited circumstances described herein or in the related
Prospectus Supplement, no  Certificateholder (other than the  Depositor) will
be entitled  to receive a  physical certificate  representing a  Certificate.
All references herein and  in the related Prospectus Supplement to actions by
Certificateholders refer to  actions taken by DTC upon  instructions from the
Participants  and  all  references  herein  and  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement   to   distributions,   notices,   reports   and   statements   to
Certificateholders refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to
DTC or  its nominee, as  the case  may be,  as the registered  holder of  the
Certificates, for distribution to Certificateholders in accordance with DTC's
procedures  with  respect thereto.   See  "Certain Information  Regarding the
Securities -- Book-Entry Registration"  and "-- Definitive Securities".   Any
Certificates  of a given  series owned by  the Depositor will  be entitled to
equal  and proportionate  benefits under  the applicable  Trust  Agreement or
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, except that such Certificates will be deemed
not to  be outstanding for the  purpose of determining whether  the requisite
percentage   of   Certificateholders   have  given   any   request,   demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent  or other action under the  Related
Documents.


DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST

    The  timing  and priority  of  distributions,  seniority, allocations  of
losses,  Pass  Through  Rate  and   amount  of,  or  method  of  determining,
distributions with  respect to  principal of  and interest  on each class  of
Certificates   will  be  described  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.
Distributions  of interest on  such Certificates  will be  made on  the dates
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement  (each, a "DISTRIBUTION DATE")
and will  be made prior  to distributions with  respect to principal  of such
Certificates.    With respect  to  any  Trust  that  issues  both  Notes  and
Certificates, the Distribution  Date for the  Certificates may coincide  with
the Payment Date for the  Notes, in which case such date will  be referred to
in the  related Prospectus Supplement as a Payment  Date with respect to both
the  Notes  and the  Certificates.   To  the extent  provided in  the related
Prospectus Supplement,  a series  may include  one or more  classes of  Strip
Certificates  entitled  to  (i) distributions in  respect  of  principal with
disproportionate,  nominal  or  no interest  distributions  or  (ii) interest
distributions with disproportionate,  nominal or no distributions  in respect
of principal.   Each class of Certificates may  have a different Pass Through
Rate, which may  be a fixed,  variable or adjustable  Pass Through Rate  (and
which  may  be zero  for  certain  classes  of  Strip  Certificates)  or  any
combination of the foregoing.  The related Prospectus Supplement will specify
the Pass Through Rate for each class of Certificates of a given series or the
method for determining such Pass Through Rate.  See also "Certain Information
Regarding  the Securities --  Fixed Rate  Securities"  and "-- Floating  Rate
Securities"  herein.   Unless  otherwise provided  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement, distributions  in respect of  the Certificates of a  given series
that includes Notes may be subordinate to payments in respect of the Notes of
such series  as more  fully described in  the related  Prospectus Supplement.
Distributions  in  respect of  interest  on and  principal  of  any class  of
Certificates   will  be   made   on  a   pro   rata  basis   among   all  the
Certificateholders of such class.

    In  the case  of a  series  of Certificates  which includes  two or  more
classes of Certificates, the timing, sequential order, priority of payment or
amount  of  distributions in  respect  of  interest  and principal,  and  any
schedule  or formula  or  other provisions  applicable  to the  determination
thereof, of each such class shall  be as set forth in the  related Prospectus
Supplement.


                 CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES

FIXED RATE SECURITIES

    Each class  of Securities (other  than certain classes of  Strip Notes or
Strip Certificates) may bear interest at a  fixed rate per annum ("FIXED RATE
SECURITIES") or  at a variable or  adjustable rate per  annum ("FLOATING RATE
SECURITIES"), as more fully described  below and in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement.  Each  class of Fixed Rate  Securities will bear interest  at the
applicable Interest Rate or Pass Through Rate per annum,  as the case may be,
specified in  the  applicable Prospectus  Supplement.   Unless otherwise  set
forth  in the  applicable Prospectus  Supplement, interest  on each  class of
Fixed  Rate Securities  will be computed  on the  basis of a  360-day year of
twelve 30-day  months.   See "Description  of the  Notes -- Principal  of and
Interest on the Notes" and "Description  of the Certificates -- Distributions
of Principal and Interest".

FLOATING RATE SECURITIES

    Each  class of  Floating  Rate Securities  will  bear interest  for  each
applicable  Interest Reset Period  (as such  term is  defined in  the related
Prospectus Supplement  with respect to  a class of Floating  Rate Securities,
the "INTEREST  RESET PERIOD") at a rate per  annum determined by reference to
an interest rate basis  (the "BASE RATE"), plus or minus the  Spread, if any,
or multiplied by the Spread Multiplier, if  any, in each case as specified in
the  related  Prospectus Supplement.   The  "SPREAD" is  the number  of basis
points (one basis point equals one-hundredth of a percentage  point) that may
be specified in  the applicable Prospectus Supplement as  being applicable to
such  class, and  the  "SPREAD  MULTIPLIER" is  the  percentage that  may  be
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement as being applicable to such
class.

    The applicable Prospectus Supplement will designate one of the  following
Base  Rates as applicable  to a given  Floating Rate Security:   (i) LIBOR (a
"LIBOR  SECURITY"), (ii) the Commercial Paper  Rate (a "COMMERCIAL PAPER RATE
SECURITY"),  (iii) the Treasury Rate  (a "TREASURY RATE  SECURITY"), (iv) the
Federal Funds Rate (a "FEDERAL FUNDS RATE SECURITY"), (v) the CD Rate  (a "CD
RATE  SECURITY")  or  (vi) such other  Base  Rate  as is  set  forth  in such
Prospectus Supplement.  The "INDEX  MATURITY" for any class of  Floating Rate
Securities is the  period of  maturity of the  instrument or obligation  from
which the Base Rate is calculated.

    "H.15(519)"   means  the   publication   entitled  "Statistical   Release
H.15(519),  Selected Interest Rates", or any successor publication, published
by  the  Board  of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System.   "COMPOSITE
QUOTATIONS" means the daily statistical release entitled "Composite 3:30 p.m.
Quotations for  U.S. Government Securities" published by  the Federal Reserve
Bank of  New  York. "INTEREST  RESET  DATE" will  be  the  first day  of  the
applicable Interest Reset Period or such other day as may be specified in the
related  Prospectus Supplement  with  respect  to a  class  of Floating  Rate
Securities.

    As  specified  in the  applicable  Prospectus  Supplement, Floating  Rate
Securities of a given class may also have either or both of the following (in
each case  expressed as  a rate  per annum):   (i) a  maximum limitation,  or
ceiling, on the rate at which interest  may accrue during any interest period
and (ii) a minimum  limitation, or floor, on  the rate at which  interest may
accrue during any interest period.  In addition to any maximum  interest rate
that may be applicable to any class of Floating Rate Securities, the interest
rate applicable to any class of Floating Rate Securities will in no  event be
higher than the maximum  rate permitted by applicable law, as the same may be
modified by United States law of general application.

    Each Trust  with respect  to which  a class  of Floating  Rate Securities
will be issued  will appoint, and  enter into agreements with,  a calculation
agent  (each, a "CALCULATION AGENT") to calculate interest rates on each such
class  of  Floating  Rate  Securities  issued  with  respect  thereto.    The
applicable  Prospectus  Supplement  will  set  forth  the  identity  of   the
Calculation Agent for  each such class of Floating Rate Securities of a given
series, which  may be either  the related Trustee  or Indenture  Trustee with
respect to such series.   All determinations  of interest by the  Calculation
Agent shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive for all purposes
and binding  on the  holders of Floating  Rate Securities  of a  given class.
Unless  otherwise  specified  in the  applicable  Prospectus  Supplement, all
percentages resulting  from  any calculation  of the  rate of  interest on  a
Floating  Rate  Security  will  be  rounded, if  necessary,  to  the  nearest
1/100,000 of  1% (.0000001), with  five one-millionths of a  percentage point
rounded upward.

    CD RATE SECURITIES.   Each CD Rate Security  will bear interest for  each
Interest  Reset Period at the interest  rate calculated with reference to the
CD  Rate and  the Spread  or  Spread Multiplier,  if any,  specified  in such
Security and in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

    Unless otherwise specified in  the applicable Prospectus Supplement,  the
"CD RATE" for each  Interest Reset Period shall be the rate  as of the second
business day prior  to the Interest Reset Date for such Interest Reset Period
(a  "CD RATE  DETERMINATION  DATE") for  negotiable  certificates of  deposit
having the Index Maturity designated in  the applicable Prospectus Supplement
as published in H.15(519) under the heading "CDs (Secondary Market)".  In the
event that such rate  is not published prior to 3:00 p.m.,  New York time, on
the Calculation Date pertaining to such CD Rate Determination  Date, then the
"CD Rate"  for such Interest Reset  Period will be  the rate on such  CD Rate
Determination  Date  for  negotiable  certificates of  deposit  of  the Index
Maturity designated  in the applicable Prospectus Supplement  as published in
Composite Quotations under the heading "Certificates of Deposit".  If by 3:00
p.m., New  York time, on such Calculation Date such rate is not yet published
in  either H.15(519)  or Composite Quotations,  then the  "CD Rate"  for such
Interest Reset Period will be calculated by the Calculation Agent for such CD
Rate Security and will be the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered
rates as of 10:00 a.m., New York time, on such CD Rate Determination Date, of
three  leading nonbank  dealers  in negotiable  U.S.  dollar certificates  of
deposit in The City of New York selected by the Calculation Agent for such CD
Rate Security for  negotiable certificates of deposit of  major United States
money  center  banks  of  the highest  credit  standing  (in  the market  for
negotiable certificates of deposit) with  a remaining maturity closest to the
Index  Maturity  designated  in  the  related   Prospectus  Supplement  in  a
denomination  of $5,000,000; provided, however, that  if the dealers selected
as aforesaid  by such  Calculation  Agent are  not quoting  offered rates  as
mentioned in this sentence, the "CD Rate" for such Interest Reset Period will
be the  same as  the CD  Rate for  the immediately  preceding Interest  Reset
Period.

    The  "CALCULATION DATE"  pertaining  to any  CD  Rate Determination  Date
shall be the first  to occur of (a) the tenth calendar day after such CD Rate
Determination Date or, if such day is not a business day, the next succeeding
business day or (b) the second business day preceding the date any payment is
required to  be made for any  period following the applicable  Interest Reset
Date.

    COMMERCIAL  PAPER RATE SECURITIES.   Each Commercial  Paper Rate Security
will  bear interest  for each  Interest  Reset Period  at  the interest  rate
calculated with  reference to  the Commercial  Paper Rate  and the  Spread or
Spread Multiplier, if any,  specified in such Security and in  the applicable
Prospectus Supplement.

    Unless otherwise specified in  the applicable Prospectus Supplement,  the
"COMMERCIAL PAPER RATE" for  each Interest Reset Period will be determined by
the  Calculation Agent  for such  Commercial Paper  Rate Security  as of  the
second business day prior to the Interest Reset Date for such  Interest Reset
Period (a "COMMERCIAL PAPER RATE DETERMINATION DATE") and shall be  the Money
Market Yield on such Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date of the rate for
commercial  paper  having  the  Index Maturity  specified  in  the applicable
Prospectus Supplement, as such rate shall be published in H.15(519) under the
heading "Commercial  Paper".  In  the event that  such rate is  not published
prior to 3:00 p.m., New York time, on the Calculation Date pertaining to such
Commercial Paper Rate  Determination Date, then  the "Commercial Paper  Rate"
for such  Interest  Reset Period  shall be  the Money  Market  Yield on  such
Commercial Paper Rate Determination  Date of the rate for commercial paper of
the specified Index  Maturity as published in Composite  Quotations under the
heading  "Commercial  Paper".   If  by  3:00  p.m., New  York  time,  on such
Calculation  Date  such rate  is  not yet  published  in either  H.15(519) or
Composite Quotations,  then the  "Commercial  Paper Rate"  for such  Interest
Reset Period  shall be the Money Market  Yield of the arithmetic  mean of the
offered rates, as of 11:00 a.m., New York time, on such Commercial Paper Rate
Determination Date of three  leading dealers of commercial paper in  The City
of New York  selected by the Calculation Agent for such Commercial Paper Rate
Security for commercial  paper of the specified Index  Maturity placed for an
industrial  issuer whose  bonds  are  rated  "AA"  or  the  equivalent  by  a
nationally recognized rating  agency; provided, however, that  if the dealers
selected as aforesaid by such Calculation Agent are not quoting offered rates
as mentioned in this sentence, the "Commercial Paper  Rate" for such Interest
Reset  Period  will  be the  same  as  the  Commercial  Paper  Rate  for  the
immediately preceding Interest Reset Period.

    "MONEY MARKET YIELD"  shall be a yield calculated in  accordance with the
following formula:


                                  D X 360
    Money Market Yield   =   ------------------- X 100
                                360 - (D X M)

where "D" refers to the applicable rate per annum for commercial paper quoted
on  a bank discount basis and  expressed as a decimal,  and "M" refers to the
actual number of days in the specified Index Maturity.

    The  "CALCULATION   DATE"  pertaining  to   any  Commercial   Paper  Rate
Determination Date shall be the first to  occur of (a) the tenth calendar day
after such Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date or, if such day  is not a
business day, the next succeeding business day or (b) the second business day
preceding  the  date  any payment  is  required  to be  made  for  any period
following the applicable Interest Reset Date.

    FEDERAL FUNDS  RATE SECURITIES.   Each Federal  Funds Rate Security  will
bear interest for  each Interest Reset Period at the interest rate calculated
with reference to the Federal Funds Rate and the Spread or Spread Multiplier,
if  any,  specified  in  such  Security  and  in  the  applicable  Prospectus
Supplement.

    Unless otherwise specified in  the applicable Prospectus Supplement,  the
"FEDERAL FUNDS RATE" for  each Interest Reset Period  shall be the  effective
rate on the  Interest Reset Date for  such Interest Reset Period  (a "FEDERAL
FUNDS RATE DETERMINATION  DATE") for Federal Funds as  published in H.15(519)
under the heading "Federal Funds (Effective)".   In the event that such  rate
is not published  prior to 3:00 p.m., New York time,  on the Calculation Date
(as defined below) pertaining to  such Federal Funds Rate Determination Date,
the "Federal Funds Rate" for such Interest Reset Period shall  be the rate on
such  Federal  Funds  Rate  Determination  Date  as  published  in  Composite
Quotations  under the  heading "Federal  Funds/Effective Rate".   If  by 3:00
p.m., New York time, on such Calculation Date such rate is not  yet published
in either  H.15(519) or Composite  Quotations, then the "Federal  Funds Rate"
for such Interest Reset Period shall  be the rate on such Federal  Funds Rate
Determination Date made publicly available by the Federal Reserve Bank of New
York  which is equivalent  to the rate  which appears in  H.15(519) under the
heading "Federal Funds (Effective)"; provided,  however, that if such rate is
not made  publicly  available by  the Federal  Reserve Bank  of  New York  by
3:00 p.m., New York  time, on such Calculation Date, the "Federal Funds Rate"
for such Interest Reset Period will be the same as the Federal  Funds Rate in
effect for the immediately preceding Interest Reset Period.  In the case of a
Federal Funds  Rate Security that  resets daily,  the interest  rate on  such
Security for the  period from  and including  a Monday to  but excluding  the
succeeding Monday will be reset by the Calculation Agent for such Security on
such second  Monday  (or, if  not  a business  day,  on the  next  succeeding
business day) to a  rate equal to the  average of the Federal Funds  Rates in
effect with respect to each such day in such week.

    The   "CALCULATION   DATE"  pertaining   to   any   Federal  Funds   Rate
Determination Date shall be the next succeeding business day.

    LIBOR  SECURITIES.   Each  LIBOR Security  will  bear interest  for  each
Interest Reset Period at the interest rate calculated with reference to LIBOR
and the  Spread or Spread Multiplier, if any,  specified in such Security and
in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

    Unless otherwise  specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, with
respect to  LIBOR  indexed to  the offered  rates for  U.S. dollar  deposits,
"LIBOR" for each Interest Reset Period will be determined by  the Calculation
Agent for any LIBOR Security as follows:

        (i)  On the  second London  Banking Day  prior to  the Interest  Reset
    Date for such  Interest Reset Period (a "LIBOR DETERMINATION  DATE"), the
    Calculation  Agent for such LIBOR Security  will determine the arithmetic
    mean of the offered rates for deposits in U.S.  dollars for the period of
    the  Index Maturity  specified in  the applicable  Prospectus Supplement,
    commencing  on such  Interest  Reset Date,  which  appear on  either,  as
    specified in  the related Prospectus  Supplement, (a) the  Reuters Screen
    LIBO  Page  at approximately  11:00  a.m.,  London time,  on  such  LIBOR
    Determination  Date, if at  least two  such offered  rates appear  on the
    Reuters Screen  LIBO Page ("LIBOR REUTERS") or (b) the Telerate Page 3750
    ("LIBOR TELERATE").  For  purposes of calculating LIBOR,  "LONDON BANKING
    DAY"  means any  business day  on which  dealings in  deposits in  United
    States dollars  are transacted in  the London interbank  market; "REUTERS
    SCREEN LIBO PAGE"  means the  display designated  as page  "LIBO" on  the
    Reuters Monitor Money Rates  Service (or such  other page as may  replace
    the  LIBO  page on  that  service for  the  purpose of  displaying London
    interbank offered rates  of major banks); and "TELERATE PAGE  3750" means
    the display  designated as page "3750"  on the Telerate Service  (or such
    other  page as may replace  the 3750 page on that  service or services as
    may be  nominated by the British Bankers'  Association for the purpose of
    displaying London interbank offered rates for  U.S. dollar deposits).  If
    LIBOR is LIBOR Reuters and at least two  such offered rates appear on the
    Reuters Screen LIBO Page, "LIBOR" for such  Interest Reset Period will be
    the  arithmetic  mean  of  such  offered   rates  as  determined  by  the
    Calculation  Agent for such LIBOR Security.   If neither LIBOR Reuters or
    LIBOR Telerate is  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement, LIBOR
    will be determined as if LIBOR Telerate had been specified.

       (ii)  If fewer  than two  offered rates  appear on  the Reuters  Screen
    LIBO  Page,  or  if  no  rate  appears on  the  Telerate  Page  3750,  as
    applicable, on such  LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation  Agent for
    such LIBOR  Security will request the principal London offices of each of
    four  major  banks  in  the London  interbank  market  selected  by  such
    Calculation  Agent to  provide such  Calculation Agent  with its  offered
    quotations for deposits in  U.S. dollars for the period of  the specified
    Index Maturity,  commencing on such Interest  Reset Date, to  prime banks
    in the London interbank market at  approximately 11:00 a.m., London time,
    on such LIBOR Determination  Date and in a  principal amount equal to  an
    amount  of not  less than  $1,000,000  that, in  the Calculation  Agent's
    judgment, is  representative of  a single transaction  in such market  at
    such  time.  If  at least two  such quotations are  provided, "LIBOR" for
    such  Interest  Reset  Period  will  be   the  arithmetic  mean  of  such
    quotations.   If fewer than two such quotations are provided, "LIBOR" for
    such Interest Reset  Period will be the  arithmetic mean of  rates quoted
    by  three major banks in The City of New York selected by the Calculation
    Agent  for such  LIBOR Security  at  approximately 11:00  a.m., New  York
    time,  on such  LIBOR  Determination Date  for loans  in U.S.  dollars to
    leading European banks,  for the period of the specified  Index Maturity,
    commencing on such Interest Reset  Date, and in a principal  amount equal
    to  an  amount  of not  less  than $1,000,000  that,  in  the Calculation
    Agent's  judgment,  is representative  of  a single  transaction  in such
    market at  such time;  provided, however, that  if the banks  selected as
    aforesaid by  such Calculation Agent are  not quoting rates  as mentioned
    in  this sentence,  "LIBOR" for such  Interest Reset  Period will  be the
    same as LIBOR for the immediately preceding Interest Reset Period.

    TREASURY  RATE  SECURITIES.    Each  Treasury  Rate  Security  will  bear
interest for each Interest Reset Period at the interest  rate calculated with
reference to  the Treasury Rate and the Spread  or Spread Multiplier, if any,
specified in such Security and in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

    Unless otherwise specified in  the applicable Prospectus Supplement,  the
"TREASURY RATE"  for each  Interest Reset  Period will  be the  rate for  the
auction held on the Treasury Rate Determination Date for such  Interest Reset
Period of direct  obligations of the United States  ("TREASURY BILLS") having
the Index Maturity specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, as such
rate  shall be  published in  H.15(519)  under the  heading "U.S.  Government
Securities  -- Treasury  bills --  auction average  (investment)" or,  in the
event that such rate is not published  prior to 3:00 p.m., New York time,  on
the Calculation Date pertaining to such Treasury Rate Determination Date, the
auction average rate  (expressed as a bond equivalent on the  basis of a year
of 365 or  366 days, as  applicable, and  applied on a  daily basis) on  such
Treasury Rate Determination Date as  otherwise announced by the United States
Department of  the Treasury.  In the event that the results of the auction of
Treasury  bills having  the specified  Index  Maturity are  not published  or
reported as provided above by 3:00  p.m., New York time, on such  Calculation
Date, or if no such auction is held on such Treasury Rate Determination Date,
then the "Treasury  Rate" for such Interest Reset Period  shall be calculated
by the  Calculation Agent for  such Treasury Rate  Security and shall  be the
yield to  maturity (expressed as a bond equivalent on  the basis of a year of
365  or  366 days,  as  applicable, and  applied  on a  daily  basis)  of the
arithmetic mean of the secondary  market bid rates, as of  approximately 3:30
p.m.,  New York  time, on  such Treasury  Rate Determination  Date,  of three
leading primary United States government securities  dealers selected by such
Calculation Agent for the issue  of Treasury bills with a remaining  maturity
closest  to the  specified Index  Maturity;  provided, however,  that if  the
dealers selected as aforesaid  by such Calculation Agent are  not quoting bid
rates  as mentioned  in this  sentence,  then the  "Treasury  Rate" for  such
Interest  Reset  Period will  be  the  same  as  the Treasury  Rate  for  the
immediately preceding Interest Reset Period.

    The "TREASURY  RATE DETERMINATION  DATE" for  each Interest Reset  Period
will  be  the day  of the  week in  which  the Interest  Reset Date  for such
Interest  Reset  Period falls  on  which  Treasury  bills would  normally  be
auctioned.   Treasury bills  are normally sold  at auction on  Monday of each
week,  unless  that day  is a  legal holiday,  in which  case the  auction is
normally held on  the following Tuesday, except that such auction may be held
on the preceding Friday.  If, as the result of a legal holiday, an auction is
so  held  on the  preceding Friday,  such  Friday will  be the  Treasury Rate
Determination Date pertaining to the  Interest Reset Period commencing in the
next succeeding week.  If  an auction date shall fall  on any day that  would
otherwise be an Interest  Reset Date for a Treasury Rate  Security, then such
Interest Reset Date  shall instead be the business  day immediately following
such auction date.

    The "CALCULATION  DATE"  pertaining to  any  Treasury Rate  Determination
Date shall  be the first  to occur of (a)  the tenth calendar  day after such
Treasury Rate Determination Date or, if such a day is not a business day, the
next succeeding  business day or  (b) the second  business day preceding  the
date  any  payment  is required  to  be  made for  any  period  following the
applicable Interest Reset Date.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

    Holders of  the Certificates or  the Notes may  hold through DTC  (in the
United States) or,  solely in the case of  the Notes, Cedel or  Euroclear (in
Europe)  if they  are participants  of  such systems,  or indirectly  through
organizations that  are participants in  such systems.  The  Certificates may
not be held,  directly or indirectly, through  Cedel or Euroclear.   Cede, as
nominee for DTC,  will hold the  Securities.  Cedel  and Euroclear will  hold
omnibus positions in  the Notes on behalf  of the Cedel Participants  and the
Euroclear Participants, respectively,  through customers' securities accounts
in  Cedel's  and   Euroclear's  names  on  the  books   of  their  respective
depositaries (collectively, the "DEPOSITARIES"), which in turn will hold such
positions in customers' securities accounts in the Depositaries' names on the
books of DTC.

    DTC is a limited  purpose trust company organized  under the laws of  the
State  of  New York,  a member  of  the Federal  Reserve System,  a "clearing
corporation" within the meaning of the  New York UCC and a "clearing  agency"
registered pursuant to Section 17A of  the Exchange Act.  DTC was  created to
hold  securities for  its Participants  and to  facilitate the  clearance and
settlement of securities transactions between Participants through electronic
book-entries,  thereby  eliminating   the  need  for  physical   movement  of
certificates.   Participants include  securities brokers and  dealers, banks,
trust companies and clearing corporations.  Indirect access to the DTC system
also  is available  to  others  such as  banks,  brokers, dealers  and  trust
companies  that clear  through or  maintain a  custodial relationship  with a
Participant, either directly or indirectly ("INDIRECT PARTICIPANTS").

    Transfers between DTC's participating organizations  (the "PARTICIPANTS")
will  occur  in   accordance  with  DTC  rules.     Transfers  between  Cedel
Participants and  Euroclear Participants  will occur in  the ordinary  way in
accordance with their applicable rules and operating procedures.

    Cross-market  transfers between  persons holding  directly  or indirectly
through DTC,  on  the one  hand,  and directly  or  indirectly through  Cedel
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC
in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international
clearing  system by its  Depositary; however, such  cross-market transactions
will require delivery of instructions to the relevant  European international
clearing system by  the counterparty in  such system in  accordance with  its
rules and procedures  and within its  established deadlines (European  time).
The relevant European international clearing  system will, if the transaction
meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to  its Depositary to
take  action  to effect  final  settlement  on its  behalf  by  delivering or
receiving securities  in DTC, and  making or receiving payment  in accordance
with  normal procedures  for  same-day funds  settlement  applicable to  DTC.
Cedel  Participants and Euroclear  Participants may not  deliver instructions
directly to the Depositaries.

    Because  of  time-zone differences,  credits  of securities  in  Cedel or
Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a Participant will be made during
the  subsequent  securities  settlement processing,  dated  the  business day
following the DTC  settlement date, and such  credits or any  transactions in
such  securities settled  during  such  processing will  be  reported to  the
relevant  Cedel Participant or  Euroclear Participant  on such  business day.
Cash received in Cedel  or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or
through a Cedel Participant or a Euroclear Participant to a Participant  will
be received with value  on the DTC settlement  date but will be available  in
the relevant Cedel  or Euroclear  cash account  only as of  the business  day
following settlement in DTC.

    Unless  otherwise   specified  in  the  related   Prospectus  Supplement,
Securityholders that are not Participants or Indirect Participants but desire
to purchase, sell  or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other interests in,
Securities may do so only through Participants and Indirect Participants.  In
addition, Securityholders  will receive  all distributions  of principal  and
interest  from the  related  Indenture  Trustee or  the  related Trustee,  as
applicable  (the  "APPLICABLE  TRUSTEE"),  through  Participants.    Under  a
book-entry format, Securityholders may experience some delay in their receipt
of payments, since such  payments will be forwarded by the Applicable Trustee
to DTC's nominee.  DTC will forward  such payments to its Participants, which
thereafter will  forward them  to Indirect  Participants or  Securityholders.
Except to the  extent the Depositor  holds Certificates with  respect to  any
series  of  Securities, it  is  anticipated that  the  only "Securityholder",
"Noteholder" and "Certificateholder" will be DTC's nominee.  Noteholders will
not be  recognized by each Indenture Trustee as  Noteholders, as such term is
used in each  Indenture, and Noteholders  will be  permitted to exercise  the
rights  of Noteholders  only  indirectly through  DTC  and its  Participants.
Similarly, Certificateholders  will  not be  recognized  by each  Trustee  as
Certificateholders as  such term is used  in each Trust  Agreement or Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, and Certificateholders will be permitted to exercise
the  rights  of  Certificateholders  only  indirectly  through  DTC  and  its
Participants.

    Under the  rules, regulations and  procedures creating and  affecting DTC
and  its  operations  (the  "RULES"),  DTC is  required  to  make  book-entry
transfers  of Securities  among Participants  on  whose behalf  it acts  with
respect  to the  Securities  and  to receive  and  transmit distributions  of
principal of,  and interest  on, the Securities.   Participants  and Indirect
Participants with  which Securityholders  have accounts  with respect  to the
Securities  similarly are required  to make book-entry  transfers and receive
and  transmit such  payments on behalf  of their  respective Securityholders.
Accordingly,  although Securityholders will not possess Securities, the Rules
provide a mechanism by which  Participants will receive payments and will  be
able to transfer their interests.

    Because DTC can only  act on behalf of Participants,  who in turn act  on
behalf  of  Indirect  Participants  and  certain  banks,  the  ability  of  a
Securityholder  to pledge  Securities  to  persons or  entities  that do  not
participate in  the DTC  system, or  otherwise to  act with  respect to  such
Securities, may be limited due to the lack of a physical certificate for such
Securities.

    DTC has advised the Depositor  that it will take any action  permitted to
be taken by a Noteholder  under the related Indenture or a  Certificateholder
under the related Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement  only at
the direction of  one or  more Participants  to whose accounts  with DTC  the
applicable  Notes or  Certificates are  credited.   DTC may  take conflicting
actions with  respect to other  undivided interests  to the extent  that such
actions  are taken  on behalf  of  Participants whose  holdings include  such
undivided interests.

    Cedel Bank, soci t  anonyme ("CEDEL"), is  incorporated under the laws of
Luxembourg  as a  professional depository.   Cedel  holds securities  for its
participating  organizations  ("CEDEL   PARTICIPANTS")  and  facilitates  the
clearance   and  settlement   of   securities   transactions  between   Cedel
Participants  through  electronic  book-entry changes  in  accounts  of Cedel
Participants,  thereby  eliminating   the  need  for  physical   movement  of
certificates.  Transactions may be settled in  Cedel in any of 28 currencies,
including United States  dollars.  Cedel provides to  its Cedel Participants,
among other things,  services for safekeeping, administration,  clearance and
settlement  of internationally traded  securities and securities  lending and
borrowing.  Cedel interfaces with domestic markets in several countries.   As
a professional depository,  Cedel is subject to regulation  by the Luxembourg
Monetary Institute.  Cedel Participants are recognized financial institutions
around the  world, including  underwriters, securities  brokers and  dealers,
banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations
and may include the Underwriter(s) for the related Notes.  Indirect access to
Cedel is also  available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust
companies  that clear  through or  maintain a  custodial relationship  with a
Cedel Participant, either directly or indirectly.

    The  Euroclear  System  was  created  in  1968  to  hold  securities  for
participants of the  Euroclear System ("EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS") and to clear
and settle  transactions between Euroclear  Participants through simultaneous
electronic  book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need
for physical movement of certificates and any risk from  lack of simultaneous
transfers  of  securities  and cash.    Transactions may  now  be  settled in
Euroclear in  any of  32 currencies,  including United States  dollars.   The
Euroclear  System  includes  various  other  services,  including  securities
lending and  borrowing,  and  interfaces  with domestic  markets  in  several
countries  generally similar to  the arrangements for  cross-market transfers
with DTC.  The Euroclear System is  operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
of  New  York,   Brussels,  Belgium  office  (the   "EUROCLEAR  OPERATOR"  or
"EUROCLEAR"), under contract with Euroclear Clearance System, S.C., a Belgian
cooperative corporation (the "COOPERATIVE").  All operations are conducted by
the Euroclear Operator, and  all Euroclear securities clearance accounts  and
Euroclear cash  accounts are  accounts with the  Euroclear Operator,  not the
Cooperative.  The Cooperative establishes  policy for the Euroclear System on
behalf  of  Euroclear  Participants.   Euroclear  Participants  include banks
(including  central  banks),   securities  brokers  and  dealers   and  other
professional  financial intermediaries and may include the Underwriter(s) for
the related Notes.  Indirect access to the Euroclear System is also available
to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a
Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.

    The  Euroclear Operator  is the  Belgian  branch of  a  New York  banking
corporation which is a member  bank of the Federal Reserve System.   As such,
it is regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System and  the New  York State Banking  Department, as  well as  the Belgian
Banking Commission.

    Securities clearance  accounts  and  cash  accounts  with  the  Euroclear
Operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions  Governing Use of Euroclear
and the related  Operating Procedures of the Euroclear  System and applicable
Belgian  law (collectively,  the  "TERMS  AND CONDITIONS").    The Terms  and
Conditions  govern  transfers of  securities  and cash  within  the Euroclear
System,  withdrawal of  securities and  cash from  the Euroclear  System, and
receipts of payments with respect to securities in the Euroclear System.  All
securities  in the  Euroclear  System are  held on  a fungible  basis without
attribution  of  specific  certificates   to  specific  securities  clearance
accounts.  The Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on
behalf of Euroclear Participants  and has no record  of or relationship  with
persons holding through Euroclear Participants.

    Distributions with respect to Notes held  through Cedel or Euroclear will
be  credited  to  the  cash  accounts  of  Cedel  Participants  or  Euroclear
Participants in accordance  with the relevant system's rules  and procedures,
to the extent received by its Depositary.  Such distributions will be subject
to  tax  reporting in  accordance with  relevant United  States tax  laws and
regulations. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences"  in the Prospectus
and "Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax Documentation Procedures" in  Annex
I to this Prospectus.   Cedel or the Euroclear Operator, as  the case may be,
will take any other  action permitted to be  taken by a Noteholder  under the
Indenture on behalf of a Cedel Participant or a Euroclear Participant only in
accordance  with  its  relevant  rules  and procedures  and  subject  to  its
Depositary's ability to effect such actions on its behalf through DTC.

    Although  DTC,  Cedel   and  Euroclear  have  agreed  to   the  foregoing
procedures in  order to facilitate  transfers of Notes among  participants of
DTC, Cedel and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue
to perform  such procedures and  such procedures may  be discontinued  at any
time.

    In  the event that any of DTC,  Cedel or Euroclear should discontinue its
services, the Administrator, if any, or  the Applicable Trustee would seek an
alternative depository  (if available)  or cause  the issuance of  Definitive
Securities  to the owners thereof  or their nominees  in the manner described
under "Definitive Securities" below.

    Except  as required  by law, neither  the Administrator, if  any, nor the
applicable Trustee  will have any  liability for  any aspect  of the  records
relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests  of
the  Securities of  any series  held by  DTC's  nominee, or  for maintaining,
supervising or reviewing  any records relating  to such beneficial  ownership
interests.

DEFINITIVE SECURITIES

    If so specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement, the Notes, if any,
and  the  Certificates of  a  series  will  be  issued in  fully  registered,
certificated  form   ("DEFINITIVE  NOTES"   and  "DEFINITIVE   CERTIFICATES",
respectively, and collectively referred to herein as "DEFINITIVE SECURITIES")
to Noteholders  or Certificateholders  or their  respective nominees,  rather
than to  DTC  or its  nominee, only  if (i)  the  related Applicable  Trustee
determines that DTC  is no longer willing  or able to discharge  properly its
responsibilities  as  depository with  respect  to such  Securities  and such
Applicable  Trustee is  unable  to  locate a  qualified  successor, (ii)  the
Applicable Trustee at  its option, elects to terminate  the book-entry system
through  DTC or  (iii) after  the  occurrence of  an  Event of  Default or  a
Servicer  Default with  respect to  such Securities, holders  representing at
least a  majority of  the outstanding principal  amount of  the Notes  or the
Certificates,  as  the case  may  be, of  such series  advise  the Applicable
Trustee  through DTC in writing that  the continuation of a book-entry system
through  DTC  (or  a  successor  thereto)  with  respect  to  such  Notes  or
Certificates  is  no longer  in  the best  interest  of the  holders  of such
Securities.

    Upon the occurrence  of any event described in the  immediately preceding
paragraph, the Applicable  Trustee will be required to  notify all applicable
Securityholders of a given series through Participants of the availability of
Definitive Securities.  Upon surrender  by DTC of the definitive certificates
representing the  corresponding Securities  and receipt  of instructions  for
re-registration,  the  Applicable  Trustee will  reissue  such  Securities as
Definitive Securities to such Securityholders.

    Distributions  of  principal  of,   and  interest  on,  such   Definitive
Securities will  thereafter be made  by the Applicable Trustee  in accordance
with the procedures set forth in  the related Indenture or the related  Trust
Agreement  or Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement, as  applicable, directly  to
holders of Definitive  Securities in  whose names  the Definitive  Securities
were  registered at  the  close of  business  on the  applicable  Record Date
specified for  such Securities  in the related  Prospectus Supplement.   Such
distributions will be made by check  mailed to the address of such  holder as
it appears on the register maintained  by the Applicable Trustee.  The  final
payment on  any such Definitive  Security, however,  will be  made only  upon
presentation  and surrender  of such  Definitive  Security at  the office  or
agency  specified in  the  notice  of final  distribution  to the  applicable
Securityholders.

    Definitive Securities  will  be  transferable  and  exchangeable  at  the
offices of  the  Applicable Trustee  or  of a  registrar  named in  a  notice
delivered to  holders of Definitive  Securities.  No  service charge will  be
imposed  for any  registration of  transfer or  exchange, but  the Applicable
Trustee  may require payment  of a sum  sufficient to cover  any tax or other
governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

LIST OF SECURITYHOLDERS

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement  with
respect  to the Notes  of any series, three  or more holders  of the Notes of
such series or one or more holders of such Notes evidencing not less than 25%
of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of such Notes may,  by written
request to the  related Indenture Trustee, obtain  access to the list  of all
Noteholders  maintained  by   such  Indenture  Trustee  for  the  purpose  of
communicating with other  Noteholders with respect to their  rights under the
related Indenture or under such Notes.  Such Indenture Trustee may  elect not
to afford the requesting Noteholders access to  the list of Noteholders if it
agrees to mail  the desired communication or proxy,  on behalf of and  at the
expense of the requesting Noteholders, to all Noteholders of such series.

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement  with
respect to  the Certificates  of any  series, three  or more  holders of  the
Certificates of  such series  or  one or  more holders  of such  Certificates
evidencing  not less than 25% of the Certificate Balance of such Certificates
may, by written request to the related Trustee,  obtain access to the list of
all  Certificateholders  maintained  by  such  Trustee  for  the  purpose  of
communicating  with other  Certificateholders with  respect  to their  rights
under the related Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement or under
such Certificates.

REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS

    With respect  to each  series of  Securities that  includes Notes,  on or
prior to  each Payment  Date, the Servicer  will prepare  and provide  to the
related  Indenture  Trustee  a  statement  to be  delivered  to  the  related
Noteholders on such Payment Date.  With respect to each series of Securities,
on or prior to each Distribution Date, the Servicer will prepare  and provide
to  the  related  Trustee  a  statement  to   be  delivered  to  the  related
Certificateholders.   With respect  to each series  of Securities,  each such
statement  to  be  delivered  to  Noteholders will  include  (to  the  extent
applicable) the following information (and any other information so specified
in the  related Prospectus Supplement)  as to the  Notes of such  series with
respect to  such Payment Date or the period  since the previous Payment Date,
as applicable, and each such  statement to be delivered to Certificateholders
will include  (to the extent  applicable) the following information  (and any
other information  so specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement)  as to
the Certificates of such series with respect to such Distribution Date or the
period since the previous Distribution Date, as applicable:

        (i)  the amount  of the distribution  allocable to  principal of  each
    class of such Notes and to the Certificate Balance  of each class of such
    Certificates;

       (ii)  the amount of the  distribution allocable to interest on or  with
    respect to each class of Securities of such series;

      (iii)  the Pool Balance as of  the close of business on  the last day of
    the preceding Collection Period;

       (iv)  the  aggregate outstanding  principal balance  and the  Note Pool
    Factor  for each class of such Notes, and the Certificate Balance and the
    Certificate Pool Factor  for each class of such Certificates,  each after
    giving  effect to all  payments reported under  clause (i)  above on such
    date;

        (v)  the  amount  of the  Servicing  Fee  paid to  the  Servicer  with
    respect to  the related Collection Period  or Collection Periods,  as the
    case may be;

       (vi)  the Interest Rate  or Pass Through Rate  for the next period  for
    any  class  of Notes  or Certificates  of  such series  with  variable or
    adjustable rates;

      (vii)  the amount  of the  aggregate realized  losses, if  any, for  the
    second preceding Collection Period;

     (viii)  the  Noteholders' Interest  Carryover Shortfall, the Noteholders'
    Principal   Carryover   Shortfall,   the   Certificateholders'   Interest
    Carryover  Shortfall  and  the  Certificateholders'  Principal  Carryover
    Shortfall  (each as  defined in  the related  Prospectus  Supplement), if
    any,  in each case  as applicable  to each class  of Securities,  and the
    change in such amounts from the preceding statement;

       (ix)  the aggregate  Purchase Amounts  for  Receivables,  if any,  that
    were repurchased or substituted for in such Collection Period;

        (x)  the balance of the  Reserve Account (if any) on such date,  after
    giving effect to changes therein on such date;

       (xi)  for  each such  date  during the  Funding  Period (if  any),  the
    remaining Pre-Funded Amount; and

      (xii)  for  the first such date  that is on or immediately following the
    end  of  the  Funding  Period  (if  any),  the amount  of  any  remaining
    Pre-Funded  Amount that  has  not  been  used  to fund  the  purchase  of
    Subsequent  Receivables  and  is  being  passed  through as  payments  of
    principal on the Securities of such series.

    Each  amount set forth  pursuant to subclauses (i),  (ii), (v) and (viii)
with respect to the Notes or the Certificates of any series will be expressed
as a dollar amount per $1,000 of  the initial principal balance of such Notes
or the initial Certificate Balance of such Certificates, as applicable.

    Within the  prescribed period  of time for  tax reporting purposes  after
the end of  each calendar year during the term of  each Trust, the Applicable
Trustee  will mail to each  person who at any  time during such calendar year
has been a Securityholder with respect to such Trust and received any payment
thereon a statement  containing certain information for the  purposes of such
Securityholder's  preparation of federal  income tax  returns.   See "Certain
Federal Income Tax Consequences".

    In addition,  the filing  with the  Commission of  periodic reports  with
respect to each Trust will cease following completion of the reporting period
for such Trust required by Rule 15d-1 of Regulation D under the Exchange Act.


             DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS

    The following summary describes certain terms  of each Sale and Servicing
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing  Agreement pursuant to which a Trust  will
purchase  Receivables from  the  Depositor  and the  Servicer  will agree  to
service  such Receivables,  each Trust  Agreement (in the  case of  a grantor
trust, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) pursuant to which a Trust will be
created and  Certificates will  be issued  and each Administration  Agreement
pursuant to  which the Servicer  (or such other  person named in  the related
Prospectus  Supplement)  will  undertake certain  administrative  duties with
respect  to  a Trust  that  issues  Notes  (collectively, the  "TRANSFER  AND
SERVICING AGREEMENTS").  Forms of  the Transfer and Servicing Agreements have
been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus
forms a part.  This  summary does not purport to  be complete and is  subject
to, and qualified in its  entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements.

SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES

    On or prior  to the closing  date (the "CLOSING  DATE") specified in  the
Prospectus Supplement for a Trust, the Seller(s) specified in such Prospectus
Supplement will transfer and assign, without recourse, to the Depositor their
respective  entire  interests in  the related  Initial Receivables  and their
security interests in  the related Financed Assets pursuant  to a receivables
purchase agreement (a "RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT").  On or prior to such
Closing  Date, the  Depositor  will  transfer and  assign  to the  Applicable
Trustee, without recourse,  pursuant to a  Sale and Servicing Agreement  or a
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement, as applicable, its entire  interest in such
Initial Receivables, including its security interests in the related Financed
Assets.  Each such Receivable will  be identified in a schedule appearing  as
an exhibit to  such Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement or  Sale and  Servicing
Agreement  (a "SCHEDULE  OF  RECEIVABLES").    The Applicable  Trustee  will,
concurrently  with such  transfer  and assignment,  execute  and deliver  the
related Notes  and/or Certificates.   The Applicable Trustee will  not verify
the existence of  the Receivables  or review the  Receivables files.   Unless
otherwise provided  in the related  Prospectus Supplement,  the net  proceeds
received from the  sale of the Certificates  and the Notes of  a given series
will be applied to the purchase of the related Receivables from the Seller(s)
and, to  the extent specified  in the related  Prospectus Supplement, to  the
deposit of the Pre-Funded Amount into  the Pre-Funding Account.  The  related
Prospectus Supplement for a given Trust  will specify whether, and the terms,
conditions and manner under which, Subsequent Receivables will be sold by the
Seller(s) to the Depositor and by the Depositor to the applicable  Trust from
time to time during any  Funding Period on each date specified as  a transfer
date  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement  (each,  a "SUBSEQUENT  TRANSFER
DATE").

    In each Receivables Purchase Agreement the  related Seller will represent
and  warrant to the  Depositor and, in  each Sale and  Servicing Agreement or
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the  Depositor will represent and warrant to
the applicable Trust, among other  things, that: (i) the information provided
in the related  Schedule of Receivables is correct in  all material respects;
(ii) the Obligor on each related Receivable  is required to maintain physical
damage  insurance  covering  the  Financed  Asset  in  accordance   with  the
Seller(s)' normal  requirements; (iii) as  of the applicable Closing  Date or
the  applicable Subsequent  Transfer  Date,  if  any,  to  the  best  of  its
knowledge,  the  related Receivables  are  free  and  clear of  all  security
interests,  liens,  charges  and  encumbrances and  no  offsets,  defenses or
counterclaims have been asserted or  threatened; (iv) as of the Closing  Date
or the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, if any, each of  such Receivables
is or will be secured by a first  perfected security interest in favor of the
Seller in  the related  Financed Asset; (v)  each related Receivable,  at the
time it  was  originated,  complied  and,  as of  the  Closing  Date  or  the
applicable Subsequent  Transfer  Date,  if  any,  complies  in  all  material
respects  with  applicable   federal  and  state  laws,   including,  without
limitation, consumer credit,  truth in lending, equal  credit opportunity and
disclosure laws; and  (vi) any other representations and  warranties that may
be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Unless otherwise  provided in  the related  Prospectus Supplement, as  of
the last  day of the  second (or, if the  Seller(s) elects, the  first) month
following the  discovery by  or notice to  the Seller(s)  of a breach  of any
representation or  warranty of  the Seller(s) that  materially and  adversely
affects the interests of the related  Trust in any Receivable, the Depositor,
unless the breach is  cured, will repurchase such Receivable from  such Trust
and the  related Seller will  be obligated to simultaneously  repurchase such
Receivable from  the  Depositor at  a  price equal  to  the unpaid  principal
balance owed by the Obligor  thereon plus interest thereon at  the respective
APR to  the last  day of  the month  of repurchase  (the "PURCHASE  AMOUNT").
Alternatively,  if  so specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, the
related Seller or the Depositor will be permitted, in a circumstance where it
would otherwise be  required to repurchase  a Receivable as described  in the
preceding sentence,  to instead  substitute a  comparable Receivable for  the
Receivable  otherwise requiring repurchase, subject to certain conditions and
eligibility criteria  for the substitute  Receivable to be summarized  in the
related Prospectus Supplement.  The repurchase obligation (or, if applicable,
the  substitution  alternative  with respect  thereto)  constitutes  the sole
remedy available to the Certificateholders or the Trustee and any Noteholders
or Indenture Trustee  in respect of such  Trust for any such  uncured breach.
The  Depositor's  obligation  to  make  such  purchase  or   substitution  is
contingent upon the related Seller performing its corresponding obligation to
purchase  (or,  if applicable,  substitute  for)  such  Receivable  from  the
Depositor.

    Pursuant to  each Sale and Servicing  Agreement or Pooling  and Servicing
Agreement,  to assure  uniform quality  in servicing  the Receivables  and to
reduce  administrative  costs, each  Trust  will  designate the  Servicer  as
custodian  to maintain  possession, as  such  Trust's agent,  of the  related
retail installment sale  contracts, retail installment loans,  purchase money
notes  or other notes  and any other  documents relating to  the Receivables.
The Depositor and the Seller(s)' accounting records and computer systems will
reflect the sale and  assignment of the related Receivables to the applicable
Trust and  Uniform Commercial  Code ("UCC")  financing statements  reflecting
such  sales and  assignments will  be  filed.   The Receivables  will  not be
segregated, stamped or otherwise marked to indicate that they have  been sold
to  the related Trust.   If through inadvertence  or otherwise, another party
purchases (or takes a security interest in) the Receivables for new  value in
the  ordinary course  of business  and  takes possession  of the  Receivables
without actual knowledge  of the related Trust's interest,  the purchaser (or
secured party)  will acquire an  interest in the Receivables  superior to the
interest of the related Trust.

ACCOUNTS

    With  respect  to  each  Trust  that  issues  Notes,  the  Servicer  will
establish  and  maintain with  the  related  Indenture  Trustee one  or  more
accounts, in  the name  of the  Indenture Trustee  on behalf  of the  related
Noteholders and Certificateholders,  into which all payments made  on or with
respect  to  the  related  Receivables will  be  deposited  (the  "COLLECTION
ACCOUNT").   The  Servicer will  establish and  maintain with  such Indenture
Trustee an account,  in the name of such Indenture Trustee  on behalf of such
Noteholders, into which amounts released  from the Collection Account and any
Pre-Funding Account, Reserve Account or other credit or cash flow enhancement
for payment  to  such  Noteholders  will  be deposited  and  from  which  all
distributions  to  such  Noteholders  will be  made  (the  "NOTE DISTRIBUTION
ACCOUNT").  The Servicer will establish and maintain with the related Trustee
an  account,  in   the  name  of  such  Trustee  on  behalf  of  the  related
Certificateholders, into which  amounts released from the  Collection Account
and any  Pre-Funding Account,  Reserve Account or  other credit or  cash flow
enhancement for distribution to such Certificateholders will be deposited and
from which  all distributions  to such Certificateholders  will be  made (the
"CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION  ACCOUNT").  With  respect to each Trust  that does
not issue Notes, the Servicer will also establish and maintain the Collection
Account and  any other Trust  Account in the  name of the  related Trustee on
behalf of the related Certificateholders.

    If so  provided in the related  Prospectus Supplement, the  Servicer will
establish for each series an  additional account (the "PAYAHEAD ACCOUNT"), in
the name of the related Indenture Trustee, into which, to the extent required
by  the Sale  and Servicing  Agreement,  early payments  by or  on  behalf of
Obligors with respect to Precomputed Receivables will be deposited until such
time as the payment becomes due.  Until such time as payments are transferred
from the Payahead Account to the Collection Account, they will not constitute
collected  interest or  collected principal  and  will not  be available  for
distribution  to the  applicable  Noteholders  or  Certificateholders.    The
Payahead Account will  initially be maintained with  the applicable Indenture
Trustee  or, in  the  case of  each  Trust that  does  not issue  Notes,  the
applicable Trustee.

    Any other accounts to  be established with respect to  a Trust, including
any  Pre-Funding Account  or any  Reserve Account,  will be described  in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

    For  any series of Securities, funds  in the Collection Account, the Note
Distribution Account and  any Pre-Funding Account, Reserve  Account and other
accounts   identified  as   such  in   the   related  Prospectus   Supplement
(collectively,  the "TRUST  ACCOUNTS") will  be invested  as provided  in the
related Sale  and Servicing Agreement  or Pooling and Servicing  Agreement in
Eligible  Investments.  "ELIGIBLE  INVESTMENTS"   are  generally  limited  to
investments acceptable to the Rating Agencies rating such Securities as being
consistent with the rating of such Securities (and may include motor vehicle,
recreational vehicle and/or  boat retail sale contracts or retail installment
loans.)  Except  as described below or in the  related Prospectus Supplement,
Eligible Investments are limited to  obligations or securities that mature on
or before the date of the next distribution for such series.  However, to the
extent permitted by  the Rating Agencies, funds in any Reserve Account may be
invested in  securities that will not  mature prior to  the date of  the next
distribution with respect to such Certificates or  Notes and will not be sold
to meet any shortfalls.   Thus, the amount of cash in  any Reserve Account at
any time may be less than the balance  of the Reserve Account.  If the amount
required  to be  withdrawn from any  Reserve Account  to cover  shortfalls in
collections on the related Receivables (as provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement) exceeds the  amount of cash in  the Reserve Account,  a temporary
shortfall  in   the  amounts  distributed  to  the   related  Noteholders  or
Certificateholders could result, which  could, in turn, increase the  average
life of the Notes or the Certificates of such series.  Investment earnings on
funds deposited in the Trust Accounts, net of losses and investment  expenses
(collectively,  "Investment  Earnings"),  shall be  allocated  in  the manner
described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    The  Trust Accounts  will  be maintained  as  Eligible Deposit  Accounts.
"ELIGIBLE  DEPOSIT ACCOUNT"  means either  (a) a  segregated account  with an
Eligible Institution  or (b)  a segregated trust  account with  the corporate
trust department of  a depository institution organized under the laws of the
United States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District  of
Columbia (or any domestic  branch of a foreign bank), having  corporate trust
powers and acting as trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long  as
any  of the securities  of such depository  institution have a  credit rating
from  each Rating  Agency  in  one of  its  generic rating  categories  which
signifies investment grade.  "ELIGIBLE  INSTITUTION" means, with respect to a
Trust, (a) the corporate trust department of the related Indenture Trustee or
the related Trustee, as applicable, or (b) a depository institution organized
under  the laws  of the United  States of  America or  any one of  the states
thereof or  the District  of Columbia (or  any domestic  branch of  a foreign
bank), (i) which  has either (A) a long-term unsecured debt rating acceptable
to  the  Rating  Agencies  or  (B) a  short-term  unsecured  debt  rating  or
certificate  of deposit  rating acceptable  to the  Rating Agencies  and (ii)
whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.

SERVICING PROCEDURES

    The Servicer  will make  reasonable efforts to  collect all payments  due
with respect  to the Receivables held by any  Trust and will, consistent with
the related Sale and Servicing  Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
follow  such  collection procedures  as  it  follows  with respect  to  motor
vehicle,  recreational vehicle or  marine retail installment  sale contracts,
installment loans, purchase  money notes or other notes that  it services for
itself or others  and that are  comparable to  such Receivables.   Consistent
with its normal procedures, the Servicer may, in its discretion, arrange with
the Obligor on a Receivable to extend or modify the payment  schedule, but no
such arrangement  will, for purposes of  any Sale and  Servicing Agreement or
Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  modify the original due dates or the amount
of the scheduled payments or extend the  final payment date of any Receivable
beyond the  Final  Scheduled Maturity  Date  (as such  term is  defined  with
respect to any Receivables Pool in the related Prospectus Supplement).   Some
of such arrangements may result in the Servicer purchasing the Receivable for
the Purchase Amount, while others may result in the Servicer making Advances.
The Servicer may  sell the Financed Asset securing the  related Receivable at
public or private sale or take any  other action permitted by applicable law.
See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables".

    The Servicer may from time  to time perform any portion of  its servicing
obligations under the applicable Sale  and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and
Servicing   Agreement  through  subservicing   agreements  with  third  party
subservicers  approved by  the  Rating  Agencies.   Each  Sale and  Servicing
Agreement or  Pooling and  Servicing Agreement,  as applicable,  will provide
that,  not withstanding  the use  of subservicers,  the Servicer  will remain
liable for its servicing duties and  obligations as if the Servicer  serviced
the Receivables directly.

COLLECTIONS

    With  respect to each  Trust, the Servicer  will deposit  all payments on
the  related Receivables  (from whatever  source)  and all  proceeds of  such
Receivables collected during each collection period specified in  the related
Prospectus   Supplement  (each,  a  "COLLECTION  PERIOD")  into  the  related
Collection Account within two business  days after receipt thereof.  However,
at any  time that and for so  long as (i) the Servicer  (or its successor) is
the  Servicer, (ii)  there exists  no Servicer  Default and (iii)  each other
condition to making  deposits less frequently than daily as  may be specified
by the Rating Agencies or set  forth in the related Prospectus Supplement  is
satisfied, the Servicer will not be required to deposit such amounts into the
Collection Account  until on  or before the  applicable Distribution  Date or
Payment Date.   Pending deposit into the Collection  Account, collections may
be invested by the Servicer at its own  risk and for its own benefit and will
not be segregated from its  own funds.  If the Servicer were  unable to remit
such funds, Securityholders might incur a  loss.  To the extent set  forth in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer may, in order to  satisfy the
requirements described above, obtain a letter of credit or other security for
the benefit of  the related Trust to secure timely remittances of collections
on the related Receivables and payment  of the aggregate Purchase Amount with
respect to Receivables purchased by the Servicer.

    Collections on a Precomputed  Receivable made during a  Collection Period
shall be  applied first to repay any outstanding Precomputed Advances made by
the Servicer with respect to such Receivable (as described below), and to the
extent that  collections  on a  Precomputed  Receivable during  a  Collection
Period exceed  the outstanding  Precomputed Advances,  the collections  shall
then  be  applied  to the  scheduled  payment  on such  Receivable.    If any
collections remaining after the scheduled payment is made are insufficient to
prepay the Precomputed Receivable in full, then, unless otherwise provided in
the  related Prospectus Supplement, generally such remaining collections (the
"PAYAHEADS") shall be transferred to and kept  in the Payahead Account, until
such  later Collection Period when the  collections may be transferred to the
Collection Account and  applied either to the scheduled  payment or to prepay
such Receivable in full.

ADVANCES

    Precomputed  Receivables.    If so  provided  in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement, to the extent the collections  of interest on and principal of  a
Precomputed Receivable with  respect to a Collection Period fall short of the
respective scheduled payment, the Servicer will make a Precomputed Advance in
the  amount of  the shortfall.   The  Servicer  will be  obligated to  make a
Precomputed  Advance on a Precomputed Receivable  only to the extent that the
Servicer,  in  its sole  discretion,  expects  to  recoup such  advance  from
subsequent collections  or recoveries on such Receivable or other Precomputed
Receivables  in the related Receivables Pool.   The Servicer will deposit the
Precomputed Advance  in the  applicable Collection Account  on or  before the
business day preceding the applicable Distribution Date or Payment Date.  The
Servicer will recoup  its Precomputed Advance from subsequent  payments by or
on  behalf of the related  Obligor or from  insurance or liquidation proceeds
with respect to the Receivable and will release its right to reimbursement in
conjunction with  its purchase of  the Receivable  as Servicer, or,  upon the
determination that reimbursement from the preceding sources is unlikely, will
recoup its Precomputed Advance from any collections made on other Precomputed
Receivables in the related Receivables Pool or from any other source of funds
identified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Single Interest  Receivables.  If so  provided in the  related Prospectus
Supplement,  on  or  before  the   business  day  prior  to  each  applicable
Distribution  Date or  Payment  Date,  the Servicer  shall  deposit into  the
related  Collection Account as a  Simple Interest Advance  an amount equal to
the  amount  of interest  that  would have  been  due on  the  related Simple
Interest  Receivables at  their respective  APRs for  the related  Collection
Period  (assuming that  such Simple  Interest Receivables  are paid  on their
respective due dates) minus the amount of interest actually  received on such
Simple Interest  Receivables during the  related Collection Period.   If such
calculation results  in a  negative number,  an amount equal  to such  amount
shall be paid to the Servicer in reimbursement of outstanding Simple Interest
Advances.   In  addition,  in the  event that  a  Simple Interest  Receivable
becomes a  Defaulted  Receivable (as  such  term is  defined in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement),  the amount  of accrued  and unpaid interest  thereon
(but  not including interest for the then current Collection Period) shall be
withdrawn  from  the   Collection  Account  and  paid  to   the  Servicer  in
reimbursement  of  outstanding  Simple  Interest  Advances.  No  advances  of
principal will be  made with respect to Simple Interest Receivables.  As used
herein,  "ADVANCES" means  both  Precomputed  Advances  and  Simple  Interest
Advances.

SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

    Unless otherwise specified  in the Prospectus Supplement with  respect to
any Trust,  the Servicer  will be entitled  to receive  a servicing  fee (the
"SERVICING  FEE")for each Collection Period in an amount equal to a specified
percentage per annum  (as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
"SERVICING FEE RATE") of the Pool Balance as of the first day of the  related
Collection Period .   The  Servicing Fee  (together with any  portion of  the
Servicing Fee  that remains unpaid  from prior Distribution Dates  or Payment
Dates)  will be paid  out of the  available funds for  the related collection
Period  prior  to  any  distribution(s)   on  the  related  Payment  Date  or
Distribution  Date to  the  Noteholders  or the    Certificateholders of  the
related series.

    Unless  otherwise  provided in  the  related  Prospectus Supplement  with
respect to  any Trust,  the Servicer will  also collect  and retain  any late
fees, prepayment charges  and other  administrative fees  or similar  charges
allowed by applicable law with respect to the related Receivables and will be
entitled to reimbursement from such  Trust for certain liabilities.  Payments
by or on  behalf of Obligors will be allocated to scheduled payments and late
fees and other charges in accordance with the Servicer's normal practices and
procedures.

    The Servicing  Fee  will  compensate  the  Servicer  for  performing  the
functions of  a third party  servicer of motor vehicle,  recreational vehicle
and  boat receivables  as  an  agent for  their  beneficial owner,  including
collecting and posting  all payments, responding to inquiries  of Obligors on
the  Receivables, investigating  delinquencies,  sending  payment coupons  to
Obligors, reporting tax  information to Obligors, paying costs of collections
and disposition of defaults  and policing the collateral.  The  Servicing Fee
also will compensate the Servicer  for administering the related  Receivables
Pool,  including making Advances,  accounting for collections  and furnishing
monthly and  annual statements to  the related Trustee and  Indenture Trustee
with respect to  distributions and generating federal  income tax information
for such Trust  and for the related Noteholders and  Certificateholders.  The
Servicing Fee also will reimburse the Servicer for certain taxes, the fees of
the related Trustee  and Indenture Trustee, if any,  accounting fees, outside
auditor fees,  data processing costs  and other costs incurred  in connection
with administering the related Receivables Pool.

DISTRIBUTIONS

    With  respect to each series of Securities, beginning on the Payment Date
or  Distribution  Date, as  applicable, specified  in the  related Prospectus
Supplement, distributions of principal of and interest (or, where applicable,
of principal  of or interest only) on each  class of such Securities entitled
thereto will be  made by the  Applicable Trustee to  the Noteholders and  the
Certificateholders  of such  series.   The  timing, calculation,  allocation,
order,  source, priorities of and requirements for all payments to each class
of Noteholders and  all distributions to each class  of Certificateholders of
such series will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    With  respect to each Trust, on  each Payment Date and Distribution Date,
as  applicable, collections  on the  related Receivables will  be transferred
from the Collection Account to the Note Distribution Account, if any, and the
Certificate Distribution Account for distribution to Noteholders, if any, and
Certificateholders  to  the   extent  provided  in  the   related  Prospectus
Supplement. Credit enhancement, such as  a Reserve Account, will be available
to cover any shortfalls in the amount available for distribution on such date
to the extent  specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  As more fully
described   in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  and  unless  otherwise
specified  therein, distributions  in  respect  of principal  of  a class  of
Securities of a given series will be  subordinate to distributions in respect
of  interest on  such class,  and  distributions in  respect of  one  or more
classes of  Certificates of  such series may  be subordinate  to payments  in
respect of Notes, if any, of such  series or other classes of Certificates of
such series.

CREDIT AND CASH FLOW ENHANCEMENT

    The amounts  and types of credit  and cash flow  enhancement arrangements
and  the provider  thereof, if  applicable,  with respect  to  each class  of
Securities  of a  given series,  if any,  will be  set  forth in  the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  If  and  to  the  extent  provided  in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement, credit and cash flow enhancement may be in the form of
subordination of  one  or  more  classes  of  Securities,  Reserve  Accounts,
over-collateralization,  letters of credit,  credit or  liquidity facilities,
surety bonds, guaranteed  investment contracts, swaps or  other interest rate
protection agreements,  repurchase obligations, yield  supplement agreements,
other agreements with respect to third party payments  or other support, cash
deposits  or  such other  arrangements  as may  be  described in  the related
Prospectus Supplement or any combination of two or more of the foregoing.  If
specified  in  the  applicable Prospectus  Supplement,  credit  or cash  flow
enhancement for a class of Securities may  cover one or more other classes of
Securities of  the same  series, and credit  or cash  flow enhancement  for a
series of Securities may cover one or more other series of Securities.

    The presence of a Reserve  Account and other forms of  credit enhancement
for the  benefit of any class or series  of Securities is intended to enhance
the likelihood of receipt by the  Securityholders of such class or series  of
the  full amount of  principal and interest  due thereon and  to decrease the
likelihood  that  such Securityholders  will experience  losses.   The credit
enhancement  for a class or  series of Securities  may not provide protection
against all  risks of  loss and  may not  guarantee repayment  of the  entire
principal balance and interest thereon; any such limitations will be describe
in  the  related Prospectus  Supplement.   If losses  occur which  exceed the
amount covered  by any  credit enhancement or  which are  not covered  by any
credit enhancement,  Securityholders of any  class or series will  bear their
allocable  share of  deficiencies,  as described  in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  In  addition, if a form  of credit enhancement covers  more than
one series of Securities, Securityholders of  any such series will be subject
to the  risk that such credit enhancement will  be exhausted by the claims of
Securityholders of other series.

    RESERVE ACCOUNT.   If so provided  in the related  Prospectus Supplement,
pursuant to the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, the Depositor will  establish for a series or class  of Securities
an account, as  specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement (the "RESERVE
ACCOUNT"), which  will be  maintained with the  related Trustee  or Indenture
Trustee, as applicable.  Unless  otherwise provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the Reserve Account will be  funded by an initial deposit by  the
Depositor or such other person specified in the related Prospectus Supplement
on  the  Closing Date  in  the amount  set  forth in  the  related Prospectus
Supplement  and, if  the related series  has a  Funding Period, will  also be
funded  on each  Subsequent  Transfer Date  to  the extent  described  in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.     As  further  described  in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement, the  amount on deposit in the Reserve  Account will be
increased on each  Distribution Date  or Payment  Date thereafter  up to  the
Specified  Reserve  Account Balance  (as  defined in  the  related Prospectus
Supplement) by  the  deposit therein  of  the amount  of  collections on  the
related Receivables remaining on each  such Distribution Date or Payment Date
after the payment of  all other required payments  and distributions on  such
date.  The related Prospectus  Supplement will describe the circumstances and
manner  under which distributions  may be  made out  of the  Reserve Account,
either to holders of the Securities covered thereby, to the Depositor or such
other person specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

NET DEPOSITS

    As  an administrative  convenience, unless  the Servicer  is required  to
remit collections  daily (see "--  Collections" above), the Servicer  will be
permitted to make the deposit of collections, aggregate Advances and Purchase
Amounts for any  Trust for or with  respect to the related  Collection Period
net  of distributions to be made to  the Servicer for such Trust with respect
to such Collection  Period.  The Servicer may  cause to be made  a single net
transfer from the Collection Account to the related Payahead Account, if any,
or vice  versa.   The Servicer,  however, will  account to  the Trustee,  any
Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders,  if any, and the Certificateholders  with
respect to  each Trust as if  all deposits, distributions and  transfers were
made individually.  With  respect to any Trust that issues  both Certificates
and Notes, if the related Payment Dates do not coincide with the Distribution
Dates, all  distributions, deposits  or other remittances  made on  a Payment
Date will be treated as having been distributed, deposited or remitted on the
Distribution  Date  for the  applicable  Collection  Period for  purposes  of
determining other amounts required to be distributed,  deposited or otherwise
remitted on such Distribution Date.

STATEMENTS TO TRUSTEES AND TRUST

    Prior to  each Distribution  Date or  Payment Date  with respect to  each
series of Securities, the Servicer will provide  to the Applicable Trustee as
of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Collection Period a
statement setting forth substantially the  same information as is required to
be  provided in  the periodic  reports  provided to  Securityholders of  such
series  described  under  "Certain Information  Regarding  the  Securities --
Reports to Securityholders" herein.

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

    Each Sale  and Servicing Agreement  and Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement
will  provide that  a firm  of  independent public  accountants will  furnish
annually to the related Trust and the Applicable Trustee or Trustee statement
as to  compliance by the Servicer during the  preceding twelve months (or, in
the  case of the  first such certificate,  from the applicable  Closing Date)
with  certain  standards  relating   to  the  servicing  of  the   applicable
Receivables,  the Servicer's  accounting  records  and  computer  files  with
respect thereto and certain other matters.

    Each Sale  and Servicing Agreement  and Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement
will  also provide  for  delivery to  the  related Trust  and  the Applicable
Trustee,  substantially simultaneously with the delivery of such accountants'
statement  referred to above,  of a certificate  signed by an  officer of the
Servicer stating  that the Servicer  has fulfilled its obligations  under the
Sale  and   Servicing  Agreement  or  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  as
applicable, throughout the preceding  twelve months (or,  in the case of  the
first  such  certificate, from  the Closing  Date)  or, if  there has  been a
default  in the  fulfillment of  any  such obligation,  describing each  such
default.   The Servicer has agreed to give  each Applicable Trustee notice of
certain Servicer Defaults  under the related Sale and  Servicing Agreement or
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable.

    Copies   of  such  statements   and  certificates  may   be  obtained  by
Securityholders by a request in writing addressed to the Applicable Trustee.

CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER

    Each  Sale and  Servicing Agreement and  Pooling and  Servicing Agreement
will provide that the Servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties
as  Servicer  thereunder,  except  upon  determination  that  the  Servicer's
performance of such duties is no longer permissible under applicable law.  No
such  resignation will  become effective  until the  Applicable Trustee  or a
successor  servicer  has  assumed the  Servicer's  servicing  obligations and
duties  under such  Sale and  Servicing  Agreement or  Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement.

    Each  Sale and  Servicing Agreement and  Pooling and  Servicing Agreement
will further  provide that neither  the Servicer  nor any  of its  directors,
officers,  employees and agents  will be under  any liability to  the related
Trust or the related Noteholders  or Certificateholders for taking any action
or for refraining from taking any action pursuant to such Sale  and Servicing
Agreement  or Pooling  and Servicing  Agreement  or for  errors in  judgment;
except that  neither  the Servicer  nor  any such  person will  be  protected
against any liability  that would otherwise  be imposed by reason  of willful
misfeasance, bad  faith or  negligence in the  performance of  the Servicer's
duties thereunder or by reason of  reckless disregard of its obligations  and
duties  thereunder.   In  addition,  each Sale  and  Servicing Agreement  and
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement will provide that  the Servicer is under  no
obligation to  appear in, prosecute  or defend any  legal action that  is not
incidental to the  Servicer's servicing responsibilities under such  Sale and
Servicing  Agreement or  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement and  that, in  its
opinion, may cause it to incur any expense or liability.

    Under the circumstances  specified in each  Sale and Servicing  Agreement
and Pooling  and Servicing Agreement, any entity  into which the Servicer may
be merged  or  consolidated,  or any  entity  resulting from  any  merger  or
consolidation to which the  Servicer is a party, or any  entity succeeding to
the business of  the Servicer, which corporation  or other entity in  each of
the foregoing cases  assumes the  obligations of  the Servicer,  will be  the
successor of the Servicer under such Sale and Servicing  Agreement or Pooling
and Servicing Agreement.

SERVICER DEFAULT

    Except as  otherwise  provided  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,
"SERVICER DEFAULT"  under each Sale  and Servicing Agreement and  Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement will  consist  of (i)  any  failure by  the  Servicer to
deliver to the Applicable Trustee for deposit in any of the Trust Accounts or
the Certificate  Distribution Account any  required payment or to  direct the
Applicable  Trustee to  make  any  required  distributions  therefrom,  which
failure  continues unremedied for  three business  days after  written notice
from the Applicable Trustee is received by the Servicer or after discovery of
such failure  by  the Servicer;  (ii) any  failure by  the  Servicer duly  to
observe or perform in any material respect any other covenant or agreement in
such Sale and  Servicing Agreement or Pooling and  Servicing Agreement, which
failure materially and adversely affects the rights of the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders of the  related series and which continues  unremedied for
60  days after  the  giving of  written notice  of  such failure  (A) to  the
Servicer or the Depositor,  as the case may be, by  the Applicable Trustee or
(B) to  the Servicer  and to the  Applicable Trustee  by holders of  Notes or
Certificates of such series,  as applicable, evidencing not less than  25% in
principal amount  of such outstanding  Notes or of such  Certificate Balance;
and (iii) the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to the Servicer.
"INSOLVENCY EVENT"  means, with respect to  any Person, any  of the following
events or  actions:  certain  events  of insolvency,  readjustment  of  debt,
marshalling of assets and liabilities  or similar proceedings with respect to
such person  and certain  actions by such  person indicating  its insolvency,
reorganization pursuant  to bankruptcy  proceedings or inability  to pay  its
obligations.

RIGHTS UPON SERVICER DEFAULT

    In  the case  of  any  Trust  that  has issued  Notes,  unless  otherwise
provided in  the related Prospectus Supplement, as long as a Servicer Default
under  a  Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement  remains  unremedied,  the  related
Indenture Trustee  or holders of Notes  of the related series  evidencing not
less than  25% of  the principal amount  of such  Notes then  outstanding may
terminate all the rights and obligations of  the Servicer under such Sale and
Servicing Agreement, whereupon such Indenture Trustee or a successor servicer
appointed by such Indenture Trustee will succeed to all the responsibilities,
duties  and  liabilities  of  the  Servicer under  such  Sale  and  Servicing
Agreement and will be entitled to similar  compensation arrangements.  In the
case of any Trust that has not issued Notes, unless otherwise provided in the
related  Prospectus Supplement,  as  long  as a  Servicer  Default under  the
related  Pooling  and  Servicing Agreement  remains  unremedied,  the related
Trustee or holders of  Certificates of the related series evidencing not less
than 25%  of the principal amount  of such Certificates then  outstanding may
terminate all the rights and  obligations of the Servicer under such  Pooling
and Servicing  Agreement,  whereupon such  Trustee  or a  successor  servicer
appointed by  such Trustee will  succeed to all the  responsibilities, duties
and liabilities  of the Servicer  under such Pooling and  Servicing Agreement
and will  be entitled to similar  compensation arrangements.  If,  however, a
bankruptcy trustee or  similar official has been appointed  for the Servicer,
and  no Servicer  Default  other  than such  appointment  has occurred,  such
trustee  or official may  have the power  to prevent such  Indenture Trustee,
such Noteholders, such  Trustee or such  Certificateholders from effecting  a
transfer of servicing.  In the  event that such Indenture Trustee or  Trustee
is unwilling  or unable to  so act, it  may appoint,  or petition a  court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment  of, a successor with a net  worth
of at least $100,000,000 and whose regular business includes the servicing of
motor vehicle receivables.   Such Indenture Trustee or Trustee  may make such
arrangements for compensation  to be paid, which  in no event may  be greater
than the servicing compensation to the Servicer under such Sale and Servicing
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS

    With  respect to  each  Trust that  has  issued Notes,  unless  otherwise
provided  in   the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  holders  of  Notes
evidencing  at least a  majority in principal amount  of the then outstanding
Notes of  the related  series (or  the holders  of the  Certificates of  such
series evidencing  not less  than a majority  of the  outstanding Certificate
Balance, in the case of any Servicer Default which does not  adversely affect
the related Indenture Trustee or such Noteholders) may, on behalf of all such
Noteholders and Certificateholders, waive any  default by the Servicer in the
performance of its obligations under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement
and  its consequences,  except  a  Servicer Default  in  making any  required
deposits to or  payments from any of the Trust Accounts or to the Certificate
Distribution Account  in accordance with  such Sale and  Servicing Agreement.
With respect to each Trust that has not issued Notes, holders of Certificates
of such series evidencing not less than a majority of the principal amount of
such   Certificates   then  outstanding   may,   on   behalf   of  all   such
Certificateholders, waive any  default by the Servicer in  the performance of
its obligations under  the related Pooling and Servicing  Agreement, except a
Servicer Default  in making  any required  deposits to  or payments  from the
Certificate Distribution Account or the related Trust Accounts in  accordance
with such Pooling and Servicing Agreement.   No such waiver will impair  such
Noteholders'   or  Certificateholders'  rights  with  respect  to  subsequent
defaults.


AMENDMENT

    Unless otherwise provided  in the related Prospectus Supplement,  each of
the Transfer and Servicing Agreements may be  amended by the parties thereto,
without the consent of the related Noteholders or Certificateholders, for the
purpose of adding  any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating
any  of the  provisions  of  such Transfer  and  Servicing Agreements  or  of
modifying in any manner the rights of such Noteholders or Certificateholders;
provided that such action will not, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to
the related  Trustee  or Indenture  Trustee,  as applicable,  materially  and
adversely affect the  interest of any  such Noteholder or  Certificateholder.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements  may also be amended by the Depositor, the Servicer,
the related Trustee and any related Indenture Trustee with the consent of the
holders of Notes evidencing at least  a majority in principal amount of  then
outstanding Notes,  if any,  of the  related series  and the  holders of  the
Certificates of such  series evidencing at least a  majority of the principal
amount of such Certificates then  outstanding, for the purpose of  adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of  the provisions
of such Transfer and  Servicing Agreements or of modifying in  any manner the
rights of such Noteholders or  Certificateholders; provided, however, that no
such amendment may  (i) increase or  reduce in any  manner the amount  of, or
accelerate or  delay the timing  of, collections of  payments on the  related
Receivables or distributions  that are required to be made for the benefit of
such  Noteholders  or   Certificateholders  or  (ii)  reduce   the  aforesaid
percentage of the Notes or Certificates of  such series which are required to
consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the holders of all  the
outstanding Notes or Certificates, as the case may be, of such series.

    Each Trust  Agreement will provide that  the applicable Trustee  does not
have the power to commence a  voluntary proceeding in bankruptcy with respect
to  the   related  Trust  without   the  unanimous  prior  approval   of  all
Certificateholders (including the Depositor)  of such Trust and the  delivery
to such Trustee by each such Certificateholder (including the Depositor) of a
certificate certifying that such  Certificateholder reasonably believes  that
such Trust is insolvent.

PAYMENT OF NOTES

    Upon the payment in  full of all outstanding Notes of  a given series and
the satisfaction and discharge of  the related Indenture, the related Trustee
will  succeed  to   all  the  rights  of  the  Indenture   Trustee,  and  the
Certificateholders of  such  series will  succeed to  all the  rights of  the
Noteholders of such  series, under the related Sale  and Servicing Agreement,
except as otherwise provided therein.

TERMINATION

    With  respect  to  each  Trust, the  obligations  of  the  Servicer,  the
Depositor, the  related Trustee  and the related  Indenture Trustee,  if any,
pursuant to  the Transfer  and Servicing Agreements  will terminate  upon the
earlier of  (i)  the  maturity  or  other liquidation  of  the  last  related
Receivable and  the disposition of  any amounts received upon  liquidation of
any such remaining Receivables, (ii) the payment to  Noteholders, if any, and
Certificateholders of  the related series of all  amounts required to be paid
to them  pursuant to  the Transfer  and  Servicing Agreements  and (iii)  the
occurrence of either event described below.

    Unless  otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, in order
to avoid excessive administrative expense,  the Servicer will be permitted at
its option  to purchase  from each  Trust, as of  the end  of any  applicable
Collection Period, if the then  outstanding Pool Balance with respect  to the
Receivables held  by such Trust  is 10% (or  such other percentage  not lower
than 5% as  is specified in the related Prospectus Supplement) or less of the
Initial Pool  Balance (as defined  in the related Prospectus  Supplement, the
"Initial Pool Balance"),  all remaining related Receivables at  a price equal
to the  aggregate of  the Purchase  Amounts  thereof as  of the  end of  such
Collection Period.

    If and to the  extent provided in the related Prospectus  Supplement with
respect to a Trust, the Applicable Trustee  will, within ten days following a
Distribution Date or Payment Date as of which the Pool Balance is equal to or
less than the percentage of the Initial Pool Balance specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  solicit bids  for  the purchase  of  the Receivables
remaining in  such  Trust,  in  the  manner and  subject  to  the  terms  and
conditions  set forth  in  such  Prospectus Supplement.    If the  Applicable
Trustee   receives  satisfactory  bids   as  described  in   such  Prospectus
Supplement, then the  Receivables remaining in such Trust will be sold to the
highest bidder.

    As more  fully  described  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  any
outstanding Notes  of the related  series will be redeemed  concurrently with
either of the events specified above, and the subsequent distribution to  the
related Certificateholders of all amounts  required to be distributed to them
pursuant to the applicable Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement
will effect early retirement of the Certificates of such series.

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

    If so  specified in the related  Prospectus Supplement, the  person named
as  such in  the related  Prospectus Supplement  (the "ADMINISTRATOR"),  will
enter into an  agreement (as amended and  supplemented from time to  time, an
"ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT") with each Trust that issues Notes and the related
Indenture  Trustee pursuant  to which  the Administrator  will agree,  to the
extent provided in such Administration  Agreement, to provide the notices and
to  perform  other   administrative  obligations  required  by   the  related
Indenture.  Unless otherwise specified  in the related Prospectus  Supplement
with respect to  any such Trust, as  compensation for the performance  of the
Administrator's obligations under the applicable Administration Agreement and
as reimbursement for its expenses  related thereto, the Administrator will be
entitled  to a monthly  administration fee  in such an  amount as  may be set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement (the "ADMINISTRATION FEE").


                   CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES

GENERAL

    The Receivables  will  be treated  by each  Trust as  "chattel paper"  as
defined  in the  UCC.   Pursuant to  the UCC,  the sale  of chattel  paper is
treated in  a manner  similar to a  security interest  in chattel paper.   In
order  to  protect  each  Trust's  ownership  or  security  interest  in  its
Receivables,  the Depositor  will file  UCC-1 financing  statements  with the
appropriate authorities in  the States of  New York,  Delaware and any  other
states deemed  advisable by the Depositor to give  notice of such Trust's and
any related  Indenture Trustee's  ownership of and  security interest  in the
Receivables and  their proceeds.  Under each Sale and Servicing Agreement and
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement, the Servicer will be  obligated to maintain
the perfection of  each Trust's and any related  Indenture Trustee's interest
in the Receivables.  It should be noted, however, that a purchaser of chattel
paper who gives new value and takes possession of its  in the ordinary course
of such purchaser's business has priority over a security interest, including
an ownership interest, in the chattel paper that is perfected by filing UCC-1
financing statements,  and not  by possession  of such  chattel paper  by the
original  secured  party,  if  such  purchaser acts  in  good  faith  without
knowledge  that the related chattel paper  is subject to a security interest,
including an  ownership interest.  Any such purchaser  would not be deemed to
have such knowledge because there are UCC  filings and would not learn of the
sale  of  or  security interest  in  the  Receivables from  a  review  of the
Receivables since they would not be marked to show such sale.


SECURITY INTEREST IN VEHICLES

    In  states in  which retail  installment sale  contracts and  installment
loans such as the Motor Vehicle and Recreational Vehicle Receivables evidence
the credit sale of automobiles, light-duty trucks or recreational vehicles by
dealers to obligors, the contracts or loans also constitute personal property
security agreements and include grants  of security interests in the vehicles
under  the  applicable  UCC.     Perfection  of  security  interests  in  the
automobiles  and recreational  vehicles  is generally  governed by  the motor
vehicle registration laws of  the state in which the vehicle  is located.  In
all states in  which the Receivables  have been originated,  except as  noted
below, a security interest in Financed Vehicles is perfected by obtaining the
certificate of  title to  the Financed  Vehicle or  notation  of the  secured
party's lien on the Financed Vehicle's certificate of title.  Notwithstanding
the foregoing,  in certain states,  folding camping trailers  and/or slide-in
campers, which  may constitute the  Financed Vehicle with respect  to certain
Recreational  Vehicle  Receivables,  are not  subject  to  state titling  and
vehicle registration laws and a security interest in such recreation vehicles
is perfected by filing pursuant to the provisions of the UCC.

    Unless  otherwise specified  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, each
Seller will  be obligated to have taken all  actions necessary under the laws
of the state in which the Financed Vehicle is located to perfect its security
interest in the Financed Vehicle securing the related Receivable purchased by
it from a  Dealer, including, where applicable,  by having a notation  of its
lien recorded on such  vehicle's certificate of title or, if  appropriate, by
perfecting  its security interest in the  related recreational vehicles under
the  UCC.  Because  the Servicer will  continue to service  the contracts and
loans,  the Obligors on the contracts  and loans will not  be notified of the
sales from a Seller to the Depositor  or from the Depositor to the Trust, and
no action will be taken to record  the transfer of the security interest from
a Seller to the Depositor or from the Depositor to the Trust by amendment  of
the certificates of title for the Financed Vehicles or Boats or otherwise.

    Pursuant to each Receivables Purchase Agreement, each  Seller will assign
to the  Depositor its interests in  the Financed Vehicles securing  the Motor
Vehicle and Recreational  Vehicle Receivables assigned by that  Seller to the
Depositor and, with respect  to each Trust, pursuant to the  related Sale and
Servicing Agreement  or Pooling and  Servicing Agreement, the  Depositor will
assign its interests in the  Financed Vehicles or Boats securing  the related
Receivables to such Trust.  However, because of the administrative burden and
expense,  none of  the Seller,  the Depositor,  the Servicer  or the  related
Trustee will amend any certificate of title to  identify either the Depositor
or such Trust as the new secured  party on such certificate of title relating
to a Financed Vehicle nor will any such entity execute and file  any transfer
instrument (including, among  other instruments, UCC-3 assignments  for those
Financed Recreational Vehicles for which perfection is governed by the UCC).

    In  most  states, an  assignment  such  as that  under  each  Receivables
Purchase  Agreement, Sale  and Servicing Agreement  or Pooling  and Servicing
Agreement is an effective conveyance of a security interest without amendment
of any lien  noted on a  vehicle's certificate of title  or the execution  or
filing of any  transfer instrument, and the assignee succeeds  thereby to the
assignor's rights as  secured party.  In some states, however, in the absence
of such  an amendment, execution or filing,  the assignment to the Applicable
Trustee of  a security interest  in Financed Vehicles registered  therein may
not be  effective or  such security interest  may not be  perfected.   If any
otherwise effectively assigned security interest  in favor of the  Applicable
Trustee is not  perfected, such assignment of  the security interest to  such
Trustee may not  be effective against creditors or a trustee in bankruptcy of
the applicable Seller,  which continues to be specified  as lienholder on any
certificates of title  or as secured party  on any UCC filing.   However, UCC
financing statements with  respect to the transfer of  each Seller's security
interest in  related Financed Vehicles to  the Depositor and the  transfer to
the  applicable Trust  of the  Seller's  security interest  in such  Financed
Vehicles will be filed.  In addition, the Servicer will continue to hold  any
certificates  of title relating to the Financed Vehicles in its possession as
custodian for such Trust pursuant to the related Sale and Servicing Agreement
or Pooling  and Servicing Agreement.   See  "Description of the  Transfer and
Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Receivables".

    In  addition, even in those states where an assignment such as that under
each Receivables Purchase Agreement, Sale and  Servicing Agreement or Pooling
and Servicing  Agreement is  an effective conveyance  of a  security interest
without amendment  of any lien noted on a  vehicle's certificate of title, by
not identifying a Trust as the secured party on the certificate of title, the
security  interest of  such Trust  in the vehicle  could be  defeated through
fraud or negligence.  In  such states, in the absence of fraud  or forgery by
the vehicle owner  or the Seller  or administrative error  by state or  local
agencies, the notation of the Seller's lien on the certificates of title will
be sufficient to protect a Trust against the rights  of subsequent purchasers
of a Financed Vehicle or subsequent lenders who take a security interest in a
Financed Vehicle.  If there are any  Financed Vehicles as to which the Seller
failed to obtain a  perfected security interest, the security interest of the
related  Trust  would be  subordinate  to,  among  others, the  interests  of
subsequent  purchasers of  the  Financed Vehicles  and  holders of  perfected
security  interests therein.   Such  a failure,  however, would  constitute a
breach  of  the  warranties of  the  Depositor  under  the related  Sale  and
Servicing Agreement  or Pooling  and Servicing Agreement  and of  the related
Seller  under  the  Receivables  Purchase   Agreement  and  would  create  an
obligation of  the Depositor  to repurchase the  related Receivable  from the
Trust  and of  the related  Seller to  simultaneously repurchase  the related
Receivable from the Depositor unless the breach were cured.  See "Description
of  the  Transfer  and  Servicing   Agreements  --  Sale  and  Assignment  of
Receivables" and "Special Considerations -- Certain Legal Aspects -- Security
Interests in Financed Vehicles or Boats".

    Under the  laws of  most  states, the  perfected security  interest in  a
vehicle would continue for four months after the vehicle  is moved to a state
other than the state in which it is initially registered and thereafter until
the owner thereof re-registers  the vehicle in the new state.   A majority of
states generally require surrender of a certificate of title to re-register a
vehicle. Accordingly, a  secured party must surrender possession  if it holds
the  certificate  of title  to  the vehicle  or,  in  the case  of  a vehicle
registered in a state providing for the notation of a lien on the certificate
of title but  not possession by  the secured party,  the secured party  would
receive  notice  of surrender  if  the  security  interest  is noted  on  the
certificate of title.  Thus, the secured party would have the  opportunity to
re-perfect its  security interest in the vehicle  in the state of relocation.
However, these  procedural safeguards will  not protect the secured  party if
through fraud, forgery or administrative error, the debtor somehow procures a
new  certificate of  title  that  does not  list  the  secured party's  lien.
Additionally,  in  states that  do  not require  a certificate  of  title for
registration  of a  motor vehicle  or  recreational vehicle,  re-registration
could defeat perfection.   In the ordinary course  of servicing motor vehicle
or  recreational vehicle  receivables,  the Servicer  takes  steps to  effect
re-perfection upon receipt  of notice of re-registration  or information from
the obligor as to relocation. Similarly, when an obligor sells a vehicle, the
Servicer  must surrender  possession  of  the certificate  of  title or  will
receive  notice as a  result of its  lien noted thereon  and accordingly will
have  an opportunity  to  require  satisfaction of  the  related loan  before
release of the lien.  Under each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and
Servicing Agreement,  the  Servicer will  be  obligated to  take  appropriate
steps,  at  the  Servicer's  expense,  to  maintain  perfection  of  security
interests  in the Financed Vehicles and  is obligated to purchase the related
Receivable if it fails to do so.

    Under the  laws of most  states, liens for  repairs performed on  a motor
vehicle or recreational vehicle and liens for unpaid taxes take priority over
even a perfected  security interest  in a  financed vehicle.   The Code  also
grants priority  to certain  federal tax  liens over  the lien  of a  secured
party.  The laws of certain states and federal law permit the confiscation of
vehicles  by governmental authorities under  certain circumstances if used in
unlawful  activities, which  may  result in  the loss  of  a secured  party's
perfected security interest in  the confiscated vehicle or boat.   Under each
Receivables Purchase  Agreement, the  Seller  will represent  to the  related
Trust that, as of the date the related Receivable is sold to such Trust, each
security  interest in a  Financed Vehicle is  or will  be prior to  all other
present liens (other than  tax liens and other liens that  arise by operation
of law) upon and security interests in such Financed Vehicle.  However, liens
for repairs  or taxes could arise, or the  confiscation of a Financed Vehicle
could occur, at any time during the term of a Receivable.   No notice will be
given  to  the  Trustee,  any  Indenture  Trustee,  any  Noteholders  or  the
Certificateholders in  respect of  a given  Trust if  such a  lien arises  or
confiscation  occurs and  any such  lien  or confiscation  arising after  the
applicable  Closing  Date  would  not  give  rise  to  the  related  Seller's
repurchase obligation under the applicable Receivables Purchase Agreement.


SECURITY INTERESTS IN BOATS

    Generally, security interests in boats  may be perfected in one of  three
ways:  in "title" states, a security interest is perfected by notation of the
secured  party's lien  on the  certificate of title  issued by  an applicable
state motor  vehicle department or  other appropriate state agency;  in other
states, a  security interest  may be  perfected by  filing a  UCC-1 financing
statement,  however, a  purchase money  lien in  consumer goods  is perfected
without any  filing requirement;  and if a  boat qualifies  for documentation
under Federal  law,  a Preferred  Mortgage  may be  obtained  under the  Ship
Mortgage Act  by filing the mortgage with the Secretary of Transportation and
endorsing  the secured  party's  lien on  the  certificate of  documentation.
Vessels of  at least five  net tons  qualify for documentation  under federal
law, but such documentation is discretionary if the boat is being used solely
for recreational purposes.   If documented, the boat becomes a "vessel of the
United States" and the exclusive method for perfecting a security interest in
a  "vessel of the United States" is to comply with Federal law.  Accordingly,
a  Preferred Mortgage  under  the  Ship Mortgage  Act  supersedes a  security
interest perfected under state law.

    The  related  Seller will  represent  that  it has  taken  such  measures
necessary  to perfect  its security  interest in  each related  Financed Boat
under the laws of the  state in which the Financed Boat is  registered or the
Ship Mortgage Act, as applicable.   Typically, a Dealer will make proper  and
prompt application to any applicable  state motor vehicle department or other
appropriate  state  agency  to  have a  notation  of  the  lien  made on  the
certificate  of title  of each  Financed  Boat at  the time  of  sale if  the
Financed  Boat  is  subject to  a  title  statute.   When  a  UCC-1 financing
statement is filed, the Dealer is  required to obtain the necessary signature
on the UCC-1 financing  statement to allow filing by the related  Seller.  If
under Federal or state law a filing or other action is required  to perfect a
security  interest and if  the related Seller,  because of clerical  error or
otherwise, has failed  to take such action  with respect to a  Financed Boat,
the  related  Seller  will not  have  a  perfected security  interest  in the
Financed Boat under such law and its  security interest may be subordinate to
the interest  of, among others,  subsequent purchasers of the  Financed Boat,
holders of  perfected security  interests and the  bankruptcy trustee  of the
Obligor.   The  related  Seller's state  law  security interest  may  also be
subordinate to  such third parties  in the event of  fraud or forgery  by the
Obligor  or administrative  error  by  state recording  officials  or if  the
Financed Boat is  documented under Federal law.   In addition, under  certain
certificate of  title statutes  the related Seller  must perfect  is security
interest in  boat motors otherwise  subject to certificate of  title statutes
under the UCC.

    Federal law  requires documentation  under the Ship  Mortgage Act of  all
boats over five net tons in weight and 30 feet in length.  Once documented, a
Preferred Mortgage under  the Ship Mortgage Act is obtained.  If a qualifying
Financed  Boat is not documented or if the documentation, because of clerical
error or otherwise, fails to  comply with applicable procedures under Federal
regulations, the  related Seller will  not have  a Preferred Mortgage  on the
Financed Boat.   In such case, the  related Seller's security interest  under
state law will  still be effective.   However, if the Financed  Boat is later
documented by a third party, the related Seller's state law security interest
will cease to  be perfected, and the  related Seller will be  subordinated to
the interests of,  among others, subsequent purchasers of  the Financed Boat,
holders of security interests perfected under Federal law and the trustee-in-
bankruptcy of the Obligor.

    A security  interest perfected by a  Preferred Mortgage has  a nationwide
scope and  no further action is necessary when  an Obligor moves or relocates
the collateral.  Security interests perfected under  state law may have to be
refiled  if the Obligor  moves to  a state  other than the  state in  which a
security interest  is originally  perfected and in  addition if  the security
interest is perfected under the UCC, a new filing must  be made under the UCC
in order to continue the perfected security interest.

    If the security interest in  the boat is perfected under a  title statute
and the related  Obligor moves to a state  other than the state  in which the
boat is registered, under the laws of most title states the perfection of the
security interest in the boat would continue for a brief period of time after
such relocation.  A majority of states issuing certificates of title on boats
require surrender of a certificate of  title to reregister a boat.  In  those
states that also  provide for possession of  the certificate of title  by the
secured   party,  the  related  Seller  must   surrender  possession  of  the
certificate of title in such circumstance for any related Financed Boat to be
reregistered.  Some  states do not give  the secured party possession  of the
certificate of title, but  indicate the secured party  on the certificate  of
title  and  provide  notice  to  such  secured  party  of  surrender  of  the
certificate  of  title by  another  person.   If  either the  Servicer  is in
possession of  a certificate of title that  must be surrendered to reregister
the  Financed Boat or  the Servicer receives  notice of any  surrender of the
certificate  of title  by another  person, the  Servicer would then  have the
opportunity  to continue  the  perfection  of the  security  interest in  the
Financed Boat in the state of registration.   If the Obligor moves to a state
which does not require surrender of a certificate of title for reregistration
of a boat,  re-registration could defeat perfection.   In the ordinary course
of servicing its portfolio of  marine contracts, the Servicer generally takes
steps  to  effect such  perfection upon  receipt  of notice  of  surrender or
information from Obligors  as to relocation in those states  that require any
action to  be taken.  Similarly, when an Obligor sells a boat, under the laws
of many  states, the purchaser cannot reregister  the boat unless the related
lienholder of record (which in the case of the Financed Boats covered by such
laws would be the related Seller) surrenders possession of the certificate of
title  and accordingly  the Servicer,  in  such circumstance,  would have  an
opportunity to require satisfaction of  the related Receivable before release
of the lien.

    If the  related  Seller  has  perfected  the  related  Seller's  security
interest by  the filing of a UCC-1 financing  statement, or the Obligor moves
from a  title state to  a non-title state,  the Servicer will  be required to
file  a UCC-1 financing statement in the new  state of the Obligor as soon as
possible after receiving notice of the Obligor's change of residence.   UCC-1
financing  statements  expire after  five years.    When the  term of  a loan
exceeds five  years, the filing  must be continued  in order to  maintain the
related Seller's perfected security interest.   The Servicer will be required
to  take steps to  effect such continuation.   In  the event that  an Obligor
moves to a state other than the state in  which the UCC-1 financing statement
is filed or in  certain states to a different county in such state, under the
laws of most states  the perfection of the security interest  in the Financed
Boat  would  continue for  four  months  after  such relocation,  unless  the
perfection in  the original jurisdiction would  have expired earlier.   A new
financing statement must  be filed  in the  state of relocation  or, if  such
state is a title state, a  notation on the certificate of title must  be made
in order to continue the related Seller's security interest.

    Under the laws  of many states, liens  for storage and repairs  performed
on a boat and certain tax liens take priority even over a perfected state law
security  interest.   As  noted  above,  a  Preferred Mortgage  supersedes  a
perfected state law security interest.  However, under the Ship Mortgage Act,
a Preferred Mortgage is subordinate to preferred maritime liens.

    Unless otherwise specified in  the related Prospectus Supplement,  due to
the administrative  burden and  expense of (i)  endorsing the  certificate of
title of  each  Financed  Boat to  reflect  a Trust's  interest  therein  and
delivering each such certificate of title to the Trustee for filing  (and the
payment of related  filing fees), in the  case of Financed Boats  licensed in
states where security interests in boats are  subject to certificate of title
statutes; (ii)  filing amendments  to UCC-1  financing statement  relating to
each Financed Boat  (and the payment of  related filing fees) to  reflect the
Trust's interest  therein, in the case  of Financed Boats  licensed in states
where  security interests in boats are perfected  by filing a UCC-1 financing
statement; and (iii)  filing each assignment of the  Preferred Mortgages (and
the payment of  related filing fees) as required under Federal law to perfect
the  Trust's  interest therein,  in  the case  of  Financed  Boats which  are
documented  under Federal  law, none  of such certificates  of title  will be
endorsed,  delivered  and  filed,  UCC-1  financing  statements  amended,  or
assignments of Preferred Mortgages filed.  In the absence of such procedures,
neither the Depositor nor the Trust may have a perfected security interest in
the Financed Boats licensed in certificate  of title or UCC states, and  will
not have  a perfected  security interest in  Financed Boats  documented under
Federal  law,  but  the  failure   to  make  such  endorsements,  filings  or
recordations will not  affect the validity of the  original security interest
as against the Obligor under a Receivable in UCC states.

    In the case of  "title" states, in the absence  of the step described  in
clause (i) above, the related Seller will continue to be named as the secured
party on the  certificates of title relating to the Financed Boats registered
in  such states.    In most  such  states,  such an  assignment  would be  an
effective conveyance of  such a security interest  and the new secured  party
would succeed to  the related Seller's rights  as the secured party.   In the
absence  of  fraud  or forgery  by  the Obligor  or  administrative  error by
Federal, state or local recording officials, the notation of the lien  of the
related Seller's on the  certificate of title will  be sufficient to  protect
the Trust  against the  rights of  subsequent purchasers  of a  Financed Boat
covered by the laws of  such state or subsequent lenders who take  a security
interest  in  the  Financed Boat.    There  exists a  risk,  however,  in not
identifying the Trust as the new  secured party on the certificate of  title,
that the Trust may  in some states by  subordinate to claims of creditors  or
the  receiver of the  related Seller  in the event  of the insolvency  of the
related Seller and  that, through fraud or negligence,  the security interest
of such Trust could  be released by the related Seller  as security holder of
record.

    Similarly,  the  related Seller  will  not  cause the  documentation  for
Financed Boats which  are subject to a  Preferred Mortgage to be  endorsed to
reflect  the Trust's interest  therein nor will the  assignment be filed with
the Secretary of  Transportation, and under  Federal law no  assignment of  a
Preferred  Mortgage is valid against  a third party  without notice until the
assignment  is recorded.   While  the interpretation  of this provision  by a
court might  depend upon the  factual circumstances,  under the terms  of the
Federal statute, a Trust's security interest in federally documented Financed
Boats is subordinate to creditors and  the receiver of the related Seller  in
the event of the related Seller's insolvency and to the rights  of subsequent
purchasers of  such a Financed Boat,  subsequent lenders who  take a security
interest in  the Financed  Boat and  the bankruptcy  trustee of the  Obligor.
This provision does not affect the validity of the original security interest
as against the Obligor.  Moreover, under federal law, a Preferred Mortgage or
state law security interest may  be subordinate to certain preferred maritime
liens,  including  maritime liens  arising  prior  to  the recording  of  the
Preferred  Mortgage,  liens  for   necessaries  (e.g.,  stevedoring  charges)
incurred prior  to the recording  of the  Preferred Mortgage, liens  for crew
wages, salvage and general damages arising out of tort claims.  The holder of
a preferred maritime  lien who arrests  a boat under  federal law to  enforce
that  lien is  required to  give  notice of  the suit  to all  lienholders of
record.   If, however,  the holder of  a Preferred Mortgage  does not receive
notice of the suit (e.g., because an assignment of the Preferred Mortgage was
not recorded and the current holder did not receive notice of the arrest) and
consequently does not intervene in  the arrest action, or otherwise fails  to
intervene, the boat may be sold free and clear of the Preferred Mortgage.  If
the  holder of  the  Preferred Mortgage.    If the  holder  of the  Preferred
Mortgage does not arrest the boat and foreclose such Preferred Mortgage under
federal law in federal court but rather  repossesses and sells the boat under
state law, any preferred maritime liens are not extinguished by such sale and
may impair the Preferred Mortgage holder's ability to transfer clear title to
the boat.  The  Trustee will be  qualified as an  approved trustee under  the
Shipping Act and  the Ship Mortgage Act.  If the Trustee becomes disqualified
at any time, an appropriate successor trustee must be appointed.

    Each Seller  will warrant in  the related Receivables  Purchase Agreement
that there  shall exist  a valid, subsisting  and enforceable  first priority
security interest  in each Financed  Boat in favor of  such Seller as  of the
Closing Date, and that such security interest will be assigned to the related
Trust albeit unaccompanied by any of the procedures described in clauses (i),
(ii) and (iii) of  the third preceding paragraph.  In the event of a material
adverse breach of  such warranty, the only recourse of the  Trust would be to
require the Seller to repurchase the related Receivables.  See "Risk  Factors
- -- Certain Legal Aspects in Financed Assets" herein.


REPOSSESSION

    In the event of default by vehicle or boat purchasers,  the holder of the
motor vehicle, recreational vehicle or boat  retail installment sale contract
or installment loan  has all the remedies  of a secured party  under the UCC,
except  where  specifically limited  by  other  state laws.    Among  the UCC
remedies, the secured  party has the right to  perform self-help repossession
unless such act  would constitute a  breach of the peace.   Self-help is  the
method employed  by the Servicer in most cases  and is accomplished simply by
retaking possession of the financed vehicle or boat.  In the event of default
by the  obligor, some jurisdictions require  that the obligor be  notified of
the default and be given a  time period within which he may cure  the default
prior to repossession. Generally, the right of reinstatement may be exercised
on a limited number of occasions in any one-year period.   In cases where the
obligor objects or raises a defense to repossession, or if otherwise required
by applicable state law, a court order  must be obtained from the appropriate
state court, and the vehicle or  boat must then be repossessed in  accordance
with that order.

NOTICE OF SALE; REDEMPTION RIGHTS

    The UCC and  other state laws  require the secured  party to provide  the
obligor with reasonable notice of the date, time and place of any public sale
and/or the date after which any private  sale of the collateral may be  held.
The obligor  has the right to  redeem the collateral prior to  actual sale by
paying the secured  party the unpaid principal balance of the obligation plus
reasonable  expenses for repossessing,  holding and preparing  the collateral
for  disposition and  arranging for  its sale,  plus, in  some jurisdictions,
reasonable  attorneys' fees,  or, in  some states,  by payment  of delinquent
installments or the unpaid balance.

DEFICIENCY JUDGMENTS AND EXCESS PROCEEDS

    The  proceeds  of  resale of  the  vehicles  or boats  generally  will be
applied  first to  the expenses of  resale and  repossession and then  to the
satisfaction of the  indebtedness.  While some states  impose prohibitions or
limitations on deficiency  judgments if the net  proceeds from resale  do not
cover  the full  amount of  the indebtedness,  a deficiency  judgment can  be
sought  in  those  states that  do  not  prohibit  or  limit such  judgments.
However, the  deficiency judgment  would be a  personal judgment  against the
obligor for the shortfall, and a  defaulting obligor can be expected to  have
very little  capital or sources  of income available  following repossession.
Therefore, in many cases, it may not be useful  to seek a deficiency judgment
or, if one is obtained, it may be settled at a significant discount.

    Occasionally,  after  resale of  a  vehicle or  boat and  payment  of all
expenses and all  indebtedness, there is a  surplus of funds.  In  that case,
the UCC requires the  creditor to remit the  surplus to any holder of  a lien
with respect to  the vehicle  or if no  such lienholder  exists or there  are
remaining funds, the  UCC requires the creditor  to remit the surplus  to the
former owner of the vehicle or boat.

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS

    Numerous  federal  and  state   consumer  protection  laws  and   related
regulations  impose  substantial  requirements  upon  lenders  and  servicers
involved  in  consumer finance.    These laws  include  the federal  Truth in
Lending Act, the  Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the  Federal Trade Commission
Act, the  Fair Credit Billing  Act, the Fair  Credit Reporting Act,  the Fair
Debt Collection Procedures  Act, the Magnuson-Moss Warranty  Act, the Federal
Reserve Board's Regulations B and Z, the  Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief
Act of 1940,  the Texas Consumer Credit Code, state adoptions of the National
Consumer Act and of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and state  motor vehicle
retail installment  sales  acts,  retail installment  sales  acts  and  other
similar laws.   Also,  state laws  impose finance  charge ceilings and  other
restrictions on  consumer transactions  and require  contract disclosures  in
addition  to those  required under  federal law.   These  requirements impose
specific statutory liabilities  upon creditors who fail to  comply with their
provisions.  In some cases, this liability could affect an assignee's ability
to enforce consumer finance contracts such as the Receivables.

    The   so-called  "Holder-in-Due-Course"   Rule  of   the  Federal   Trade
Commission (the "FTC RULE"), the provisions of which are generally duplicated
by the Uniform  Consumer Credit Code, other  statutes or the common  law, has
the  effect of  subjecting a  seller in  a  consumer credit  transaction (and
certain related  creditors and  their assignees) to  all claims  and defenses
which the obligor in the transaction  could assert against the seller of  the
goods.   Liability under the FTC Rule  is limited to the amounts  paid by the
obligor under the contract and the holder  of the contract may also be unable
to collect any balance remaining due thereunder from the obligor.

    Most of the Receivables  will be subject to  the requirements of the  FTC
Rule.  Accordingly, each Trust, as holder of the related Receivables, will be
subject  to any  claims  or defenses  that  the purchaser  of the  applicable
Financed Vehicle  or  Boat may  assert  against the  seller  of the  Financed
Vehicle or Boat.  Such claims are limited to a maximum liability equal to the
amounts paid by the Obligor on the Receivable.  If an Obligor were successful
in  asserting  any  such  claim  or defense,  such  claim  or  defense  would
constitute  a breach of  the Seller's warranties  under the  related Sale and
Servicing Agreement  or Pooling and  Servicing Agreement and would  create an
obligation  of the Seller to  repurchase the Receivable  unless the breach is
cured.  See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and
Assignment of Receivables".

    Courts  have  applied general  equitable  principles  to secured  parties
pursuing  repossession and litigation  involving deficiency balances.   These
equitable principles may have the effect of relieving an obligor from some or
all of the legal consequences of a default.

    In several cases, consumers have asserted  that the self-help remedies of
secured  parties  under the  UCC  and related  laws  violate the  due process
protections  provided under  the 14th  Amendment to  the Constitution  of the
United States.  Courts have generally upheld the notice provisions of the UCC
and related laws as reasonable or have found that the repossession and resale
by  the   creditor  do  not   involve  sufficient  state  action   to  afford
constitutional protection to borrowers.

    Under each  Receivables  Purchase  Agreement,  the  related  Seller  will
warrant to the  related Depositor (who will  in turn assign its  rights under
such warranty  to the applicable Trust  under the related Sale  and Servicing
Agreement or Pooling  and Servicing Agreement) that each  Receivable complies
with all requirements  of law in all  material respects.  Accordingly,  if an
Obligor has a  claim against such  Trust for  violation of any  law and  such
claim materially and adversely affects such Trust's interest in a Receivable,
such violation  would constitute  a breach  of the  warranties of  the Seller
under such Receivables  Purchase Agreement and would create  an obligation of
the Seller  to repurchase  the Receivable unless  the breach  is cured.   See
"Description of the Transfer and  Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment
of Receivables".

OTHER LIMITATIONS

    In addition  to the  laws limiting  or prohibiting  deficiency judgments,
numerous  other statutory provisions,  including federal bankruptcy  laws and
related state  laws, may interfere  with or affect  the ability of  a secured
party to realize  upon collateral or to  enforce a deficiency judgment.   For
example, in a Chapter 13 proceeding under the federal bankruptcy law, a court
may prevent a  creditor from repossessing a vehicle or boat,  and, as part of
the rehabilitation plan, reduce the amount of the secured indebtedness to the
market value of the vehicle at the  time of bankruptcy (as determined by  the
court),  leaving  the  creditor  as  a general  unsecured  creditor  for  the
remainder  of the  indebtedness.   A  bankruptcy court  may  also reduce  the
monthly payments due under a contract or change the rate of interest and time
of repayment of the indebtedness.


                   CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

    The  following  is  a  general summary  of  certain  federal  income  tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes and  the
Certificates.   The summary does not purport to  deal with federal income tax
consequences applicable to all  categories of holders, some  of which may  be
subject to special rules.  For example, it does not discuss the tax treatment
of  Noteholders or Certificateholders that are insurance companies, regulated
investment companies or dealers in securities.  Moreover, there are  no cases
or Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") rulings on similar transactions involving
both debt and equity  interests issued by a trust with terms similar to those
of the Notes and  the Certificates.  As a  result, the IRS may disagree  with
all  or a part of  the discussion below.  Prospective  investors are urged to
consult  their own  tax advisors  in determining  the federal,  state, local,
foreign and any other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the Notes and the Certificates.

    The following  summary is based upon  current provisions of  the Internal
Revenue  Code of  1986, as  amended  (the "CODE"),  the Treasury  regulations
promulgated thereunder  and judicial  or ruling authority,  all of  which are
subject to  change, which  change may  be retroactive.   Each  Trust will  be
provided  with  an opinion  of  special  Federal tax  counsel  to each  Trust
specified in  the related  Prospectus Supplement  ("TAX COUNSEL"),  regarding
certain  federal  income tax  matters  discussed below.   An  opinion  of Tax
Counsel, however,  is not binding on the IRS or the courts.  No ruling on any
of  the issues discussed below will be sought  from the IRS.  For purposes of
the following summary,  references to the Trust, the  Notes, the Certificates
and related terms,  parties and  documents shall be  deemed to refer,  unless
otherwise specified  herein, to  each Trust and  the Notes,  Certificates and
related terms, parties and documents applicable to such Trust.

    The  federal  income tax  consequences  to  Certificateholders will  vary
depending on whether an election  is made to treat the Trust as a partnership
under the  Code or whether the Trust will be treated as a grantor trust.  The
Prospectus Supplement for each series  of Certificates will specify whether a
partnership election will be  made or the Trust will be  treated as a grantor
trust.


               TRUSTS FOR WHICH A PARTNERSHIP ELECTION IS MADE

TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST AS A PARTNERSHIP

    Tax  Counsel  will  deliver   its  opinion  that  a  Trust  for  which  a
partnership election is  made will not be an association  (or publicly traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal  income tax purposes.  This
opinion will be based on the assumption that the terms of the Trust Agreement
and related  documents will  be complied with,  and on  counsel's conclusions
that (1)  the Trust  will not  have certain characteristics  necessary for  a
business trust to be  classified as an association  taxable as a  corporation
and (2)  the nature of the income  of the Trust will exempt  it from the rule
that certain publicly traded partnerships are taxable as corporations.

    If the  Trust  were taxable  as  a  corporation for  federal  income  tax
purposes, the Trust would be subject  to corporate income tax on its  taxable
income.   The Trust's  taxable income  would include  all its  income on  the
Receivables, possibly reduced by its interest expense on the Notes.  Any such
corporate income tax could materially  reduce cash available to make payments
on  the Notes and  distributions on the  Certificates, and Certificateholders
could be liable for any such tax that is unpaid by the Trust.

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES

    TREATMENT OF THE  NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS.   The Depositor will  agree, and
the Noteholders will agree by their purchase of Notes,  to treat the Notes as
debt for federal income tax purposes.   Tax Counsel will, except as otherwise
provided  in the  related Prospectus  Supplement, advise  the Trust  that the
Notes  will be  classified as  debt  for federal  income tax  purposes.   The
discussion below assumes this characterization of the Notes is correct.

    OID, ETC.  The  discussion below assumes that  all payments on the  Notes
are  denominated  in  U.S. dollars,  and  that  the  Notes  are  not  Indexed
Securities  or  Strip Notes.    Moreover,  the  discussion assumes  that  the
interest formula for  the Notes meets the requirements  for "qualified stated
interest"  under Treasury  regulations (the  "OID  REGULATIONS") relating  to
original issue  discount ("OID"), and  that any OID  on the Notes  (i.e., any
excess of the principal  amount of the Notes over their issue price) does not
exceed a de  minimis amount (i.e., 1/4% of their  principal amount multiplied
by the number of  full years included in their term), all  within the meaning
of the  OID Regulations.  If these conditions  are not satisfied with respect
to any given  series of Notes, additional tax  considerations with respect to
such Notes will be disclosed in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

    INTEREST INCOME ON THE NOTES.  Based on the  above assumptions, except as
discussed in the  following paragraph, the Notes will not be considered to be
issued with OID.  The stated interest thereon will be taxable to a Noteholder
as  ordinary interest income when received or accrued in accordance with such
Noteholder's method of tax accounting.   Under the OID Regulations, a  holder
of a  Note issued with a  de minimis amount of  OID must include such  OID in
income, on a pro rata basis, as principal payments are made on  the Note.  It
is believed  that any  prepayment premium  paid as  a result  of a  mandatory
redemption will be  taxable as contingent interest when  it becomes fixed and
unconditionally payable.  A  purchaser who buys a Note for  more or less than
its principal amount will generally  be subject, respectively, to the premium
amortization or market discount rules of the Code.

    A holder of  a Note that has a  fixed maturity date of not more  than one
year from the issue date of such Note (a "SHORT-TERM NOTE") may be subject to
special rules.   An accrual  basis holder of  a Short-Term Note  (and certain
cash method holders, including regulated  investment companies, as set  forth
in Section 1281 of  the Code) generally would be required  to report interest
income as  interest accrues on  a straight-line basis  over the term  of each
interest  period.  Other  cash basis holders  of a Short-Term  Note would, in
general, be required  to report interest income  as interest is paid  (or, if
earlier, upon  the taxable disposition of  the Short-Term Note).   However, a
cash  basis holder of  a Short-Term Note  reporting interest income  as it is
paid may be  required to defer  a portion of  any interest expense  otherwise
deductible on indebtedness incurred to  purchase or carry the Short-Term Note
until the taxable disposition of the Short-Term Note.  A cash  basis taxpayer
may elect  under Section 1281  of the Code  to accrue interest  income on all
nongovernment debt obligations with a term of one year or less, in which case
the taxpayer would  include interest on the  Short-Term Note in income  as it
accrues,  but would  not be  subject  to the  interest expense  deferral rule
referred  to in  the preceding sentence.   Certain  special rules apply  if a
Short-Term Note is purchased for more or less than its principal amount.

    SALE  OR OTHER DISPOSITION.   If  a Noteholder sells  a Note,  the holder
will  recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the
amount realized on the sale and the  holder's adjusted tax basis in the Note.
The adjusted  tax basis of a Note  to a particular Noteholder  will equal the
holder's cost  for the  Note, increased by  any market  discount, acquisition
discount, OID and gain previously included by  such Noteholder in income with
respect to the  Note and  decreased by the  amount of  bond premium (if  any)
previously amortized  and  by the  amount  of principal  payments  previously
received by such Noteholder with respect to such Note.  Any such gain or loss
will be  capital gain or loss if the Note was held as a capital asset, except
for  gain  representing  accrued  interest and  accrued  market  discount not
previously included in income.  Capital losses  generally may be used only to
offset capital gains.

    FOREIGN HOLDERS.   Interest  payments made (or  accrued) to a  Noteholder
who is  a nonresident alien,  foreign corporation or other  non-United States
person  (a  "foreign   person")  generally  will  be   considered  "portfolio
interest", and generally will not be subject to United  States federal income
tax and withholding tax,  if the interest  is not effectively connected  with
the conduct of a  trade or business within the  United States by the  foreign
person and the  foreign person (i)  is not actually  or constructively a  "10
percent shareholder" of the Trust or the Depositor (including a holder of 10%
of the outstanding  Certificates) or a "controlled  foreign corporation" with
respect to which the Trust or the  Depositor is a "related person" within the
meaning of  the Code and (ii) provides the Owner  Trustee or other person who
is otherwise required to  withhold U.S. tax with respect to the Notes with an
appropriate statement (on Form W-8 or a similar form), signed under penalties
of perjury,  certifying that the  beneficial owner of  the Note is  a foreign
person and  providing the foreign  person's name and address.   If a  Note is
held through a  securities clearing organization  or certain other  financial
institutions, the organization or institution may provide the relevant signed
statement  to  the withholding  agent;  in  that  case, however,  the  signed
statement must be  accompanied by a Form  W-8 or substitute form  provided by
the foreign person  that owns the Note.   If such  interest is not  portfolio
interest, then  it will  be subject to  United States  federal income  tax at
graduated rates (if received by  a non-U.S. person with effectively connected
income) and  withholding  tax at  a rate  of 30  percent,  unless reduced  or
eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty.

    Any capital  gain realized on the  sale, redemption, retirement  or other
taxable  disposition of a Note by a foreign person will be exempt from United
States federal income and withholding tax, provided that (i) such gain is not
effectively connected with the conduct of  a trade or business in the  United
States by the  foreign person and (ii)  in the case of an  individual foreign
person, the foreign person is  not present in the United States  for 183 days
or more in the taxable year.


    BACKUP WITHHOLDING.   Each holder of a Note (other  than an exempt holder
such  as  a  corporation,  tax-exempt  organization,  qualified  pension  and
profit-sharing  trust, individual retirement account or nonresident alien who
provides certification as  to status as  a nonresident)  will be required  to
provide, under penalties  of perjury, a  certificate containing the  holder's
name, address, correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement
that  the holder is  not subject to  backup withholding.   Should a nonexempt
Noteholder  fail to  provide the  required certification,  the Trust  will be
required  to withhold  31  percent of  the amount  otherwise  payable to  the
holder, and  remit the  withheld amount to  the IRS as  a credit  against the
holder's federal income tax liability.  

    POSSIBLE  ALTERNATIVE TREATMENTS  OF  THE NOTES.    If, contrary  to  the
opinion of Tax Counsel, the IRS successfully asserted that one or more of the
Notes did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, the Notes might
be treated as equity interests in the  Trust.  If so treated, the Trust would
likely be treated as a publicly traded  partnership that would not be taxable
as  a corporation  because it  would  meet certain  qualifying income  tests.
Nonetheless, treatment of the  Notes as equity interests  in such a  publicly
traded partnership could  have adverse tax  consequences to certain  holders.
For example, income to certain  tax-exempt entities (including pension funds)
would be  "unrelated  business taxable  income",  income to  foreign  holders
generally  would  be subject  to  U.S. tax  and  U.S. tax  return  filing and
withholding requirements,  and individual holders might be subject to certain
limitations on their ability to deduct their share of Trust expenses.

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE CERTIFICATES

    TREATMENT OF THE TRUST AS A PARTNERSHIP.  The  Depositor and the Servicer
will  agree, and  the  Certificateholders  will agree  by  their purchase  of
Certificates, to treat the Trust as a partnership for purposes of federal and
state  income tax, franchise  tax and any  other tax measured  in whole or in
part  by income, with the assets of  the partnership being the assets held by
the  Trust, the  partners  of the  partnership  being the  Certificateholders
(including the Depositor  in its capacity as recipient  of distributions from
the Reserve Account),  and the Notes being debt of the partnership.  However,
the proper  characterization  of the  arrangement  involving the  Trust,  the
Certificates, the Notes, the Depositor and the Servicer is  not clear because
there is no authority on transactions closely comparable to that contemplated
herein.

    A VARIETY  OF ALTERNATIVE CHARACTERIZATIONS  ARE POSSIBLE.   For example,
because the  Certificates have certain  features characteristic of  debt, the
Certificates might be  considered debt of  the Depositor or  the Trust.   Any
such characterization would not result in materially adverse tax consequences
to Certificateholders as  compared to the consequences from  treatment of the
Certificates  as equity  in a  partnership, described  below.   The following
discussion  assumes that  the Certificates  represent equity  interests in  a
partnership.

    PARTNERSHIP TAXATION.   As a partnership,  the Trust will  not be subject
to federal income tax.   Rather, each Certificateholder  will be required  to
separately take into account such  holder's allocated share of income, gains,
losses, deductions and credits of the Trust.  The Trust's income will consist
primarily   of  interest  and  finance  charges  earned  on  the  Receivables
(including appropriate adjustments for market discount, OID and bond premium)
and  any gain  upon collection  or disposition  of Receivables.   The Trust's
deductions will  consist primarily of  interest accruing with respect  to the
Notes, servicing and other fees, and losses  or deductions upon collection or
disposition of Receivables.

    The tax  items  of  a  partnership  are  allocable  to  the  partners  in
accordance with the Code, Treasury regulations and the  partnership agreement
(here, the Trust Agreement and related  documents).  The Trust Agreement will
provide, in general,  that the Certificateholders  will be allocated  taxable
income of  the Trust for each month equal to the sum of (i) the interest that
accrues  on the Certificates in  accordance with their  terms for such month,
including interest  accruing at  the Pass  Through Rate  for  such month  and
interest  on  amounts  previously  due   on  the  Certificates  but  not  yet
distributed;  (ii)  any  Trust  income   attributable  to  discount  on   the
Receivables that  corresponds to any  excess of the  principal amount  of the
Certificates over their initial issue price; (iii) prepayment premium payable
to  the Certificateholders  for such  month; and  (iv)  any other  amounts of
income payable  to the  Certificateholders for such  month.   Such allocation
will be reduced  by any amortization by  the Trust of premium  on Receivables
that corresponds to any excess of the issue price of Certificates  over their
principal  amount.   All  remaining  taxable  income of  the  Trust  will  be
allocated to  the  Depositor.   Based  on  the economic  arrangement  of  the
parties, this  approach  for allocating  Trust income  should be  permissible
under  applicable Treasury  regulations, although no  assurance can  be given
that the  IRS would not require a greater amount of income to be allocated to
Certificateholders.  Moreover, even under the foregoing method of allocation,
Certificateholders may be  allocated income equal to the  entire Pass Through
Rate plus  the other items  described above even  though the Trust  might not
have  sufficient cash  to make  current  cash distributions  of such  amount.
Thus, cash basis holders will in effect be required to report income from the
Certificates on  the accrual basis  and Certificateholders may  become liable
for taxes  on Trust income even if they have not received cash from the Trust
to pay such  taxes.  In addition,  because tax allocations and  tax reporting
will   be  done   on  a   uniform  basis   for  all   Certificateholders  but
Certificateholders may be  purchasing Certificates at different  times and at
different prices, Certificateholders  may be required to report  on their tax
returns taxable income  that is greater or  less than the amount  reported to
them by the Trust.

    All of  the taxable  income allocated  to a Certificateholder  that is  a
pension, profit sharing  or employee benefit plan or  other tax-exempt entity
(including  an  individual  retirement account)  will  constitute  "unrelated
business taxable income" generally taxable to such a holder under the Code.

    An individual taxpayer's  share of expenses of the Trust  (including fees
to the  Servicer but  not interest expense)  would be  miscellaneous itemized
deductions.  Such deductions  might be disallowed to the individual  in whole
or in part and might result in such holder being taxed on an amount of income
that exceeds the  amount of cash actually distributed to such holder over the
life of the Trust.

    The Trust  intends to make  all tax calculations  relating to income  and
allocations to Certificateholders on an aggregate basis.  If the IRS  were to
require that  such calculations be  made separately for each  Receivable, the
Trust might be required to incur  additional expense but it is believed  that
there would not be a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.

    DISCOUNT  AND  PREMIUM.   It is  believed that  the Receivables  were not
issued  with OID,  and,  therefore, the  Trust  should not  have OID  income.
However, the purchase  price paid  by the  Trust for the  Receivables may  be
greater or  less than the remaining  principal balance of  the Receivables at
the  time of purchase.  If  so, the Receivables will  have been acquired at a
premium or discount, as the case may be.  (As indicated above, the Trust will
make this  calculation  on an  aggregate  basis,  but might  be  required  to
recompute it on a Receivable-by-Receivable basis.)

    If the Trust  acquires the Receivables at  a market discount  or premium,
the Trust  will elect to include any such discount  in income currently as it
accrues  over  the life  of the  Receivables  or to  offset any  such premium
against interest income on the Receivables.  As indicated above, a portion of
such  market  discount  income  or  premium deduction  may  be  allocated  to
Certificateholders.

    SECTION 708 TERMINATION.   Pursuant  to final Treasury regulations issued
May 9, 1997 under Section 708 of the Code, a sole or exchange  of 50% of more
of the capital and profits in the Trust would cause a deemed contribution  of
assets of the  Trust (the "old partnership")  to a new partnership  (the "new
partnership")  in  exchange for  interests  in  the  new partnership.    Such
interests would be  deemed distributed to the parties of  the old partnership
in liquidation thereof and not constitute a sales or exchange.

    DISPOSITION OF  CERTIFICATES.   Generally, capital gain  or loss will  be
recognized  on a sale  of Certificates in  an amount equal  to the difference
between the amount realized  and the seller's tax  basis in the  Certificates
sold. A Certificateholder's  tax basis in a Certificate  will generally equal
the holder's cost increased by the holder's share of Trust income (includible
in income)  and decreased by any distributions  received with respect to such
Certificate.   In addition, both  the tax basis  in the Certificates  and the
amount realized  on a sale of a Certificate  would include the holder's share
of  the  Notes  and other  liabilities  of  the Trust.    A  holder acquiring
Certificates  at  different prices  may  be  required  to maintain  a  single
aggregate adjusted  tax basis in  such Certificates, and, upon  sale or other
disposition of some of the Certificates, allocate a portion of such aggregate
tax basis  to the Certificates sold  (rather than maintaining  a separate tax
basis in each Certificate for purposes of computing gain or loss on a sale of
that Certificate).

    Any  gain on the sale of a Certificate attributable to the holder's share
of unrecognized accrued market discount on the Receivables would generally be
treated  as ordinary income to the holder and  would give rise to special tax
reporting requirements.   The Trust does not expect  to have any other assets
that would give rise to such special  reporting requirements.  Thus, to avoid
those special reporting requirements, the  Trust will elect to include market
discount in income as it accrues.

    If a  Certificateholder is required to  recognize an aggregate  amount of
income (not including  income attributable to disallowed  itemized deductions
described above) over the life of the Certificates that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto, such excess will generally give rise
to a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.

    ALLOCATIONS  BETWEEN  TRANSFERORS  AND  TRANSFEREES.    In  general,  the
Trust's taxable income  and losses  will be  determined monthly  and the  tax
items  for  a  particular  calendar  month  will  be  apportioned  among  the
Certificateholders  in proportion  to the  principal  amount of  Certificates
owned by  them as of the close of the last day of such month.  As a result, a
holder purchasing Certificates may be  allocated tax items (which will affect
its tax  liability and tax basis)  attributable to periods before  the actual
transaction.

    The use  of such a  monthly convention may  not be permitted  by existing
regulations.   If a  monthly convention is  not allowed  (or only  applies to
transfers of  less than  all of  the partner's  interest), taxable  income or
losses of the Trust  might be reallocated among the Certificateholders.   The
Depositor is  authorized to revise  the Trust's method of  allocation between
transferors  and transferees  to  conform  to a  method  permitted by  future
regulations.

    SECTION 754  ELECTION.  In the  event that a Certificateholder  sells its
Certificates at a profit (loss), the purchasing Certificateholder will have a
higher (lower) basis  in the Certificates than the  selling Certificateholder
had.  The tax  basis of the  Trust's assets will not  be adjusted to  reflect
that higher (or lower) basis unless the  Trust were to file an election under
Section 754  of the Code.  In order  to avoid the administrative complexities
that would be  involved in keeping  accurate accounting  records, as well  as
potentially  onerous information reporting  requirements, the Trust  will not
make  such election.   As a result,  Certificateholders might be  allocated a
greater or lesser amount  of Trust income than would be  appropriate based on
their own purchase price for Certificates.

    ADMINISTRATIVE  MATTERS.  The  Owner Trustee is required  to keep or have
kept complete and accurate books of the Trust.  Such books will be maintained
for financial  reporting and tax purposes on an  accrual basis and the fiscal
year  of the  Trust will  be the  calendar  year.   The Trustee  will file  a
partnership information return (IRS Form 1065)  with the IRS for each taxable
year of the Trust and will report each Certificateholder's allocable share of
items of  Trust income and  expense to holders and  the IRS on  Schedule K-1.
The Trust will  provide the Schedule K-1 information to nominees that fail to
provide the  Trust with  the information statement  described below  and such
nominees  will be  required to  forward  such information  to the  beneficial
owners of  the Certificates.  Generally,  holders must file tax  returns that
are consistent  with the information return filed by  the Trust or be subject
to penalties unless the holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies.

    Under Section 6031  of the Code, any person that  holds Certificates as a
nominee at any  time during a calendar year is required  to furnish the Trust
with  a   statement  containing  certain  information  on  the  nominee,  the
beneficial owners  and the Certificates  so held.  Such  information includes
(i) the name,  address and taxpayer identification number  of the nominee and
(ii)  as to  each beneficial owner  (x) the name,  address and identification
number of  such person, (y) whether such person is  a United States person, a
tax-exempt entity or  a foreign government, an international organization, or
any  wholly owned agency  or instrumentality of either  of the foregoing, and
(z) certain information  on Certificates that  were held, bought  or sold  on
behalf  of  such  person throughout  the  year.    In addition,  brokers  and
financial institutions  that hold Certificates through a nominee are required
to  furnish directly  to the  Trust information  as to  themselves and  their
ownership of Certificates.  A clearing agency registered under Section 17A of
the Exchange Act is not required to furnish any such information statement to
the Trust.   The information referred to above  for any calendar year must be
furnished to the  Trust on  or before  the following January  31.   Nominees,
brokers and financial institutions  that fail to provide  the Trust with  the
information described above may be subject to penalties.

    The  Depositor  will be  designated  as the  tax matters  partner  in the
related Trust  Agreement and, as  such, will be responsible  for representing
the Certificateholders in  any dispute with the  IRS.  The Code  provides for
administrative  examination of  a partnership  as if  the partnership  were a
separate and  distinct taxpayer.   Generally, the statute of  limitations for
partnership items does not expire before three  years after the date on which
the  partnership information  return  is filed.    Any adverse  determination
following an  audit of  the return  of the  Trust by  the appropriate  taxing
authorities  could   result  in   an  adjustment  of   the  returns   of  the
Certificateholders, and, under certain circumstances, a Certificateholder may
be precluded from separately litigating a proposed adjustment to the items of
the  Trust.     An  adjustment   could  also   result  in  an   audit  of   a
Certificateholder's  returns and  adjustments  of items  not  related to  the
income and losses of the Trust.

    TAX CONSEQUENCES TO FOREIGN CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.   It is not clear whether
the Trust would be  considered to be  engaged in a trade  or business in  the
United  States for  purposes of  federal  withholding taxes  with respect  to
non-U.S. persons  because there is no clear authority dealing with that issue
under facts substantially similar  to those described herein.  Although it is
not expected that the Trust  would be engaged in a  trade or business in  the
United States for  such purposes, the Trust  will withhold as  if it were  so
engaged in order to protect the Trust from possible adverse consequences of a
failure to withhold.  The Trust  expects to  withhold on the  portion of  its
taxable income  that is allocable  to foreign Certificateholders  pursuant to
Section 1446  of the Code, as if such income  were effectively connected to a
U.S. trade or business, at a rate of 35% for foreign holders that are taxable
as corporations and 39.6% for all other foreign holders.  Subsequent adoption
of   Treasury   regulations   or  the   issuance   of   other  administrative
pronouncements may require  the Trust to  change its withholding  procedures.
In determining a  holder's withholding status, the Trust may rely on IRS Form
W-8, IRS Form  W-9 or the holder's certification of  nonforeign status signed
under penalties of perjury.

    Each  foreign holder  might  be required  to  file a  U.S. individual  or
corporate income  tax return  (including, in the  case of a  corporation, the
branch profits tax) on its share of the Trust's income.   Each foreign holder
must obtain a  taxpayer identification number  from the  IRS and submit  that
number to the Trust  on Form W-8 in order to  assure appropriate crediting of
the taxes  withheld.  A  foreign holder generally  would be entitled  to file
with the IRS a claim for refund with respect to taxes withheld  by the Trust,
taking the position that no taxes were due because  the Trust was not engaged
in a U.S. trade or business.  However, interest payments made (or accrued) to
a  Certificateholder who  is a  foreign person  generally will  be considered
guaranteed payments to the extent such payments are determined without regard
to  the  income  of the  Trust.    If these  interest  payments  are properly
characterized  as  guaranteed  payments,  then  the  interest   will  not  be
considered  "portfolio interest."  As a  result,  Certificateholders will  be
subject to United States federal  income tax and withholding tax at a rate of
30 percent,  unless reduced or  eliminated pursuant to an  applicable treaty.
In such case, a foreign holder would  only be entitled to claim a refund  for
that portion of the taxes in excess of the taxes that should be withheld with
respect to the guaranteed payments.

    BACKUP WITHHOLDING.  Distributions made on  the Certificates and proceeds
from the  sale of the Certificates will be  subject to a "backup" withholding
tax of 31% if, in general, the Certificateholder fails to comply with certain
identification  procedures, unless  the holder  is an exempt  recipient under
applicable provisions of the Code.

TRUSTS TREATED AS GRANTOR TRUSTS

TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST AS A GRANTOR TRUST

    If  a partnership  election is  not made,  Tax Counsel  will deliver  its
opinion that the Trust will not be classified as an association taxable  as a
corporation and that such Trust will  be classified as a grantor trust  under
subpart E,  Part I  of subchapter J  of the  Code.  In  this case,  owners of
Certificates  (referred to herein as "GRANTOR TRUST CERTIFICATEHOLDERS") will
be treated  for federal  income tax purposes  as owners of  a portion  of the
Trust's assets  as described below.  The Certificates  issued by a Trust that
is  treated  as a  grantor trust  are  referred to  herein as  "GRANTOR TRUST
CERTIFICATES".

    CHARACTERIZATION.  Each Grantor  Trust Certificateholder will be  treated
as the owner of a pro rata  undivided interest in the interest and  principal
portions of the Trust represented by the Grantor  Trust Certificates and will
be considered the equitable owner of a pro rata undivided interest in each of
the Receivables  in  the Trust.   Any  amounts received  by  a Grantor  Trust
Certificateholder  in lieu  of amounts  due  with respect  to any  Receivable
because of a  default or delinquency in  payment will be treated  for federal
income  tax  purposes as  having  the  same character  as  the  payments they
replace.

    Each Grantor  Trust Certificateholder will be  required to report  on its
federal   income  tax   return  in   accordance  with   such  Grantor   Trust
Certificateholder's method  of accounting  its pro rata  share of  the entire
income  from  the Receivables  in  the  Trust  represented by  Grantor  Trust
Certificates,  including interest, OID,  if any, prepayment  fees, assumption
fees,  any  gain recognized  upon  an  assumption  and late  payment  charges
received by the Servicer. Under Sections 162 or 212 of the Code, each Grantor
Trust Certificateholder  will be  entitled to  deduct its  pro rata  share of
servicing fees, prepayment fees, assumption fees, any loss recognized upon an
assumption and late  payment charges retained by the  Servicer, provided that
such amounts are reasonable compensation  for services rendered to the Trust.
Grantor Trust Certificateholders that are individuals, estates or trusts will
be  entitled to  deduct  their share  of  expenses only  to  the extent  such
expenses  plus all  other  Section 212  expenses exceed  two  percent of  its
adjusted  gross income.   A  Grantor Trust  Certificateholder using  the cash
method of accounting must take into account its pro rata share of income  and
deductions as and when collected by or paid to the Servicer.  A Grantor Trust
Certificateholder using  an  accrual  method of  accounting  must  take  into
account its pro rata share of income and deductions as they become due or are
paid to  the Servicer, whichever is  earlier.  If the servicing  fees paid to
the Servicer  are deemed  to  exceed reasonable  servicing compensation,  the
amount of such  excess could be considered as  an ownership interest retained
by the Servicer (or any person to whom the Servicer assigned for value all or
a portion of the servicing fees) in a portion of the interest payments on the
Receivables.  The Receivables would then be subject to the "coupon stripping"
rules of the Code discussed below.

    PREMIUM.   The price  paid for  a Grantor Trust  Certificate by  a holder
will  be allocated  to such  holder's undivided  interest in  each Receivable
based on each Receivable's relative fair  market value, so that such holder's
undivided interest in each Receivable will have its own tax basis.  A Grantor
Trust Certificateholder that acquires an interest in Receivables at a premium
may  elect  to  amortize  such  premium under  a  constant  interest  method.
Amortizable bond premium will be treated  as an offset to interest income  on
such Grantor Trust Certificate.  The basis for such Grantor Trust Certificate
will be reduced to  the extent that amortizable premium is  applied to offset
interest payments. It is not clear whether a reasonable prepayment assumption
should be used  in computing amortization of premium  allowable under Section
171.   A  Grantor  Trust Certificateholder  that  makes this  election  for a
Grantor Trust  Certificate that is  acquired at a  premium will be  deemed to
have made  an election  to amortize  bond premium  with respect  to all  debt
instruments  having  amortizable   bond  premium  that  such   Grantor  Trust
Certificateholder acquires during the year of the election or thereafter.

    If  a  premium  is  not  subject   to  amortization  using  a  reasonable
prepayment assumption, the holder of  a Grantor Trust Certificate acquired at
a premium should recognize  a loss if a Receivable prepays  in full, equal to
the  difference between the  portion of the prepaid  principal amount of such
Receivable that is allocable to the Grantor Trust Certificate and the portion
of the  adjusted basis of the Grantor Trust  Certificate that is allocable to
such Receivable.  If a reasonable  prepayment assumption is used to  amortize
such premium, it appears that such a loss would be available, if at all, only
if prepayments have  occurred at a  rate faster  than the reasonable  assumed
prepayment rate.   It is  not clear  whether any other  adjustments would  be
required to  reflect differences between  an assumed prepayment rate  and the
actual rate of prepayments.

STRIPPED BONDS AND STRIPPED COUPONS

    Although  the tax  treatment of  stripped  bonds is  not entirely  clear,
based on guidance by the IRS,  each purchaser of a Grantor Trust  Certificate
will be treated as the purchaser of a stripped bond which generally should be
treated  as a single  debt instrument issued  on the day it  is purchased for
purposes  of  calculating any  original  issue  discount.   Generally,  under
recently   issued  Treasury   regulations   (the   "SECTION   1286   TREASURY
REGULATIONS"), if the discount on a stripped bond is larger than a de minimis
amount  (as calculated  for  purposes of  the  OID rules  of  the Code)  such
stripped bond will be considered to have been issued with OID.  See "Original
Issue  Discount."  Based  on  the  preamble  to  the  Section  1286  Treasury
Regulations, Tax Counsel is of the  opinion that, although the matter is  not
entirely  clear, the interest  income on the  Certificates at the  sum of the
Pass Through Rate and  the portion of  the Servicing Fee  Rate that does  not
constitute excess  servicing will be  treated as "qualified  stated interest"
within the meaning of the Section  1286 Treasury Regulations, and such income
will be so treated in the Trustee's tax information reporting.

    ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT.   The IRS has stated  in published rulings that,
in circumstances  similar to those described herein, the special rules of the
Code  relating to "original issue discount"  (currently Sections 1271 through
1273  and 1275)  will be  applicable to  a Grantor  Trust Certificateholder's
interest  in those  Receivables meeting  the conditions  necessary  for these
sections to apply. Generally, a Grantor Trust Certificateholder that acquires
an  undivided interest  in  a Receivable  issued  or acquired  with  OID must
include in gross income  the sum of the "daily portions," of  the OID on such
Receivable for each day on which it owns a Certificate, including the date of
purchase but excluding the date  of disposition.  In the case of  an original
Grantor Trust Certificateholder, the daily portions of OID with  respect to a
Receivable generally would  be determined as follows.   A calculation will be
made of  the  portion of  OID  that accrues  on  the Receivable  during  each
successive  monthly accrual period (or shorter period  in respect of the date
of original issue or the final Distribution Date).  This will be done, in the
case of each full monthly accrual period,  by adding (i) the present value of
all remaining payments to be received on the Receivable under  the prepayment
assumption  used in respect of the Receivables and (ii) any payments received
during such  accrual period,  and subtracting from  that total  the "adjusted
issue price" of  the Receivable at the beginning of such  accrual period.  No
representation is  made that  the Receivables will  prepay at  any prepayment
assumption.   The "adjusted issue price" of a  Receivable at the beginning of
the first accrual  period is its issue  price (as determined for  purposes of
the OID rules of the Code) and the "adjusted issue price" of a Receivable  at
the beginning of a subsequent accrual period is the "adjusted issue price" at
the beginning of the immediately preceding  accrual period plus the amount of
OID allocable to that accrual period and reduced by the amount of any payment
(other than "qualified  stated interest") made at  the end of or  during that
accrual period.   The OID accruing  during such accrual  period will then  be
divided by the number of days in the period to determine the daily portion of
OID for each day in  the period.  With respect  to an initial accrual  period
shorter than a full monthly accrual period, the daily portions of OID must be
determined according  to an appropriate  allocation under either an  exact or
approximate method set forth in the OID Regulations, or some other reasonable
method,  provided that  such method  is consistent  with  the method  used to
determine the yield to maturity of the Receivables.

    With  respect  to the  Receivables,  the  method of  calculating  OID  as
described above will  cause the accrual of OID to either increase or decrease
(but never below zero) in any  given accrual period to reflect the  fact that
prepayments  are occurring  at a  faster or  slower rate than  the prepayment
assumption used  in respect of  the Receivables.  Subsequent  purchasers that
purchase Receivables at more than a de  minimis discount should consult their
tax advisors with respect to the proper method to accrue such OID.

    MARKET DISCOUNT.    A Grantor  Trust Certificateholder  that acquires  an
undivided interest in Receivables may be subject to the market discount rules
of Sections  1276  through 1278  to the  extent an  undivided  interest in  a
Receivable  is considered  to have  been  purchased at  a "market  discount."
Generally,  the  amount of  market discount  is  equal to  the excess  of the
portion of the principal amount of such Receivable allocable to such holder's
undivided  interest over  such holder's  tax basis  in such  interest. Market
discount with respect to a Grantor Trust Certificate will be considered to be
zero if the  amount allocable to the  Grantor Trust Certificate is  less than
0.25% of the Grantor Trust  Certificate's stated redemption price at maturity
multiplied  by the  weighted average  maturity  remaining after  the date  of
purchase.  Treasury regulations  implementing the market discount rules  have
not  yet been  issued;  therefore,  investors should  consult  their own  tax
advisors regarding  the application  of these rules  and the  advisability of
making any of the elections allowed under Code Sections 1276 through 1278.

    The  Code provides  that  any  principal  payment  (whether  a  scheduled
payment or a prepayment) or any gain on disposition of a market discount bond
shall be treated as ordinary income to the extent that it does not exceed the
accrued  market discount at the time of  such payment.  The amount of accrued
market discount for  purposes of determining the tax  treatment of subsequent
principal  payments or  dispositions of  the  market discount  bond is  to be
reduced by the amount so treated as ordinary income.

    The  Code   also  grants  the  Treasury  Department  authority  to  issue
regulations providing for the computation  of accrued market discount on debt
instruments, the principal of which is payable in more than  one installment.
While the Treasury Department has not yet issued regulations, rules described
in the  relevant legislative  history will  apply.   Under  those rules,  the
holder of a market discount bond  may elect to accrue market discount  either
on the basis of a constant interest rate or according to one of the following
methods.  If  a Grantor Trust Certificate  is issued with OID,  the amount of
market discount that  accrues during any accrual period would be equal to the
product of  (i) the total remaining market discount  and (ii) a fraction, the
numerator of which is the OID accruing  during the period and the denominator
of which is the  total remaining OID at the beginning of  the accrual period.
For  Grantor Trust  Certificates issued  without  OID, the  amount of  market
discount  that accrues  during a period  is equal  to the product  of (i) the
total remaining market discount  and (ii) a fraction, the  numerator of which
is the  amount of  stated interest  paid during  the accrual  period and  the
denominator of which is  the total amount of stated interest  remaining to be
paid at  the beginning of  the accrual period.   For purposes  of calculating
market  discount under any  of the above  methods in the  case of instruments
(such as the  Grantor Trust Certificates) that provide  for payments that may
be accelerated  by reason of  prepayments of other obligations  securing such
instruments, the  same prepayment  assumption applicable  to calculating  the
accrual of OID will apply.  Because  the regulations described above have not
been issued, it is impossible to predict what  effect those regulations might
have on  the tax  treatment of  a Grantor  Trust Certificate  purchased at  a
discount or premium in the secondary market.

    A holder  who acquired a Grantor  Trust Certificate at a  market discount
also may be required  to defer a portion  of its interest deductions  for the
taxable year  attributable  to  any  indebtedness incurred  or  continued  to
purchase  or  carry such  Grantor  Trust  Certificate  purchased with  market
discount.  For these purposes, the de minimis rule referred to above applies.
Any such deferred interest  expense would not exceed the market discount that
accrues during  such taxable year and is, in  general, allowed as a deduction
not  later  than the  year in  which  such market  discount is  includible in
income.  If such holder elects to include market discount in income currently
as it  accrues on all market discount instruments  acquired by such holder in
that taxable year  or thereafter, the interest deferral  rule described above
will not apply.

    PREMIUM.  To  the extent a Grantor Trust Certificateholder  is considered
to have purchased an undivided interest in a Receivable for an amount that is
greater than its stated redemption price at maturity of such Receivable, such
Grantor Trust  Certificateholder will  be  considered to  have purchased  the
Receivable with "amortizable bond premium" equal in amount to such excess.  A
Grantor Trust Certificateholder  (who does not hold the  Certificate for sale
to customers  or in  inventory) may elect  under Section 171  of the  Code to
amortize  such premium.    Under the  Code,  premium is  allocated  among the
interest payments on the Receivables to which it relates and is considered as
an offset against  (and thus a  reduction of) such  interest payments.   With
certain exceptions, such an election would apply to all debt instruments held
or subsequently  acquired by the  electing holder.  Absent  such an election,
the premium will be  deductible as an ordinary loss only  upon disposition of
the Certificate or pro rata as principal is paid on the Receivables.

    ELECTION  TO TREAT  ALL INTEREST  AS OID.   The OID  regulations permit a
Grantor Trust  Certificateholder to elect  to accrue  all interest,  discount
(including  de minimis  market or  original  issue discount)  and premium  in
income as  interest, based on a  constant yield method.  If  such an election
were to  be made  with respect  to a  Grantor Trust  Certificate with  market
discount, the Certificateholder  would be deemed to have made  an election to
include in income  currently market discount with  respect to all other  debt
instruments  having market discount that such Grantor Trust Certificateholder
acquires during the year of the election or thereafter.  Similarly, a Grantor
Trust  Certificateholder  that  makes  this  election  for  a  Grantor  Trust
Certificate  that is  acquired at a  premium will  be deemed to  have made an
election to amortize bond premium with respect to all debt instruments having
amortizable bond premium  that such Grantor  Trust Certificateholder owns  or
acquires.  See "-- Premium" above.  The election to accrue interest, discount
and  premium on  a constant  yield  method with  respect to  a  Grantor Trust
Certificate is irrevocable.

    SALE OR EXCHANGE OF A GRANTOR  TRUST CERTIFICATE.  Sale or exchange  of a
Grantor Trust Certificate prior  to its maturity will result in  gain or loss
equal to the  difference, if any, between the amount received and the owner's
adjusted  basis  in the  Grantor  Trust  Certificate.   Such  adjusted  basis
generally  will equal  the  seller's  purchase price  for  the Grantor  Trust
Certificate, increased by the OID included  in the seller's gross income with
respect to the  Grantor Trust Certificate, and reduced  by principal payments
on the Grantor  Trust Certificate previously  received by the  seller.   Such
gain or loss will  be capital gain or  loss to an  owner for which a  Grantor
Trust Certificate is  a "capital asset" within  the meaning of  Section 1221,
and will  be long-term or short-term  depending on whether the  Grantor Trust
Certificate  has been  owned for  the long-term  capital gain  holding period
(currently more than one year).

    Grantor  Trust Certificates  will be  "evidences of  indebtedness" within
the meaning of  Section 582(c)(1), so that  gain or loss recognized  from the
sale  of a Grantor  Trust Certificate by  a bank  or a thrift  institution to
which such section applies will be treated as ordinary income or loss.

    NON-U.S.  PERSONS.    Generally,  to the  extent  that  a  Grantor  Trust
Certificate evidences ownership in underlying Receivables that were issued on
or before  July 18,  1984, interest  or OID  paid by the  person required  to
withhold tax  under Section 1441 or 1442  to (i) an owner that  is not a U.S.
Person (as defined  below) or (ii) a Grantor  Trust Certificateholder holding
on behalf of  an owner that is not  a U.S. Person will be  subject to federal
income tax,  collected by withholding, at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as
may be  provided  for interest  by an  applicable tax  treaty.   Accrued  OID
recognized by  the owner  on the  sale or  exchange of  such a  Grantor Trust
Certificate also will  be subject  to federal  income tax at  the same  rate.
Generally, such payments  would not be  subject to withholding to  the extent
that a  Grantor Trust Certificate  evidences ownership in  Receivables issued
after   July  18,   1984,  by   natural   persons  if   such  Grantor   Trust
Certificateholder   complies   with   certain   identification   requirements
(including   delivery  of   a  statement,   signed   by  the   Grantor  Trust
Certificateholder  under penalties of  perjury, certifying that  such Grantor
Trust  Certificateholder is  not a  U.S.  Person and  providing the  name and
address  of such Grantor  Trust Certificateholder).   Additional restrictions
apply  to Receivables where the  obligor is not a  natural person in order to
qualify for the exemption from withholding.

    As  used  herein, a  "U.S. PERSON"  means a  citizen  or resident  of the
United States, a  corporation or a partnership organized in or under the laws
of the  United States  or any  political subdivision  thereof  (other than  a
partnership  that  is  not  treated  as a  United  States  person  under  any
applicable  Treasury regulations)  or an  estate,  the income  of which  from
sources  outside the United States is  includible in gross income for federal
income tax purposes regardless of its connection  with the conduct of a trade
or business within the United States or  a trust if a court within the United
States  is able to exercise primary supervision  of the administration of the
trust and one or more United States fiduciaries have the authority to control
all substantial  decisions  of  the  trust.   Notwithstanding  the  preceding
sentence, to the  extent provided in Treasury regulations,  certain trusts in
existence on August 20,  1996, and treated as United States  persons prior to
such date, that elect to continue to be treated as United States persons also
will be a U.S. Person.

    INFORMATION REPORTING AND  BACKUP WITHHOLDING.  The Servicer will furnish
or make available,  within a reasonable time  after the end of  each calendar
year, to each  person who was a  Grantor Trust Certificateholder at  any time
during such year, such information as may be deemed necessary or desirable to
assist Grantor Trust Certificateholders in preparing their federal income tax
returns,  or  to  enable  holders  to  make  such  information  available  to
beneficial  owners  or  financial  intermediaries  that  hold  Grantor  Trust
Certificates  as nominees  on  behalf of  beneficial  owners.   If  a holder,
beneficial owner, financial  intermediary or other recipient of  a payment on
behalf  of  a   beneficial  owner  fails  to  supply   a  certified  taxpayer
identification number  or if  the Secretary of  the Treasury  determines that
such person has not reported all interest  and dividend income required to be
shown  on  its  federal income  tax  return, 31%  backup  withholding  may be
required  with respect  to any payments.   Any amounts  deducted and withheld
from a distribution to a recipient would be allowed  as a credit against such
recipient's federal income tax liability.

TRUSTS FOR WHICH A FASIT ELECTION IS MADE

    GENERAL.   The FASIT provisions  of the  Code were  enacted by the  Small
Business  Job Protection  Act of  1996 and  create a  new elective  statutory
vehicle  for the  issuance of  mortgage-backed  and asset-backed  securities.
Although the  FASIT provisions of  the Code became effective  on September 1,
1997,  no  Treasury regulations  or  other administrative  guidance  has been
issued with  respect to those  provisions.  Accordingly,  definitive guidance
cannot be provide  with respect to many aspects  of the tax treatment  of the
holders  of  regular  interests  ("Regular  Securities")  and  the  ownership
interest  (the "Ownership  Securities,"  with  the  Regular  Securities,  the
"Securities") in  a  FASIT (the  "FASIT  Securityholders").   Investors  also
should note  that the  FASIT discussion contained  herein constitutes  only a
summary  of  the  federal  income   tax  consequences  to  holders  of  FASIT
Securities.   With respect to  each Series  of FASIT Securities,  the related
Prospectus  Supplement will  provide  a  detailed  discussion  regarding  the
federal income tax consequences associated with the particular transaction.

    FASIT  Securities will be classified as  either FASIT Regular Securities,
which generally will be treated as  debt for federal income tax purposes,  of
FASIT Ownership Securities, which generally are  not treated as debt for such
purposes, but rather as representing rights and responsibilities with respect
to the taxable income  or loss of the  related Series FASIT.  The  Prospectus
Supplement  for each Series of  Securities will indicate  whether one or more
FASIT elections will  be made for  that Series and  which Securities of  such
Series will be designated as Regular  Securities, and which, if any, will  be
designated as Ownership Securities.

    QUALIFICATION AS A FASIT.  The Trust Fund underlying  a Series (or one or
more designated pools  of assets held in  the Trust Fund) will  qualify under
the Code  as a  FASIT in  which the  FASIT Regular  Securities and the  FASIT
Ownership  Securities  will   constitute  the  "regular  interest"   and  the
"ownership interests,"  respectively, if (i)  a FASIT election is  in effect,
(ii) certain  tests concerning (A) the composition  of the FASIT's assets and
(B) the nature  of the Securityholders' interests in  the FASIT are met  on a
continuing  basis, and  (iii) the  Trust Fund  is not a  regulated investment
company as defined in Section 851(a) of the Code.

    ASSET COMPOSITION.  In order for a Trust  Fund (or one or more designated
pools of  assets held  by  a Trust  Fund) to  be eligible  for FASIT  status,
substantially all of  the assets of the  Trust Fund (or the  designated pool)
must consist  of  "permitted assets"  as  of the  close  of the  third  month
beginning after  the closing  date and  at all  times thereafter  (the "FASIT
Qualification Test").  Permitted assets include (i) cash or cash equivalents,
(ii) debt instruments  with fixed terms  that would qualify as  REMIC regular
interests  if issued  by a  REMIC  (generally, instruments  that provide  for
interest  at  a fixed  rate,  a  qualifying variable  rate,  or a  qualifying
interest-only  ("IO") type  rate, (iii)  foreclosure  property, (iv)  certain
hedging instruments  (generally, interest and currency rate  swaps and credit
enhancement  contracts) that  are reasonably  required to guarantee  or hedge
against  the  FASIT's  risks  associated  with being  the  obligor  on  FASIT
interest,  (v)  contract rights  to  acquire qualifying  debt  instruments or
qualifying hedging instruments, (vi) FASIT regular interest, and  (vii) REMIC
regular  interest.   Permitted assets  do  not include  any debt  instruments
issued by  the holder  of the  FASIT's ownership  interest or  by any  person
related to such holder.

    INTERESTS IN A FASIT.   In addition to the  foregoing asset qualification
requirements, the interests  in a FASIT also must  meet certain requirements.
All of  the interests in a FASIT must belong to either of the following:  (i)
one or  more classes of regular interests or (ii) a single class of ownership
interest that is held by a fully taxable domestic C corporation.  In the case
of  Series that  include FASIT  Ownership Securities, the  ownership interest
will be represented by the FASIT Ownership Securities.

    A  FASIT interest generally qualifies as a  regular interest if (i) it is
designated as a  regular interest, (ii) it  has a stated maturity  no greater
than  thirty years,  (iii) it entitles  its holder  to a  specified principal
amount, (iv) the  issue price of  the interest  does not exceed  125% of  its
stated principal amount,  (v) the yield to  maturity of the interest  is less
than the applicable Treasury rate published by  the Service plus 5%, and (vi)
it if pays interest, such interest is payable at either (a) a fixed rate with
respect to the principal amount of the regular interest or (b)  a permissible
variable rate with respect to such principal amount.

    If  a FASIT Security  fails to meet  one or more of  the requirements set
out  in  clauses  (iii),  (iv),  or   (v),  but  otherwise  meets  the  above
requirements, it may still qualify as  a type of regular interest known  as a
"High-Yield Interest".   In addition, if a  FASIT Security fails to  meet the
requirement of clause (vi), but the interest payable on the Security consists
of a specified  portion of the interest payments on permitted assets and that
portion does not vary over the  life of the Security, the Security also  will
qualify as a High-Yield Interest.  A High-Yield  Interest may be held only by
domestic  C corporations  that  are  fully subject  to  corporate income  tax
("Eligible  Corporations"), other  FASITs,  and  dealers  in  securities  who
acquire  such  interests  as  inventory,  rather than  for  investment.    In
addition,  holders of  High-Yield  Interests are  subject  to limitations  on
offset  of income  derived  from  such interest.    See  "Federal Income  Tax
Consequences - FASIT Securities - Tax Treatment of FASIT Regular Securities -
Treatment of High-Yield Interests."

    CONSEQUENCES OF  DISQUALIFICATION.   If a  Series FASIT  fails to  comply
with one or more of the  Code's ongoing requirements for FASIT status  during
any taxable year,  the Code provides  that its FASIT  status may be lost  for
that year and  thereafter.  If  FASIT status  is lost, the  treatment of  the
former  FASIT and the  interests therein for  federal income tax  purposes is
uncertain.   The former  FASIT might  be  treated as  a grantor  trust, as  a
separate association taxation  as a  corporation, or as  a partnership.   The
FASIT Regular  Securities could  be treated as  debt instruments  for federal
income tax purposes or as equity interests.  Although the Code authorizes the
Treasury to issue regulations that address situations where a failure to meet
the requirements  for FASIT  status occurs inadvertently  and in  good faith,
such  regulations  have   not  yet  been  issued.     It  is   possible  that
disqualification relief  might  be  accompanied by  sanctions,  such  as  the
imposition of a corporate tax  on all or a portion of the  FASIT's income for
the period  of  time in  which  the requirements  for  FASIT status  are  not
satisfied.

    TAX TREATMENT OF FASIT REGULAR SECURITIES.  

    GENERAL.   Payments  received  by  holders of  FASIT  Regular  Securities
generally should  be.   corded  the  same tax  treatment  under the  Code  as
payments received  on other taxable  corporate debt instruments.   Holders of
FASIT Regular  Securities must  report income from  such Securities  under an
accrual method of accounting, even if they otherwise would have used the cash
receipts  and  disbursements method.   Except  in the  case of  FASIT Regular
Securities  issued  with  original issue  discount  or  acquired  with market
discount  or premium, interest  paid or accrued  on a FASIT  Regular Security
generally will  be treated  as ordinary  income to the  Securityholder and  a
principal payment on such Security will be treated as a return  of capital to
the  extent that  the Securityholder's  basis is  allocable to  that payment.
FASIT Regular Securities issued with original issue discount or acquired with
market  discount  or premium  generally  will  treat interest  and  principal
payments on  such Securities in  the same manner  as other debt  instruments.
High-Yield  Securities  may  be  held   only  by  fully  taxable  domestic  C
corporations, other FASITs, and certain securities dealers.  Holders of High-
Yield Securities are subject  to limitations on their ability to  use current
losses or net operating loss carryforwards or carrybacks to offset any income
derived from those Securities.

    If a  FASIT Regular Security is  sold, the Securityholder  generally will
recognize  gain or  loss upon  the sale.    In addition,  if a  FASIT Regular
Security becomes wholly or partially worthless as a result of Realized Losses
on the underlying  Assets, the holder of  such Security should be  allowed to
deduct the loss sustained.

    FASIT Regular  Securities held  by a  REIT will  qualify as "real  estate
assets" within the  meaning of section 856(c)(5) of the Code, and interest on
such  Securities will  be considered  Qualifying  REIT Interest  in the  same
proportion that the  related FASIT's assets would so  qualify.  FASIT Regular
Securities  held by  a Thrift Institution  taxed as a  "domestic building and
loan  association"  will represent  qualifying  assets  for  purposes of  the
qualification  requirements  set forth  in  Code  Section  7701(a)(19).    In
addition, FASIT Regular  Securities held by a financial  institution to which
Section 585 of the Code applies will be treated as evidences  of indebtedness
for purposes of  Section 582(c)(1) of  the Code.   FASIT Securities will  not
qualify  as "Government  securities"  for either  REIT  or RIC  qualification
purposes.

    TREATMENT OF  HIGH-YIELD INTEREST.   High-Yield Interests are  subject to
special rules regarding the eligibility of holders of such interests, and the
ability of  such holders to offset  income derived from  their FASIT Security
with losses.  High-Yield Interests may be held only by Eligible Corporations,
other  FASITs,  and dealers  in  securities  who  acquire such  interests  as
inventory.   If  a securities  dealer  (other than  an Eligible  Corporation)
initially acquires  a High-Yield Interest  as inventory, but later  begins to
hold it for investment, the dealer will be  subject to an excise tax equal to
the income from  the High-Yield Interest multiplied by  the highest corporate
income  tax  rate.    In  addition,  transfers  of  High-Yield  Interests  to
disqualified holders will be disregarded for federal income tax purposes, and
the transfer still will be treated as the holder of the High-Yield Interest.

    The holder of  a High-Yield Interest may not use non-FASIT current losses
or  net operating  loss  carryforwards  or carrybacks  to  offset any  income
derived from the  High-Yield Interest, for either regular  federal income tax
purposes  or for alternative  minimum tax purposes.   In  addition, the FASIT
provisions contain  an anti-abuse rule  that imposes corporate income  tax on
income derived from a FASIT Regular  Security that is held by a  pass-through
entity  (other than  another FASIT)  that  issues debt  or equity  securities
backed by the FASIT Regular Security and that have the same features as High-
Yield Interests.

    TAX TREATMENT OF FASIT OWNERSHIP SECURITIES

    A FASIT Ownership  Security represents the residual equity interest  in a
FASIT.  As  such, the  holder of  a FASIT Ownership  Security determines  its
taxable income by taking into  account all assets, liabilities, and items  of
income,  gain, deduction,  loss, and  credit  of a  FASIT.   In  general, the
character of the income to  the holder of a FASIT Ownership Interest  will be
the same as the character of  such income to the FASIT, except that  any tax-
exempt interest income taken into account by the holder of a  FASIT Ownership
Interest is treated as ordinary income.   In determining that taxable income,
the  holder of  a  FASIT Ownership  Security  must  determine the  amount  of
interest,  original issue discount,  market discount, and  premium recognized
with respect to the FASIT's assets and the FASIT Regular Securities issued by
the FASIT  according to  a constant  yield methodology  and under an  accrual
method of accounting.  In addition, holders of FASIT Ownership Securities are
subject to the  same limitations  on their  ability to use  losses to  offset
income from their FASIT Security as are the holders of  High-Yield Interests.
See  "Federal Income Tax Consequences  - FASIT Securities  - Tax Treatment of
FASIT Regular Securities - Treatment of High-Yield Interests."

    Rules  similar  to the  wash  sale  rules applicable  to  REMIC  Residual
Securities  also  will apply  to  FASIT Ownership  Securities.   Accordingly,
losses  on dispositions  of  a  FASIT Ownership  Security  generally will  be
disallowed  where, within  six months  before or  after the  disposition, the
seller of such Security  acquires any other FASIT  Ownership Security or,  in
the case  of  a FASIT  holding mortgage  assets, any  interest  in a  Taxable
Mortgage Pool, that is economically comparable to a FASIT Ownership Security.
In addition, if any security  that is sold or contributed  to a FASIT by  the
holder  of the related FASIT Ownership Security was required to be marked-to-
market under Code section 475 by such holder, then section 475  will continue
to apply to such securities, except that  the amount realized under the mark-
to-market rules will  be the greater of  the securities' value under  present
law or the securities' value after applying special valuation rules contained
in the  FASIT provisions.   Those special  valuation rules  generally require
that  the value  of debt instruments  that are  not traded on  an established
securities  market be  determined by  calculating  the present  value of  the
reasonably expected  payments under the  instrument using a discount  rate of
120% of the applicable Federal rate, compounded semiannually.

    The holder of a  FASIT Ownership Security will be subject to  a tax equal
to 100%  of  the  net  income  derived by  the  FASIT  from  any  "prohibited
transactions."   Prohibited transactions  include (i)  the receipt  of income
derived from assets that are  not permitted assets, (ii) certain dispositions
of permitted assets,  (iii) the receipt of  any income derived from  any loan
originated by  a FASIT,  and (iv)  in certain  cases, the  receipt of  income
representing a servicing fee  or other compensation.  Any Series  for which a
FASIT  election  is  made generally  will  be  structured in  order  to avoid
application of the prohibited transaction tax.

    BACKUP WITHHOLDING, REPORTING AND TAX  ADMINISTRATION.  Holders of  FASIT
Securities will be subject  to backup withholding to the  same extent holders
of other debt  instruments would be subject.   For purposes of  reporting and
tax administration, holders  of record of FASIT Securities  generally will be
treated in the same manner as holders of other debt instruments.


                                    * * *

    THE FEDERAL  TAX DISCUSSIONS  SET FORTH  ABOVE ARE  INCLUDED FOR  GENERAL
INFORMATION ONLY AND MAY NOT  BE APPLICABLE DEPENDING UPON A NOTEHOLDER'S  OR
CERTIFICATEHOLDER'S PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION.   PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS SHOULD
CONSULT THEIR TAX  ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO  THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO  THEM OF
THE  PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF NOTES AND CERTIFICATES, INCLUDING
THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER  STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX  LAWS AND THE
POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN FEDERAL OR OTHER TAX LAWS.


                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

    Section 406 of  ERISA and Section  4975 of the  Code prohibit a  pension,
profit-sharing  or  other  employee  benefit  plan,  as  well  as  individual
retirement accounts and certain types of Keogh Plans (each a "BENEFIT PLAN"),
from  engaging in  certain transactions  with  persons that  are "parties  in
interest" under ERISA  or "disqualified persons" under the  Code with respect
to such  Benefit Plan.  A  violation of these "prohibited  transaction" rules
may result in  an excise tax or  other penalties and liabilities  under ERISA
and the Code for such persons.

    Certain  transactions  involving a  Trust might  be deemed  to constitute
prohibited transactions under ERISA  and the Code with  respect to a  Benefit
Plan that purchased Notes or Certificates if assets of the Trust  were deemed
to be assets  of the Benefit Plan.   Under a regulation issued  by the United
States Department of  Labor (the "PLAN  ASSETS REGULATION"), the assets  of a
Trust would be treated as plan  assets of a Benefit Plan for the  purposes of
ERISA and the Code only  if the Benefit Plan acquired an "equity interest" in
the Trust and  none of the exceptions contained in the Plan Assets Regulation
was  applicable.  An  equity  interest  is  defined  under  the  Plan  Assets
Regulation  as an  interest  other than  an  instrument which  is treated  as
indebtedness under applicable  local law and which has  no substantial equity
features.  The likely treatment in this context of Notes and  Certificates of
a given series will be discussed in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    Employee  benefit  plans  that  are  governmental  plans  (as  defined in
Section 3(32) of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33)
of ERISA) are not subject to ERISA requirements.

    A  plan fiduciary  considering  the purchase  of  Securities of  a  given
series should  consult its  tax and/or legal  advisors regarding  whether the
assets of the related Trust would be considered plan  assets, the possibility
of exemptive  relief from the  prohibited transaction rules and  other issues
and their potential consequences.

SENIOR CERTIFICATES ISSUED BY TRUSTS THAT DO NOT ISSUE NOTES

    Unless otherwise  specified  in the  related  Prospectus Supplement,  the
following discussion  applies only to nonsubordinated  Certificates (referred
to herein  as "SENIOR CERTIFICATES")  issued by a  Trust that does  not issue
Notes.

    The U.S.  Department of Labor  has granted to the  lead Underwriter named
in the Prospectus  Supplement an exemption (the "EXEMPTION")  from certain of
the  prohibited  transaction rules  of  ERISA  with  respect to  the  initial
purchase,  the  holding  and  the  subsequent  resale  by  Benefit  Plans  of
certificates representing interests in asset-backed pass-through trusts  that
consist of  certain receivables,  loans and other  obligations that  meet the
conditions and requirements of the Exemption.  The receivables covered by the
Exemption  include motor  vehicle  installment sales  contracts  such as  the
Receivables.  The Exemption will apply to the acquisition, holding and resale
of  the  Senior  Certificates  by  a  Benefit  Plan,  provided  that  certain
conditions (certain of which are described below) are met.

    Among the conditions  which must be satisfied for  the Exemption to apply
to the Senior Certificates are the following:

        (1)  The acquisition of the  Senior Certificates by a Benefit Plan is
    on  terms (including the  price for the Senior  Certificates) that are at
    least as  favorable to  the Benefit  Plan as  they would be  in an  arm's
    length transaction with an unrelated party;

        (2)   The rights and interests  evidenced by the Senior  Certificates
    acquired  by  the Benefit  Plan are  not subordinated  to the  rights and
    interests evidenced by other certificates of the Trust;

        (3)   The  Senior  Certificates acquired  by  the Benefit  Plan  have
    received  a rating at the time of  such acquisition that is in one of the
    three highest generic  rating categories from  Standard & Poor's  Ratings
    Service, Moody's Investor Service, Inc., Duff  & Phelps Credit Rating Co.
    or Fitch Investors Service, L.P.;

        (4)   The Trustee  is not  an affiliate of  any other  member of  the
    Restricted Group (as defined below);

        (5)   The sum of all payments made  to the Underwriters in connection
    with  the distribution  of the  Senior Certificates  represents not  more
    than  reasonable compensation  for underwriting  the Senior Certificates;
    the sum of  all payments made to  and retained by the  Seller pursuant to
    the sale of the  Contracts to the Trust represents not more than the fair
    market value of such Contracts;  and the sum of all payments made  to and
    retained  by   the   Servicer  represents   not   more  than   reasonable
    compensation  for   the  Servicer's  services  under  the  Agreement  and
    reimbursement  of  the  Servicer's  reasonable   expenses  in  connection
    therewith; and

        (6)   The  Benefit Plan  investing in  the Senior  Certificates is an
    "accredited investor" as defined  in Rule 501  (a)(1) of Regulation D  of
    the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

    Moreover,   the    Exemption   would   provide   relief    from   certain
self-dealing/conflict of interest  or prohibited transactions only  if, among
other requirements, (i) in the case of the acquisition of Senior Certificates
in connection with the initial issuance,  at least fifty (50) percent of  the
Senior  Certificates are acquired  by persons  independent of  the Restricted
Group, (ii)  the Benefit  Plan's investment in  Senior Certificates  does not
exceed twenty-five (25) percent of all of the Senior Certificates outstanding
at the time of the acquisition, and (iii) immediately  after the acquisition,
no more than twenty-five (25)  percent of the assets of the Benefit  Plan are
invested  in certificates  representing an  interest  in one  or more  trusts
containing assets sold  or serviced by the  same entity.  The  Exemption does
not  apply to  Plans  sponsored by  the Depositor,  the  related Seller,  any
Underwriter, the Trustee, the Servicer, any obligor with respect to Contracts
included in the  Trust constituting more  than five percent of  the aggregate
unamortized principal balance of the assets in the Trust, or any affiliate of
such parties (the "RESTRICTED GROUP").

    The Seller believes that the Exemption will apply  to the acquisition and
holding by  Benefit Plans of  Senior Certificates sold by  the Underwriter or
Underwriters named  in the Prospectus  Supplement and that all  conditions of
the Exemption other than those within the  control of the investors have been
met.    In  addition, as  of  the date  hereof,  no obligor  with  respect to
Contracts included  in the Trust  constitutes more  than five percent  of the
aggregate unamortized principal balance of the assets of the Trust.


                             PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

    On the terms and  conditions set forth in an underwriting  agreement with
respect to the  Securities of a given series  (the "Underwriting Agreement"),
the  Depositor  will  agree to  cause  the  related  Trust  to  sell  to  the
underwriters named therein and in the related Prospectus Supplement, and each
of such underwriters  will severally agree to purchase,  the principal amount
of each  class of Notes and Certificates, as the  case may be, of the related
series set forth therein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

    In  each Underwriting  Agreement  with respect  to  any given  series  of
Securities, the  several underwriters  will agree, subject  to the  terms and
conditions set forth therein, to purchase  all the Notes and Certificates, as
the case  may  be, described  therein which  are offered  hereby  and by  the
related  Prospectus Supplement if any of  such Notes and Certificates, as the
case may be, are purchased.

    Each  Prospectus Supplement will either (i) set  forth the price at which
each class  of Notes  and Certificates,  as the  case may  be, being  offered
thereby will be offered to the public and any concessions that may be offered
to  certain  dealers  participating  in   the  offering  of  such  Notes  and
Certificates  or (ii) specify that the related Notes and Certificates, as the
case may be,  are to be resold by the underwriters in negotiated transactions
at varying  prices to  be determined  at the time  of such  sale.   After the
initial  public offering  of any  such  Notes and  Certificates, such  public
offering prices and such concessions may be changed.

    Each  Underwriting   Agreement  will  provide  that  the  Depositor  will
indemnify  the underwriters  against  certain  civil  liabilities,  including
liabilities under the  Securities Act, or contribute to  payments the several
underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

    Each  Trust  may, from  time  to  time, invest  the  funds  in its  Trust
Accounts in Eligible Investments acquired  from such underwriters or from the
Depositor.

    The place and  time of delivery  for the Securities  in respect of  which
this Prospectus  is delivered  will be set  forth in  the related  Prospectus
Supplement.

                                LEGAL OPINIONS

    Certain legal matters  relating to the  Securities of any series  will be
passed upon for the  related Trust and the Depositor by Brown & Wood LLP, New
York, New York, and for the Underwriter for  such series by Brown & Wood LLP.
Certain federal income tax will be passed upon for each Trust by Brown & Wood
LLP.

                                INDEX OF TERMS


Actuarial Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
Administration Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
Administration Fee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
Administrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
Advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8, 42
Applicable Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
APR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
Base Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
Benefit Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
Calculation Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Calculation Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30,31,33
CD Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
CD Rate Determination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
CD Rate Security  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Cede  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
Cedel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
Cedel Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
Certificate Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
Certificate Distribution Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
Certificate Pool Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
Chattel paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
Closing Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
Code  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
Collection Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
Collection Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
Commercial Paper Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
Commercial Paper Rate Security  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Commission  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1,2,3,22
Composite Quotations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Cooperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
Cut-off Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
Dealer Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
Dealers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7,17
Definitive Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
Definitive Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
Definitive Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
Depositor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,3
Depository  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
Depositaries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
Distribution Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
DTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
DTC's Nominee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
Eligible Deposit Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
Eligible Institution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
Eligible Investments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    40
ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
Euroclear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
Euroclear Operator  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
Euroclear Participants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
Exchange Act  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
Exemption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
FASIT Qualification Test  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
FASIT Securityholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
Federal Funds Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
Federal Funds Rate Determination Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
Federal Funds Rate Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Final Scheduled Maturity Date   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
Financed Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
Financed Boats  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6,7,17
Financed Motor Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6,17
Financed Recreational Vehicles  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6,17
Financed Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,7
Fixed Rate Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
Floating Rate Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
foreign person  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
FTC Rule  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
Funding Period  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
Grantor Trust Certificateholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
Grantor Trust Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
H.15(519) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Indenture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
Indenture Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
Index Maturity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    29
Indirect Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
Initial Cut-off Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
Initial Pool Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
Initial Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
Insolvency Event  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
Interest Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
Interest Reset Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Interest Reset Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
Investment Earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
IRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
Issuer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
LIBOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
LIBOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
LIBOR Determination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
LIBOR Reuters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
LIBOR Security  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
LIBOR Telerate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
London Banking Day  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
Marine Receivables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
Money Market Yield  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
Motor Vehicle Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
Nonbank Seller  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
Note Distribution Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
Note Pool Factor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
Obligors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
OID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
OID Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
old partnership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
Ownership Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
Participants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
Pass-Through Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
Payahead Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
Payaheads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
Payment Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
Plan Assets Regulation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
Pool Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
Pooling and Servicing Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
Pre-Funded Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
Pre-Funding Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,4
Preferred Mortgages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
Precomputed Advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
Precomputed Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
prepayments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
Prospectus Supplement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
Purchase Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
Rating Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,6
Receivables Pool  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
Receivables Purchase Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
Recreational Vehicle Receivables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
Registration Statement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
Regular Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
Related Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
Reserve Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
Restricuted Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
Reuters Screen LIBO Page  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
Rules of 78's Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
Sale and Servicing Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
Schedule of Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
Section 1286 Treasury Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1,66
Securities Act  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
Seller(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
Seller Affiliate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
Senior Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,3
Servicer Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
Servicing Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
Servicing Fee Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
Short-Term Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
Simple Interest Advance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
Simple Interest Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
Spread  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
Spread Multiplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
Strip Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
Strip Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
Subsequent Receivables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,7
Subsequent Transfer Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
Tax Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
Telerate Page 3750  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
Terms and Conditions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
Transfer and Servicing Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
Transferor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,3
Treasury bills  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
Treasury Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
Treasury Rate Determination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
Treasury Rate Security  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,3
Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,3
Trust Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
Trust Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
UCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9,39
Underwriting Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71
U.S. Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65




                                                                      ANNEX I


        GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES


    Except in  certain limited circumstances, the globally offered Securities
(the  "Global  Securities")  will  be  available  only  in  book-entry  form.
Investors in  the Global Securities  may hold such Global  Securities through
any of DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear.   The Global Securities will be tradeable  as
home  market instruments  in both  the  European and  U.S. domestic  markets.
Initial settlement and all secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.

    Secondary  market  trading between  investors  holding Global  Securities
through  CEDEL  and  Euroclear  will be  conducted  in  the  ordinary  way in
accordance with their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance
with conventional eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).

    Secondary  market trading  between  investors holding  Global  Securities
through  DTC  will  be  conducted  according  to  the  rules  and  procedures
applicable to U.S. corporate debt obligations.

    Secondary  cross-market  trading  between  CEDEL  or  Euroclear  and  DTC
Participants holding  Notes will  be effected  on a  delivery-against-payment
basis through  the respective  Depositaries of CEDEL  and Euroclear  (in such
capacity) and DTC Participants.

    Non-U.S.  holders  (as described  below)  of  Global Securities  will  be
subject  to  U.S.  withholding   taxes  unless  such  holders   meet  certain
requirements and  deliver appropriate U.S.  tax documents  to the  securities
clearing organizations or their participants.

INITIAL SETTLEMENT

    All Global Securities will be held  in book-entry form by DTC in the name
of  Cede &  Co.  as nominee  of  DTC.   Investors'  interests  in  the Global
Securities will be represented through financial institutions acting on their
behalf as direct  and indirect Participants in  DTC.  As a  result, CEDEL and
Euroclear will hold  positions on behalf of their  participants through their
respective Depositaries, which  in turn will hold such  positions in accounts
as DTC Participants.

    Investors electing  to  hold their  Global  Securities through  DTC  will
follow the settlement practices applicable  to prior debt issues.  Investors'
securities custody  accounts will  be credited  with  their holdings  against
payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.

    Investors  electing to  hold  their Global  Securities  through CEDEL  or
Euroclear  accounts will  follow  the  settlement  procedures  applicable  to
conventional  eurobonds,  except that  there  will  be  no  temporary  global
security and no  "lock-up" or restricted period.   Global Securities  will be
credited to  the securities custody  accounts on the settlement  date against
payments in same-day funds.

SECONDARY MARKET TRADING

    Since the purchaser determines the  place of delivery, it is important to
establish at the  time of the trade  where both the purchaser's  and seller's
accounts are located  to ensure that  settlement can be  made on the  desired
value date.


    TRADING BETWEEN DTC PARTICIPANTS.   Secondary market trading  between DTC
Participants will be  settled using the  procedures applicable to  book-entry
securities in same-day funds.

    TRADING BETWEEN  CEDEL AND/OR EUROCLEAR  PARTICIPANTS.   Secondary market
trading between  CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.

    TRADING  BETWEEN DTC  SELLER  AND CEDEL  OR  EUROCLEAR PURCHASER.    When
Global Securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant
to  the  account of  a  CEDEL Participant  or  a  Euroclear Participant,  the
purchaser  will send  instructions  to  CEDEL or  Euroclear  through a  CEDEL
Participant  or Euroclear  Participant at  least  one business  day prior  to
settlement.  CEDEL or Euroclear,  as applicable, will instruct its Depositary
to  receive  the  Global Securities  against  payment.  Payment  will include
interest accrued on the Global Securities from and including  the last coupon
payment date to and excluding the settlement  date. Payment will then be made
by such Depositary to the  DTC Participant's account against delivery  of the
Global   Securities.    After  settlement  has  been  completed,  the  Global
Securities will  be credited  to the  applicable clearing  system and  by the
clearing  system, in  accordance  with  its usual  procedures,  to the  CEDEL
Participant's  or Euroclear  Participant's account.    The Global  Securities
credit will appear  the next day (European  time) and the cash  debit will be
back-valued to, and the interest on  the Global Securities will accrue  from,
the value date (which would be the preceding day when settlement  occurred in
New York).  If settlement is not completed  on the intended value date (i.e.,
the trade fails), the CEDEL or Euroclear cash debit will be valued instead as
of the actual settlement date.

    CEDEL  Participants  and  Euroclear   Participants  will  need  to   make
available to the  respective clearing systems the funds  necessary to process
same-day  funds  settlement.    The most  direct  means  of  doing  so is  to
pre-position funds for settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines
of credit,  as  they  would for  any  settlement occurring  within  CEDEL  or
Euroclear.  Under this approach, they may take on credit exposure to CEDEL or
Euroclear until the Global Securities are  credited to their accounts one day
later.

    As an alternative, if  CEDEL or Euroclear has  extended a line of  credit
to  them, CEDEL  Participants  or  Euroclear Participants  can  elect not  to
pre-position funds and  allow that credit  line to be  drawn upon to  finance
settlement.     Under  this   procedure,  CEDEL  Participants   or  Euroclear
Participants purchasing Global  Securities would incur overdraft  charges for
one day, assuming they cleared the overdraft when the Global  Securities were
credited to their accounts.  However, interest on the Global Securities would
accrue from  the value date.  Therefore, in  many cases the investment income
on the Global Securities earned  during that one-day period may substantially
reduce or offset the  amount of such overdraft charges, although  this result
will depend on each CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear Participant's particular
cost of funds.

    Since the settlement is taking  place during New York business hours, DTC
Participants can employ their usual procedures  for sending Global Securities
to  the  respective Depositary  for  the  benefit  of CEDEL  Participants  or
Euroclear Participants.   The  sale  proceeds will  be available  to the  DTC
seller on the settlement  date.  Thus, to the DTC  Participant a cross-market
transaction  will  settle  no  differently  than  a  trade  between  two  DTC
Participants.

    TRADING BETWEEN CEDEL  OR EUROCLEAR  SELLER AND  DTC PURCHASER.   Due  to
time  zone  differences in  their  favor,  CEDEL Participants  and  Euroclear
Participants may employ their customary procedures  for transactions in which
Global Securities are  to be transferred by the  respective clearing systems,
through their respective Depositaries, to a DTC Participant.  The seller will
send  instructions to  CEDEL  or  Euroclear through  a  CEDEL Participant  or
Euroclear  Participant at  least one business  day prior  to settlement.   In
these  cases, CEDEL or Euroclear will instruct their respective Depositaries,
as appropriate, to deliver the bonds to the DTC Participant's account against
payment.  Payment will include interest accrued on the Global Securities from
and including the  last coupon payment date  to and excluding the  settlement
date.   The  payment will  then  be reflected  in  the account  of the  CEDEL
Participant or  Euroclear Participant the  following day, and receipt  of the
cash proceeds in  the CEDEL Participant's or  Euroclear Participant's account
would be back-valued  to the value  date (which would  be the preceding  day,
when  settlement occurred  in New  York).   Should the  CEDEL Participant  or
Euroclear  Participant have a  line of  credit with  its clearing  system and
elect to be in  debit in anticipation of receipt of the  sale proceeds in its
account,  the back-valuation will  extinguish any overdraft  charges incurred
over  that one-day period.   If settlement  is not completed  on the intended
value date (i.e., the trade fails), receipt of the cash proceeds in the CEDEL
Participant's or Euroclear Participant's  account would instead be valued  as
of  the actual  settlement date.    Finally, day  traders that  use  CEDEL or
Euroclear  and  that purchase  Global  Securities from  DTC  Participants for
delivery to  CEDEL Participants or  Euroclear Participants  should note  that
these trades  would automatically  fail on the  sale side  unless affirmative
action were taken.  At least three techniques should be  readily available to
eliminate this potential problem:

        (a)  borrowing  through CEDEL  or  Euroclear  for one  day (until  the
    purchase  side of the day trade is  reflected in their CEDEL or Euroclear
    accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;

        (b)  borrowing  the  Global   Securities  in  the   U.S.  from  a  DTC
    Participant no later  than one day prior to  settlement, which would give
    the Global Securities sufficient time  to be reflected in their  CEDEL or
    Euroclear account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or

        (c)  staggering the  value dates  for the  buy and sell  sides of  the
    trade so that the  value date for the  purchase from the DTC  Participant
    is at  least one day prior  to the value date  for the sale to  the CEDEL
    Participant or Euroclear Participant.


          CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

    A beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities  through CEDEL
or Euroclear  (or through DTC if the holder  has an address outside the U.S.)
will be  subject to the  30% U.S. withholding  tax that generally  applies to
payments of interest  (including original issue discount)  on registered debt
issued  by U.S.  Persons,  unless  (i) each clearing  system,  bank or  other
financial institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course
of  its  trade  or  business  in the  chain  of  intermediaries  between such
beneficial owner and  the U.S. entity required to withhold  tax complies with
applicable certification requirements  and (ii) such  beneficial owner  takes
one of the following steps to obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:

        EXEMPTION  OF NON-U.S.  PERSONS (FORM  W-8).    Beneficial owners  of
    Notes  that  are  non-U.S.  Persons  generally   can  obtain  a  complete
    exemption  from  the  withholding  tax  by   filing  a  signed  Form  W-8
    (Certificate  of Foreign Status).   If the information  shown on Form W-8
    changes, a new Form W-8 must be filed within 30 days of such change.

        EXEMPTION  FOR  NON-U.S.  PERSON  WITH EFFECTIVELY  CONNECTED  INCOME
    (FORM 4224).   A  non-U.S. Person,  including a  non-U.S. corporation  or
    bank  with a  U.S. branch, for  which the interest  income is effectively
    connected with its conduct  of a trade or  business in the United  States
    can obtain  an exemption from  the withholding  tax by  filing Form  4224
    (Exemption from Withholding of  Tax on Income Effectively Connected  with
    the Conduct of a Trade or Business in the United States).

        EXEMPTION OR  REDUCED RATE FOR  NON-U.S. PERSONS  RESIDENT IN  TREATY
    COUNTRIES (FORM  1001).  Non-U.S. Persons  that are beneficial  owners of
    Notes  residing in a country that has a tax treaty with the United States
    can  obtain an  exemption or  reduced tax rate  (depending on  the treaty
    terms)  by  filing  Form  1001  (Ownership,  Exemption  or  Reduced  Rate
    Certificate).    If  the  treaty  provides   only  for  a  reduced  rate,
    withholding  tax  will   be  imposed  at  that  rate  unless   the  filer
    alternatively  files Form W-8.  Form 1001  may be filed by the beneficial
    owner of Notes or such owner's agent.

        EXEMPTION FOR  U.S. PERSONS (FORM  W-9).  U.S.  Persons can obtain  a
    complete exemption from  the withholding tax by filing Form  W-9 (Payer's
    Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).

        U.S. FEDERAL  INCOME TAX  REPORTING PROCEDURE.  The  beneficial owner
    of a  Global Security  or, in  the case  of a  Form 1001  or a  Form 4224
    filer, such  owner's agent, files by  submitting the appropriate  form to
    the person  through whom it  holds the security (the  clearing agency, in
    the  case  of persons  holding  directly  on the  books  of  the clearing
    agency).   Form W-8 and Form 1001  are effective for three calendar years
    and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.

    The term "U.S. Person" means  a citizen or resident of the United States,
    a corporation  or a partnership  organized in  or under  the laws of  the
    United States  or any  political subdivision  thereof or  an estate,  the
    income of which from sources outside  the United States is includible  in
    gross  income  for   federal  income  tax  purposes  regardless   of  its
    connection  with the  conduct of  a trade  or business  within the United
    States or  a  trust if  a  court  within the  United  States is  able  to
    exercise primary supervision  of the administration of the trust  and one
    or  more United  States fiduciaries  have  the authority  to control  all
    substantial decisions of the trust.  


    This summary does not  deal with all aspects  of U.S. federal income  tax
    withholding  that  may be  relevant  to  foreign holders  of  the  Global
    Securities.  Investors are  advised to consult their own tax advisors for
    specific tax advice concerning their holding  and disposing of the Global
    Securities.

                                   PART II

                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.*

    Expenses  in  connection  with  the  offering  of  the  Securities  being
registered herein are estimated as follows:

    SEC registration fee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $ **
    Legal fees and expenses   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    **
    Accounting fees and expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    **
    Blue sky fees and expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    **
    Rating agency fees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    **
    Trustee's fees and expenses   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    **
    Indenture Trustee's fees and expenses   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    **
    Printing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    **
    Miscellaneous   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        **
                                                                             
    -------
        Total   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $         
___________________
*   All amounts  except the  SEC Registration Fee  are estimates of  expenses
    incurred  or  to  be  incurred  in   connection  with  the  issuance  and
    distribution of a  Series of Securities in an aggregate  principal amount
    assumed for  these purposes  to be  equal to  $100,000,000 of  Securities
    registered hereby.


** To be filed by Amendment


ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

    Salomon   Brothers  Vehicle   Securities  Inc.   (the  "Registrant")  has
undertaken in  its articles of incorporation and by-laws to indemnify, to the
maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as from time
to time amended,  any currently acting or former  director, officer, employee
and agent  of  the Registrant  against any  and all  liabilities incurred  in
connection with their services in such capacities.  


ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS. 

* 1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement for Owner Trusts
* 1.2   Form of Underwriting Agreement for Grantor Trusts
* 3.1   Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant
* 3.2   Bylaws of the Registrant
* 4.1   Form of Trust Agreement (including form of Certificates)
* 4.2   Form  of   Pooling  and  Servicing   Agreement  (including   form  of
         Certificates)
* 4.3   Form of Indenture (including form of Notes)
* 5.1   Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP with respect to legality
* 8.1   Opinion of Brown & Wood LLP with respect to certain tax matters
*10.1   Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement
*10.2   Form of Administration Agreement
*10.3   Form of Receivables Purchase Agreement
*23.1   Consent of Brown & Wood LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
*23.2   Consent of Brown & Wood LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)
 24.1   Power of Attorney (included on Page II-4)
*25.1   Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of Indenture Trustee

___________________
*  To be filed by Amendment.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

(a) As to Rule 415:

    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

    (1) To file, during any  period in which offers or  sales are being made,
a post-effective amendment to this registration statement;

        (i)  To include  any prospectus required by  Section 10(a)(3) of  the
Securities Act of 1933;

        (ii) To  reflect in the prospectus any  facts or events arising after
the effective date of  the registration statement  (or the most recent  post-
effective  amendment  thereof)  which,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,
represent  a  fundamental  change  in   the  information  set  forth  in  the
registration  statement.    Notwithstanding the  foregoing,  any  increase or
decrease in  volume  of securities  offered  (if the  total dollar  value  of
securities  offered would  not  exceed  that which  was  registered) and  any
deviation from the  low or high end  of the estimated maximum  offering range
may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant
to  Rule  424(b)  if, in  the  aggregate,  the changes  in  volume  and price
represent no more  than 20 percent change  in the maximum aggregate  offering
price  set forth  in  the "Calculation  of  Registration  Fee" table  in  the
effective registration statement;

        (iii) To  include any material information  with respect to the  plan
of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any
material change to such information in the registration statement;

    (2) That,  for  the  purpose  of  determining  any  liability  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to
be a new  registration statement relating to the  securities offered therein,
and the offering of such  securities at that time shall  be deemed to be  the
initial bona fide offering thereof.

    (3) To remove  from registration by means  of a post-effective  amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination
of the offering.

    (a) As  to  documents  subsequently  filed   that  are  incorporated   by
reference:

    The undersigned  Registrant  hereby  undertakes  that,  for  purposes  of
determining any liability  under the Securities Act  of 1933, each filing  of
the Registrant's  annual report pursuant  to Section  13(a) or  15(d) of  the
Securities  Exchange Act of  1934 (and, where  applicable, each filing  of an
employee  benefit plan's  annual  report  pursuant to  Section  15(d) of  the
Securities Exchange Act  of 1934)  that is incorporated  by reference in  the
registration statement  shall be  deemed to be  a new  registration statement
relating  to  the  securities  offered  therein, and  the  offering  of  such
securities  at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
thereof.

    (b) As to indemnification:

    Insofar as indemnification for  liabilities arising under the  Securities
Act of 1933  may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling persons
of the  Registrant pursuant  to the foregoing  provisions, or  otherwise, the
Registrant  has  been  advised that  in  the  opinion of  the  Securities and
Exchange   Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy  as
expressed in  the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.   In the event that a
claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by
the Registrant  of  expenses  incurred or  paid  by a  director,  officer  or
controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action,
suit  or proceeding)  is asserted  by such  director, officer  or controlling
person in  connection with  the securities being  registered, the  Registrant
will,  unless in the opinion  of its counsel  the matter has  been settled by
controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of  appropriate jurisdiction  the
question  whether such  indemnification by  it  is against  public policy  as
expressed in  the Act and will be governed  by the final adjudication of such
issue.

    (c) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

    (1) For purposes  of determining any  liability under  the Securities Act
of 1933,  as amended,  the information  omitted from  the form  of prospectus
filed as part of this Registration  Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A  and
contained in a  form of prospectus filed  by the Registrant pursuant  to Rule
424(b)(1)  or (4) or 497(h) under the Act  shall be deemed to be part of this
Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2) For  the purpose  of determining  any liability under  the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended,  each post-effective amendment that contains a  form
of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement  relating to
the securities offered therein,  and the offering of such  securities at that
time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

    (d) As to qualification of trust indentures:

    The undersigned Registrant  hereby undertakes to file an  application for
the purpose  of determining  the  eligibility of  the  trustee to  act  under
subsection (a) of Section 310 of  the Trust Indenture Act in accordance  with
the  rules  and  regulations  prescribed  by  the  Commission  under  Section
305(b)(2) of the Act.



                                  SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of  1933, as amended,
the Registrant certifies  that it has reasonable  grounds to believe that  it
meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this
Form  S-3  Registration  Statement  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by   the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, the State of
New York, on December 9, 1997.

                         SALOMON BROTHERS VEHICLE SECURITIES INC. 


                         By: /s/ Jeffrey A. Perlowitz
                             ------------------------------
                             Name:  Jeffrey A. Perlowitz
                             Title:  President


    KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
below  constitutes  and  appoints  each  of Jeffrey  A.  Perlowitz,  Mark  I.
Tsesarsky, William E. Grady, George A. Graham, Bruce  Rose, Ted K. Yarbrough,
Zachary Snow and  Gregory P. Petroski,  or any of  them, his true  and lawful
attorneys-in-fact  and   agents,  with   full  power   of  substitution   and
resubstitution,  for him  and  his name,  place  and stead,  in  any and  all
capacities,   to  sign  any  and  all  amendments  (including  post-effective
amendments) to this  Registration Statement, and to  file the same, with  all
exhibits  thereto, and  other  documents in  connection  therewith, with  the
Securities  and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every  act and  thing requisite  and necessary  to be done  in and  about the
premises, as  fully to all  intents and purposes as  he might or  could do in
person, hereby  ratifying and confirming all that  said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause
to be done by virtue hereof.

    Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of  1933, as amended,
this Form S-3 Registration  Statement has been signed below by  the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  Signature                                 Title                                                           Date
<S>                                    <C>                                                          <C>
/s/ Jeffrey A. Perlowitz                  President and Director                                      December 9, 1997
Jeffrey A. Perlowitz                     (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ David C. Fisher                       Treasurer                                                   December 9, 1997
David C. Fisher                          (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting
                                         Officer)

/s/ Thomas G. Maheras                     Vice President and Director                                 December 9, 1997
Thomas G. Maheras

                                                                                                      December 9, 1997
/s/ Mark I. Tsesarsky                     Vice President and Director
Mark I. Tsesarsky


</TABLE>




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission